Stormwater Management Guidance Manual Ver 2.0

Stormwater Management
Guidance Manual
Version 2.0
City of Philadelphia
Prepared by:
Philadelphia Water Department
Office of Watersheds
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

Preface
Philadelphia Stormwater Management Guidance Manual

Version 2.0
The following list summarizes the significant changes introduced with Version 2.0 of the Philadelphia
Stormwater Management Guidance Manual. Please note, this is not a complete list of all changes.
Earth Disturbance: Section 2.1: Earth Disturbance has been added to provide more information on
how to calculate the limits of earth disturbance.
Applicability: Section 2.2: Determining Applicability has been expanded to discuss the applicability
of Conceptual Reviews, Erosion and Sediment Control, Watershed Specific Requirements, the
Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) Stormwater Management Regulations, and Public Health and
Safety Rates.
Conceptual Review: All projects that generate an earth disturbance of 5,000 square feet or more
must submit an ERSA worksheet to PWD for conceptual review. Refer to Section 3: Site Planning
for more information.
Green Project Review: Projects that are able to disconnect 95% or more of the post construction
Directly Connected Impervious Area (DCIA) may be eligible for a 5-day project review time. Refer to
Section 4.2.1: Green Project Review for more information.
Tree Credits: New trees must now be planted within 10 feet of ground level DCIA to be eligible for the
100 square foot tree credit. Refer to Section 4.2.4: Maximize Tree Canopy over Impervious Cover.
Water Quality: When infiltration is not feasible all or a portion of the water quality volume must be
routed through PWD-approved stormwater management practices that provide volume reduction, flow
attenuation and water quality treatment. Refer to Section 4.3.1: Estimate Level of Control Needed
for more information.
Erosion and Sediment Pollution (E & S) Control: Section 5.1: Erosion and Sediment Pollution
Control Plan has been added to provide more information on the requirements for E &S Control.
Rational Method: The use of the Rational Method will no longer be accepted for runoff estimation.
Refer to Section 5.3.2: Runoff Estimation for more information.
Predevelopment Condition: The predevelopment condition for runoff calculation is defined as the
dominant land use for the previous ten (10) years. Refer to Section 5.3.2: Runoff Estimation for more
information.
Flood Control: For the purposes of Flood Control calculations, all nonforested, pervious area
and 20% of existing impervious area must be considered meadow. Refer to Section 5.3.2: Runoff
Estimation for more information.
Sections 6, 7, and 8: Previous Section 6.1, 6.2. and 6.3 have been converted into Section 6:
Utilizing Existing Site Features, Section 7: Stormwater Management Practice Design Guidelines, and
Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
Waiver Request Forms: Standard waiver request forms for release from the infiltration requirement
and the 3-inch minimum orifice size are available in Appendix F.4: Special Circumstances and Waiver
Requests.
Worksheets: Worksheets 2 and 3 have been updated and are now Worksheet 2: Directly Connected
Impervious Area, Worksheet 3A: Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Worksheet 3B: Flood Control.
Refer to Appendix E: Worksheets and Checklists for more information.


Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 Background
1.1.1 Stormwater Ordinance and Regulations

1.1.2 The Changing Regulatory Environment
1.2 Organization
1.3 How to Use this Manual
2 Applicability
2.0 Introduction
2.1 Earth Disturbance
2.2 Determining Applicability

2.2.1 Conceptual Review
2.2.2 Erosion and Sediment Control
2.2.3 Watershed Specific Requirements
2.2.4 Stormwater Management Requirements
2.2.5 Public Health and Safety Rates
2.3 The Development Review Process
3 Site Planning
3.0 Introduction
3.1 Site Inventory - Existing Resources and Site Analysis
3.2 Philadelphia Water Department Conceptual Review
3.3 Site Plan Preparation
4 Integrated Site Design

4.0 Introduction
4.1 Protect and Utilize Existing Site Features

4.1.1 Protect Sensitive/Special Value Features
4.1.2 Cluster and Concentrate
4.1.3 Minimize Impacts of Disturbance
4.2 Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed
4.2.1 Green Project Review

Table of Contents
4.2.2 Minimize Area of Impervious Cover

4.2.3 Disconnect Impervious Cover
4.2.4 Maximize Tree Canopy over Impervious Cover
4.2.5 Install Green Rooftops to Reduce Directly Connected Impervious Area
4.2.6 Install Porous Pavement to Reduce Directly Connected Impervious Area
4.3 Manage Remaining Stormwater
4.3.1 Estimate Level of Control Needed

4.3.2 Design Stormwater Management Practices Using a Systems Approach
4.4 Consider Operations and Maintenance in Design
4.4.1 Designing to Minimize Maintenance

4.4.2 Provide Access
4.4.3 Post-Construction Ownership
4.4.4 Maintenance Tasks and Schedule
5 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plans

5.0 Introduction
5.1 Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Plan
5.2 Components of the Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan
5.2.1 The Standard Submittal Format

5.2.2 Proof of Application for Applicable Permits
5.2.3 Documentation of Special Circumstances
5.3 Acceptable Methods for Calculations
5.3.1 Design Storms

5.3.2 Runoff Estimation
5.3.3 Storage Volume Estimation
5.3.4 Flow Routing
5.3.5 Storm Sewer Design
5.4 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan Submittal Process
5.4.1 Project Screening

5.4.2 Technical Review Process
5.4.3 Inspections
6 Utilizing Existing Site Features

6.0 Introduction
6.1 Street Design
6.2 Parking Lot Design

Table of Contents
6.3 Planter Boxes
6.4 Special Detention Areas (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
6.5 Disconnecting Impervious Cover
7 Stormwater Management Practices Design

Guidelines
7.1 Green Roofs
7.2 Rain Barrels and Cisterns
7.3 Filter Strips
7.4 Filters
7.5 Bioinfiltration / Bioretention
7.6 Detention Basins
7.7 Berms and Retentive Grading
7.8 Swales
7.9 Constructed Wetlands (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
7.10 Ponds & Wet Basins (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
7.11 Subsurface Vaults
7.12 Subsurface Infiltration
7.13 Porous Pavement
7.14 Pre-fabricated and Proprietary Designs (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
7.15 Inlet and Outlet Controls
8 Landscape Guidance
8.0 Introduction
8.1 Planting Recommendations / Guidelines
8.2 Facility Specific Landscaping Guidance
8.3 Native and Recommended Non-invasive Plants
8.4 Prohibited Non-native and Invasive Plants

Table of Contents
Appendices
A. Hotspot Investigation Procedures
B. Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures
C. Geotechnical Investigation (Subsurface Stability) Procedures
D. Maps: Zones for Acceptable Practices
E. Worksheets and Checklists
F. Regulatory Guidance
F.1 The Philadelphia Stormwater Management Regulations
F.2 Local Permitting Requirements
F.3 Federal and State Permitting Requirements
F.4 Special Circumstances and Waiver Requests
F.5 PWD Review Policies
G. Case Studies
H. Abbreviations & Acronyms
I. Glossary
J. References
K. Voluntary Small Sites Checklist
L. Homeowner’s Guide to Stormwater Management

Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1.1: Using the Manual
Figure 4.1: Rooftop disconnection

Figure 4.2: Systems approach to SMP design
Figure 4.3: Alternative designs for storing runoff
Figure 6.1: Traffic calming device

Figure 6.2: Secondary street with bioretention basins
Figure 6.3: Cul-de-sac with bioretention
Figure 6.4: Cross-section view of bioretention cul-de-sac
Figure 6.5: Cross-section view of secondary street with bioretention basin
Figure 6.6: Flow-through planter box
Figure 6.8: Gravel filter strip
Figure 7.1: Cross-section view of intensive roof garden

Figure 7.2: Subsurface storage and reuse
Figure 7.3: Rain water reuse
Figure 7.4: Components of a rain barrel
Figure 7.5: Diagram of a rain barrel and irrigation house watering garden
Figure 7.6: Underground cistern design schematic
Figure 7.7: Runoff cistern
Figure 7.8: Filter strip in forested area
Figure 7.9: Filter strip with gravel trench level spreader
Figure 7.10: Filter strip with curb opening
Figure 7.11: Suggested design specifications for narrow pretreatment filter strips
Figure 7.12: Filter with infiltration
Figure 7.13: Sand filter with underdrain
Figure 7.14: Surface sand filter
Figure 7.15: Typical schematic of perimeter filter design
Figure 7.16: Large subsurface filter
Figure 7.17: Profile of flow-through planter box
Figure 7.18: Tree pit bioretention
Figure 7.19: Example of a bioretention system with varied plant materials
Figure 7.20: Extended detention basin schematic
Figure 7.21: Berm cross-section
Figure 7.22: Example of retentive grading
Figure 7.23: Woodland infiltration berms in series
Figure 7.24: Ideal substrate components of a berm
Figure 7.25: Recommended berm shape
Figure 7.26: Schematic of subsurface wet vault
Figure 7.27: Direct connection of a roof into a subsurface infiltration bed
Figure 7.28: Intermediate sump box and dry well
Figure 7.29: Flow splitting device
Figure 7.30: Schematic of a flow splitter (1 of 2)
Table of Contents

Figure 7.32: Cross-section of rock-lined channel
Figure 7.33: Filter strip with gravel trench level spreader
Figure 7.34: Riprap apron
Figure 7.35: Details of riprap outlet basin
Figure 7.36: Schematic of baffled outlet
Figure 7.37: Orifice definitions and perforated riser
Figure 7.38: Reverse slope pipe outlet
Figure 7.39: Hooded outlet orifice protection
Figure 7.40: Internal control for orifice protection
Figure 7.41: Trash racks
Figure 7.42: Sand filter with underdrain implemented
Figure 7.43: Typical permeable wear section
Figure 8.1: Cross-section of root zone

Figure 8.2: Hydrologic zones of a bioretention basin
Figure 8.3: Balled & burlapped (B&B) tree and shrub planting diagram
Figure 8.4: Containerized tree and shrub planting diagram

Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 2.1: Primary Components of Requirement
Table 2.2: Applicability of Requirements
Table 2.3: Required Components of the Stormwater Regulations
Table 4.1: Partial Rooftop Disconnection

Table 4.2: Peak Runoff Rates for Management Districts
Table 4.3: Acceptable Volume Reducing Stormwater Management Practices
Table 5.1: Design Precipitation Depths (in)

Table 5.2: Tabulated NRCS 24-Hour Type II Distribution
Table 5.3: Acceptable Calculation Methods for Runoff Estimation
Table 5.4: PWD Accepted Curve Number Values
Table 5.5: Roughness Coefficients (Manning’s n) for sheet flow
Table 5.6: Summary of Recommended Methods for Flow Routing
Table 6.1: Philadelphia’s City Codes for Street Widths

Table 7.1: Green Roof Maintenance Guidelines

Table 7.2: Suggested Storage Design Values for Rain Barrels
Table 7.3: Average Monthly Rainfall at the Philadelphia International Airport
Table 7.4: Rain Barrels & Cisterns Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.5: Suggested Starting Design Values for Filter Strip Length
Table 7.6: Suggest Maximum Velocities and Water Depths for Filter Strip Area
Table 7.7: Filter Strips Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.8: Suggested Starting Design Values for Ponding and Media Depths
Table 7.9: Filter Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.10: Suggested Started Design Values for Area and Depths
Table 7.11: Suggested Minimum Soil Depths for Plant Growth
Table 7.12: Suggested Maximum Ponding and Side Slopes
Table 7.13: Bioinfiltration/Bioretention Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.14: Starting Design Parameters for Detention Basins
Table 7.15: Contour Design Parameters for Detention Basins
Table 7.16: Inlet Control and Sediment Forebay
Table 7.17: Detention Basin Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.18: Starting Design Values for Berm Areas and Depths
Table 7.19: Bern & Grading Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.20: Suggest Swale Starting Design Values
Table 7.21: Swale Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.22: Subsurface Vaults Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.23: Starting Design Values for Subsurface Infiltration Areas and Depths
Table 7.24: Subsurface Infiltration Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.25: Suggested Starting Porous Pavement Design Values
Table 7.26: Required Choker Course Gradation
Table 7.27: Required Stone Storage Gradation
Table of Contents
Table 7.28: Porous Bituminous Aggregate Gradation

Table 7.29: Porous Pavement Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.30: Inlet Maintenance Guidelines
Table 7.31: Outlet Maintenance Guidelines
Table 8.1: Planting Specifications

Table 8.2: Native and Recommended Non-Invasive Plants
Table 8.3: Common Invasive Species of the Mid-Atlantic Region

1 Introduction
1.1 Background

1.2 Organization


1. Introduction
1.1 Background
Existing Policy
Chapter 14-1600 of Philadelphia’s Code, houses the stormwater legislation for the City. See
the following Code sections:
§14-1603.1. Stormwater Management Controls

§14-1603.2. Environmental Controls for the Wissahickon Watershed
§14-1606. Flood Plain Controls
The Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) Stormwater Management Regulations

(Stormwater Regulations) have been developed as per the Philadelphia Code, Chapter 14-
1603.1.6.c.1
Overview of the Stormwater Regulations
There are three major elements to the Stormwater Regulations: Water Quality, Channel
Protection, and Flood Control requirements.
Water Quality Requirement
The Water Quality requirement stipulates management of the first one inch of runoff from
all Directly Connected Impervious Areas (DCIA) within the limits of earth disturbance. The
Water Quality requirement is established to: (1) recharge the groundwater table and increase
stream base flows; (2) restore more natural site hydrology; (3) reduce pollution in runoff; and
(4) reduce combined sewer overflows (CSO) from the City’s combined sewer systems. The
requirement is similar to water quality requirements in surrounding states and in other major
cities.
1) The requirement must be met by infiltrating the water quality volume unless infiltration
is determined to be infeasible (due to contamination, high groundwater table, shallow bed
rock, poor infiltration rates, etc.) or where it can be demonstrated that infiltration would cause
property or environmental damage.
2) A waiver from the infiltration requirement must be submitted and approved if infiltration
is not feasible. Waivers are available in Appendix F.4: Special Circumstances and Waiver
Requests. When infiltration is not feasible for all or a portion of the water quality volume, the
remaining portion must be treated by a PWD-approved stormwater management practice
(SMP). Treatment and release requirements differ for separate and combined sewer areas,
but all areas must route a minimum of 20% of the water quality volume through a PWD-
approved SMP that provides volume reduction.
Separate sewer areas: The water quality volume must be routed through a SMP that
provides volume reduction, flow attenuation, and water quality treatment.
Combined sewer areas: Runoff from a minimum of 20% of the DCIA must be routed
through a PWD-approved volume reducing SMP. The release rate for the water quality
volume must not exceed 0.24 cfs per acre of DCIA, and the volume must be detained
in the SMP for no less than 24 hours and no more than 72 hours.
Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0 1-1

1. Introduction
Channel Protection Requirement
The Channel Protection requirement is a slow release of the 1-year, 24-hour storm event
detained from DCIA. The Channel Protection requirement is established to: (1) protect
quality of stream channels and banks, fish habitat, and man-made infrastructure from the
influences of high stream velocity erosive forces and (2) reduce the quantity, frequency and
duration of CSOs.
The requirement applies equally to rivers and streams, and also to sites discharging to
drainage ditches, natural or man-made ponds, and sewers if those systems ultimately
discharge to receiving waters. However, the Channel Protection requirement does not apply
to redevelopment which is under one acre or discharges to the Delaware River and the
Schuylkill River main channels.
Philadelphia’s Channel Protection requirement is modeled after those adopted in many other
cities and states, including Atlanta, Baltimore, Boston, Detroit, Minneapolis, Portland, Seattle,
Washington D.C., Maryland, New Jersey, and New York.
Channel Protection requirement: Detain and release runoff from DCIA at a maximum
rate of 0.24 cfs per acre in no less than 24 hours and no more than 72 hours.
Reducing DCIA within the limints of earth disturbance by 20% between the predevelopment
and post-development condition EXEMPTS redevelopment projects from the Channel
Protection requirement.
The Water Quality and Channel Protection requirements are not additive. Management of
the Water Quality requirement may reduce the storage volume required to meet the Channel
Protection requirement. It might also be possible to meet both requirements in the same
SMP or in a train of linked SMPs.
Flood Control Requirement
The Flood Control requirement is established to: (1) reduce or prevent the occurrence of
flooding in areas downstream of the development site, as may be caused by inadequate
sewer capacity or stream bank overflow and (2) to reduce the frequency, duration and
quantity of overflows in combined sewer sheds.
The Flood Control requirement is based upon ongoing watershed wide Pennsylvania
Stormwater Management Act (Act 167) planning studies determining flood management
districts for controlling peak rates of runoff. In general, a development project is required to
meet peak rates of runoff post-development equal to pre-development conditions. As Act 167
planning programs are completed for Philadelphia’s watersheds, new Flood Control Districts
will be listed in the Manual which will more accurately reflect the level of flood protection
needed in localized settings.
In Flood Management District C, development sites which can discharge directly to the
Delaware River or Schuylkill River main channels without the use of City infrastructure may
do so without control of proposed conditions peak rate of runoff. When adequate capacity in
the downstream system does not exist and will not be provided through improvements, the
proposed conditions peak rate of runoff must be controlled to the pre-development conditions
peak rate as required in District A provisions for the specified design storm.
Reducing DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance by 20% between the predevelopment
and post-development condition EXEMPTS redevelopment projects from the Flood Control
requirement.
1-2 Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

1. Introduction

Stormwater runoff from almost all the developed areas of the City, whether served by separate
stormwater sewers or combined sewers, is causing impairment to the aquatic and riparian habitats
of streams and rivers in Philadelphia. These water bodies are suffering from streambank and
channel erosion resulting in the exposure of sewer infrastructure and decreased stream baseflow
due to reduced groundwater recharge. The streams do not support healthy aquatic communities,
do not meet uses designated by the State, do not serve as amenities to the community, and
occasionally causes property damage due to flooding. In addition, stormwater is an important
source of pollution to the drinking water intakes on the Schuylkill and Delaware Rivers.
These problems are not unique to Philadelphia. Stormwater Regulations are changing around the
country to address these and similar problems. In general, these newer approaches to stormwater
management require controls to improve the quality of stormwater prior to discharge, to reduce
the effects of stormwater caused erosion and siltation, and measures to increase groundwater
recharge. The Stormwater Regulations in Philadelphia ensures that Philadelphia has an up-to-
date and effective stormwater program that meets the state and federal requirements and can be
coordinated with the changing Regulations occurring in upstream municipalities.
The Stormwater Regulations were developed to meet a number of environmental, economic, social
and regulatory goals for the City:
Quality of Life – Along the Riverfront and in the Neighborhoods
The quality of life for people living and working in Philadelphia depends on both a healthy economy
and a healthy environment. Philadelphia sits at the confluence of the Schuylkill and Delaware
Rivers and has an extensive park system that conserves most land along its smaller creeks in a
natural condition. This creates an opportunity for improved recreational and economic activities
along the waterfronts and stream corridors. Philadelphia is making a substantial public investment
in parks, greenways (links between neighborhoods and water corridors), and access to water-
based activities over the coming decades to identify itself as a New River City. Effective stormwater
management is necessary to make these riverfront and stream corridor areas safe and inviting.
Flooding
Historically, Philadelphia’s stormwater management requirements have focused on avoidance

of flooding caused by increases in impervious coverage. These measures have been generally
effective and will be continued. However, some problem areas have been identified in existing
developed areas through the Act 167 program. As Act 167 planning studies continue for
Philadelphia’s watersheds new Flood Control Districts will be determined that more accurately
reflect the level of flood protection needed in localized settings. The Stormwater Regulations will
ensure that, over time, flooding frequency and severity will decrease as areas are redeveloped
according to the stormwater requirements.
Impaired Water Bodies and TMDLs
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania designates uses that streams and rivers are required to
support. These uses generally include water supply, recreation and fish consumption, and support
of healthy aquatic communities. Currently, every river and stream in the City is listed as impaired,
or not attaining its designated uses. Urban runoff, storm sewers, and CSOs are listed as sources
of impairment for most Philadelphia streams. Some water bodies are listed as impaired by specific
pollutants. For these, the State ultimately requires TMDL (Total Maximum Daily Load) to be set
and attained. A TMDL is the maximum load of a specific pollutant that can be discharged by all
sources and still allow the stream to meet water quality standards. The Stormwater Regulations are
designed to significantly reduce the pollution associated with stormwater and CSOs, and will be a
significant part of the measures used to attain TMDLs.

1. Introduction
NPDES Stormwater Permits and Regulations
Storm sewers discharging to surface waters in Philadelphia are regulated under NPDES (National
Pollution Discharge Elimination System). Measures required under NPDES stormwater permits
include stormwater management during construction and stormwater management on the
developed site after construction. The Stormwater Regulations keep Philadelphia in compliance
with requirements in its stormwater permit.
Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Act
The Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Act (Act 167) is administered by Pennsylvania

Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) and is designed to address the management of
stormwater runoff resulting from development. Act 167 addresses both water quantity and quality,
but it is most focused on quantity and flooding issues. Philadelphia collaborated with Delaware,
Montgomery, and Chester Counties to produce an Act 167 Plan for the Darby-Cobbs Creek in
2004. Ultimately, plans will be produced for Tookany/Tacony-Frankford Creek, Pennypack Creek,
Poquessing Creek, and Wissahickon Creek. Due to overlapping requirements of the NPDES
and Act 167 programs, PADEP encourages municipalities to develop stormwater management
programs that meet the requirements of both concurrently. The Stormwater Regulations bring
Philadelphia into compliance and ensure that the entire region has similar stormwater management
controls in place.
NPDES Combined Sewer Permits and Regulations
Approximately 40% of Philadelphia’s land area is served by sewers that carry sanitary sewage and
stormwater in a single pipe. During dry weather, all this flow is treated at water pollution control
plants before discharge to receiving waters. During wet weather, total flow exceeds the capacity of
the sewer system and a portion of the flow is discharged untreated to receiving waters (combined
sewer overflow).
Stormwater management is an integral part of Philadelphia’s approach to CSO management.

United States Environmental Protection Agency’s (USEPA) CSO Control Policy, published in 1994,
promotes effective stormwater management on a watershed basis. The most effective SMPs
increase infiltration and evaporation at the site level and reduce the amount of wet weather flow in
the sewer system. Other SMPs detain stormwater and release it to the sewer system at a slower
rate, taking advantage of sewer system capacity over a longer period of time. These techniques
are most effective during small storms. Techniques designed to limit streambank erosion and flood
damage during large storms work equally well in areas of combined sewers and separate storm
sewers. The Stormwater Regulations will, over time, significantly decrease the number of CSOs
and are necessary if Philadelphia is to comply with federal and state CSO policy.
Drinking Water Source Protection
The Delaware River and Schuylkill River are sources of drinking water for Philadelphia residents.
The intakes on these rivers are also influenced by the water quality found in the Wissahickon,
Pennypack, and Poquessing Creeks. Protection of source water is critical to citizen health
and future economic development in Philadelphia. One of the many critical links between the
Stormwater Regulations and the protection of Philadelphia’s drinking water sources is USEPA’s
Surface Water Treatment Rule (SWTR) to address microbial and virus contamination. The
SWTR requires that a surface water system have sufficient treatment to reduce source water
concentrations of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses by at least 99.9 percent (3 log) and 99.99
percent (4 log), respectively. A watershed control program that includes reduction in stormwater
related pollutant loads will be an important aspect of meeting these microbial and virus reduction
requirements.

1. Introduction
Improving the Development Process in Philadelphia
Clarification of stormwater management requirements and simplification of the development process

can benefit both the environment and the economy. Efforts to redevelop vacant and abandoned
lands provide opportunities to integrate better stormwater management with economic development.
The Stormwater Regulations are designed to create standards consistent with industry practice,
to provide checklists and manuals so that developers know exactly what is required, and to apply
known, objective standards to all new development or redevelopment applications.
1.2 Organization
This Manual is intended to guide the developer in meeting the requirements of the Stormwater
Regulations. Currently some practices and design methods in this manual are considered standards
while others are simply recommendations. It is likely that with future revisions some elements
will become more prescriptive while others become less prescriptive. Please be aware that these
changes might occur and that the most up-to-date version can always be found at the Philadelphia
Stormwater website www.PhillyRiverInfo.org.
The Manual is laid out to guide the developer through the entire site design process, beginning
with initial site design considerations, through the Post-Construction Stormwater Management
Plan (PCSMP) submittal elements, and ultimately PWD prerequisite approval on Building Permit
approval. Tools are provided to assist in completion and submittal of a PCSMP consistent with the
intent of PWD. They include flowcharts to guide the developer through each section, worksheets
to assist with calculations, and checklists to ensure the PCSMP is complete. These tools work
together to address stormwater management on the development site from concept to completion.
Each section of the Manual has been arranged with a specific purpose in mind:
· Section 1 provides an overview of how and why stormwater management is a critical part
of holistic site planning in Philadelphia.
· Section 2 discusses the applicability of the Stormwater Regulations.
· Section 3 covers preliminary site planning considerations and conceptual review.
· Section 4 steps through an integrated site design process once the initial site layout is
determined. This section describes approaches for using Nonstructural and Structural
Controls to manage stormwater.
· Section 5 explains all of the elements necessary for completing and submitting the
PCSMP for the development project.
· Section 6 presents methods for integrating stormwater management into site design for
both non-structural and structural SMPs applicable to urban development in Philadelphia.
· Section 7 presents technical design guidance for managing stormwater and

specifications for structural SMPs.
· Section 8 provides landscape guidance for non-structural and structural SMPs and lists
recommended native plant species as well as prohibited invasive species.

1. Introduction

The following flow chart depicts how the manual can be used to work through the development
review process.
Determine applicability
(Section 2)
Submit Existing Resource Site Analysis

(ERSA), meet with
Development Services Committee
(PWD, Philadelphia City Planning Commis-
sion, Licenses & Inspections, Streets)
(Section 3)
Finalize Site Plan while protecting existing

site features and reducing impervious cover
(Sections 4.1 & 4.2)
Use a systems approach to design

appropriate SMPs to manage remaining
stormwater
(Sections 4.3 & 4.4, 6, 7, 8 and Appendices)
Complete checklists and worksheets and

submit complete PCSMP for review
(Section 5)
Figure 1.1: Using the Manual
Checklists and Worksheets are provided electronically on

www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview to assist the developer in meeting the
requirements of the Stormwater Regulations.

2 Applicability and Approval
2.0 Introduction



2. Applicability and Approval
2.0 Introduction
All projects that generate earth disturbance of 5,000 square feet or more must have their Building
Permit application signed by the Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) before it will be issued. The
requirements that must be met to obtain PWD’s signature depend on the project size and location. The
requirements include six main components. In general terms these are the Water Quality, Channel
Protection, Flood Control, Non-structural Project Control, Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control, and the
Post-Construction Stormwater Management Plan requirements.
Table 2.1: Primary Components of Requirements
Stormwater Requirements Technical Details
Water Quality: Management of the first

one inch of runoff from Directly Connected
Impervious Areas (DCIA) within the limits of
earth disturbance.
Channel Protection: Management of the

Section 4.3.1: Estimate Level of Control Needed
1-year, 24-hour, NRCS Type II storm event
such that the peak rate of discharge does not
exceed 0.24 cfs/acre.
Flood Control: Attenuation of runoff from larger

storm events required depending upon project
location within the City.
Non-structural Project Control: Use of Section 4.1: Protect and Utilize Existing Site
practical alternatives to surface discharges Features
of stormwater, creation of impervious
surfaces and protection of Waters of the Section 4.2: Reduce Impervious Cover to be
Commonwealth. Managed
Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control

(E & S): Plan must be prepared in Section 5.1: Erosion and Sediment Pollution
accordance with Pennsylvania Department of Control Plan
Environmental Protection (PADEP) guidelines.
Post-Construction Stormwater Management

Plan (PCSMP): Submittal to PWD
Section 5.2: Components of the Post-
demonstrating compliance with the PWD
Construction Stormwater Management Plan
Stormwater Management Regulations
(Stormwater Regulations).
Note: Some redevelopment projects may be exempt from the Channel Protection and Flood Control requirements.


It is important for the applicant to properly assess the limits of earth disturbance associated with the
construction project in order to determine applicable requirements and the level of review and approval
required. A project may have multiple boundaries, each of which has significance when determining
applicability during the development process. For example, the parcel boundary, earth disturbance,
and area that must be managed for stormwater may all be different. The trigger for determining the
Stormwater Regulations apply to a project is the area of earth that is disturbed as part of the project.
However, some areas with the limits of earth disturbance do not require stormwater management. In the
discussion that follows descriptions of earth disturbance boundaries provide guidance on determining the
area that is subject to the Stormwater Regulations.
What is earth disturbance:
Earth disturbance is defined as any human activity which moves or changes the surface of land,
including, but not limited to, clearing and grubbing, grading, excavation, embankments, land
development, agricultural plowing or tilling, timber harvesting activities, road maintenance activities,
mineral extraction, moving, depositing, stockpiling or storing of soil, rock or earth materials. All
earth disturbance activities must be included on all E & S Plans.
• Land Development
• Utility Connections (Including work in public rights-of-way: sidewalks and roads)
• Private Roads
• Rock Construction Entrances
• Stockpiles
• Temporary Stockpiles
• Construction Vehicle Paths
• Grading
• Excavation
• Clearing and Grubbing
• Embankments
What is not earth disturbance:
• Interior renovations
• Restriping or milling and repaving of paved areas, parking lots, basketball courts, tennis courts
etc., as long as the subbase remains undisturbed.
What earth disturbance area does not have to manage stormwater?
• Replacement of public sidewalks

• Replacement of existing roads when stormwater runoff characteristic are not significantly affected
• Temporary Stockpiles on existing impervious surfaces as long as all necessary E & S pollution
control measures are implemented.
What earth disturbance area in the public right-of-way does have to manage stormwater?
• New public streets that are determined by City Streets Department, Philadelphia City Planning
Commission (PCPC) and PWD to not conform to the grid
• New private streets and private sidewalks

When in doubt be conservative:
• Projects that are close to 15,000 square feet of earth disturbance are required to provide a
Pennsylvania P.E. stamped and sealed E & S Plan clearly delineating the limits of disturbance
before PWD will confirm that Stormwater Management requirements are not applicable to the
project. Should a site inspection reveal that more than 15,000 square feet have been disturbed
the site will be issued an immediate Stop Work Order and will be subject to the Stormwater
Regulations.
• Should a site inspection reveal that more than 1 acre of earth disturbance the site will be issued
an immediate Stop Work Order and be required to apply for a PADEP NPDES (National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System) permit. The Stop Work Order will not be lifted until the applicant
receives an approved NPDES Permit.

The review components for both Stormwater Management and Erosion and Sediment Control depend on
the limits of earth disturbance associated with the project as well as the watershed in which the project is
located. Table 2.1 summarizes the requirements that each site must meet. Additional information on each
the requirements is provided below.
Table 2.2: Applicability of Requirements

Site Information Project Requirements
Comply with
Implement Submit an Have an E & S Obtain a
Earth Disturbance Area Submit an Stormwater
Project Location E & S BMPs E & S Plan to Plan Approved NPDES
(square feet) ERSA Management
as needed PWD by PWD Permit
Regulations
Project is not located in

the Wissahickon X
Watershed
Less than 5,000 square feet
Contact PWD Contact PWD and Contact PWD Contact PWD
Project is located in the
and PCPC for PCPC for X and PCPC for and PCPC for
Wissahickon Watershed
instructions. instructions. instructions. instructions.
Project is not located in

the Darby-Cobbs or X X X
More than 5,000 square feet Contact PWD and Contact PWD Contact PWD
and less than 15,000 square X PCPC for X and PCPC for and PCPC for
feet instructions. instructions. instructions.

X X X X X
Darby-Cobbs Watershed
More than 15,000 square feet

and less than 1 acre All project locations X X X X X
(43,560 square feet)
More than 1 acre

All project locations X X X X X X
(43,560 square feet)
Note: Some projects can physically be located in one watershed while connecting project infrastructure to another watershed. Projects that are in close
proximity to watershed and sewershed boundaries will have the receiving watershed reviewed as part of the conceptual plan review process.
If during the course of construction additional area is disturbed which changes the applicable
requirements, construction will have to cease until new plans are prepared and approved by all
relevant regulatory agencies.


All projects with that generate an earth disturbance of 5,000 square feet or more must submit
an Existing Resources and Site Analysis (ERSA) worksheet to PWD for conceptual review. See
Section 3: Site Planning for more information.
The Owner is responsible for ensuring that their active construction site is not creating violations
of 25 Pa. Code Chapters 92 and/or 102 and the Clean Streams Law, the act of June 22, 1937,
P.L. 1987, 35 P.S. §691.1 et seq. Depending on the limit of earth disturbance associated with a
project there are specific preparation, review, and approval requirements. All E & S Plans must be
prepared in accordance with PADEP guidelines as laid out in the following Manual:
PADEP, Bureau of Watershed Management. April 15, 2000. Erosion and Sediment Pollution
Control Program Manual. Document 363-2134-008.
It is important for the applicant to properly assess the limits of earth disturbance associated with the
construction project in order to determine the level of review and approval required. Once the limits
of earth disturbance have been accurately determined the applicant will follow one of the four E & S
review paths listed below:
A. Less than 5,000 square feet (not located in the Wissahickon Watershed*)
• E & S Plan is not mandatory.
• Owner must implement E & S Best Management Practices in accordance with the
PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollutant Control Program Manual (2000).
B. More than 5,000 square feet, less than 15,000 square feet**
• E & S Plan must be prepared, implemented, and kept on site at all times during
construction.
• The E & S Plan, which complies with the PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollutant Control
Program Manual (2000), must be maintained and submitted to PWD, but does not need
to be approved.
• If the site is not subject to the Stormwater Regulations, then submit E & S Plans as an
attachment to the ERSA online application at
www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview.
C. More than 15,000 square feet, less than 1 acre (43,560 square feet)**
• E & S Plan must be prepared, approved, implemented and kept on site at all times
during construction.
• The E & S Plan must be reviewed and approved by PWD before earth disturbance can
begin.
• Project is subject to Stormwater Regulations and requires a full PCSMP submittal.
• A copy of the approved E & S Plan must be forwarded to the PWD E & S Unit.
• Notify the PWD E & S Unit of any pre-construction meetings, and notify the PWD E & S
Unit three days prior to commencement of construction activities.
D. More than 1 acre (43,560 square feet)

• E & S Plan must be prepared, approved, implemented and kept on site at all times
during construction.
• A NPDES permit application must be submitted to PADEP. Proof of issuance of the
NPDES permit must be provided to PWD before PWD will sign the applicant’s Building
Permit application. A Building Permit must be issued prior to commencement of any
earth disturbance.
• Project is subject to Stormwater Regulations and requires a full PCSMP submittal.

• Notify the PWD E & S Unit of any pre-construction meetings, and notify the PWD E & S
Unit three days prior to commencement of construction activities.
*Projects located in the Wissahickon Watershed may be subject to additional requirements

which will be assessed as part of the project review performed by PCPC staff.
**If during the course of construction additional area is disturbed which changes the
applicable requirements, construction will have to cease until new plans are prepared and
approved by all relevant regulatory agencies.

The Stormwater Regulations apply to all projects that generate an earth disturbance of 15,000
square feet or more. However, watershed based Regulations can supersede the Stormwater
Regulations. Projects will be required to meet the more stringent of the two requirements. There
are currently two watersheds in Philadelphia that have specific Regulations which affect the
applicability of the Stormwater Regulations. Additional watershed Regulations may be created.
For updated information on watershed specific Regulations go to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/
PWDDevelopmentReview.
Darby-Cobbs Creek Watershed
Projects located in the Darby-Cobbs Creek Watershed are subject to the Darby and Cobbs
Creeks Watershed Act 167 Stormwater Management Plan. Because of this, all projects of
over 5,000 square feet of earth disturbance located in the Darby-Cobbs Creek Watershed
are subject to the Stormwater Regulations as described below in Section 2.2.4: Stormwater
Management Requirements.
Projects located in Wissahickon Watershed are subject to §14-1603.2 Environmental Controls

for the Wissahickon Watershed of the Philadelphia Code. The requirements that must be met
depend on the location of the project within the watershed, the impervious cover proposed by
the project, and the amount of earth disturbance associated with the project. Contact PCPC
for more information on the requirements of a specific site.

The following steps and flow charts assist in determining applicability and exemption possibilities for
a development project.
Step 1: Does my proposed project result in earth disturbance of 15,000 sq ft or more (5,000 sq ft or
more in the Darby-Cobbs Creek Watershed)?
Yes. Continue to Step 2 and comply with PADEP (E & S) Controls.
No. Is my proposed project located in the Wissahickon Watershed?
Yes. Contact PCPC for instructions.
No. See Appendix K: Voluntary Small Sites Checklist and comply with PADEP
E & S Controls for earth disturbances.

Step 2: Is my development project new development or redevelopment?
Development encompasses both new development and redevelopment and includes the entire
development, even when the development is performed in stages. The project will fit into one of the
following two categories:
New Development:
Redevelopment:
Any development site where all structures Any development on a site
or impervious surfaces were removed on or that requires demolition or removal
before January 1, 1970 is considered new of existing structures or impervious
development. surfaces and replacement with new
impervious surfaces. This includes
development on a site from which existing
↓ structures or impervious surfaces were

removed on or after January 1,
1970.
Comply with all components of
Stormwater Regulations
↓
Proceed to Step 3
Step 3: Which components of the Stormwater Regulations are required for my development
project?
Table 2.3: Required Components of the Stormwater Regulations
Requirement New Development Redevelopment

Water Quality Comply Comply
Channel Protection Comply May be Exempt (see step 4)
Flood Control Comply May be Exempt (see step 5)
Nonstructural Site Design Comply Comply
New Development projects must comply with all components of the Stormwater Regulations.
Redevelopment projects must comply with Nonstructural Project Design, and Water Quality
requirements. Exemptions and alternative criteria for Channel Protection and Flood Control
requirements may be applicable to your project as detailed in the following flow chart.

Step 4: Do I have to comply with the Channel Protection requirement?
Redevelopment Projects ≥ 15,000 sq ft (5,000 sq ft in Darby-

Cobbs Creek Watershed) of earth disturbance.
↓
< 1 acre of earth disturbance on the
site?
YES NO
↓
↓
Project is EXEMPT from

Channel Protection requirement
Project is located in the Delaware or Schuylkill
Watershed and drains to the main channel.
YES NO
↓
↓

Reduce DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance by at
least 20%, based on a comparison of predevelopment* to post-
development conditions.
YES NO
↓
↓

Project must COMPLY with
* For the purposes of calculating reduction in DCIA from the predevelopment to post-development
condition, the predevelopment condition DCIA is determined by the dominant land use for the ten
(10) years preceding the planned project.

Step 5: Do I have to comply with the Flood Control requirement?
Redevelopment Projects ≥ 15,000 sq ft (5,000 sq ft in Darby-Cobbs

Creek Watershed) earth disturbance.
↓
Reduce DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance by at
least 20%, based on a comparison of predevelopment* to post-
development conditions.
YES NO
↓ ↓
Project is EXEMPT from Project must COMPLY with
Flood Control requirement Flood Control requirement
*For the purposes of calculating reduction in DCIA from the predevelopment to post-development
condition, the predevelopment condition DCIA is determined by the dominant land use for the ten
(10) years preceding the planned project.
Step 6: What happens next?
After determining which Stormwater Regulations apply to your project site, refer to Section 3:
Site Planning, Section 4: Integrated Site Design, and Section 5: Post Construction Stormwater
Management Plans for guidance, directions, and requirements before submitting a PCSMP to PWD
for approval.

Sites located in areas where known flooding has occurred are required to comply with a maximum
release rate (cfs/acre) for the 1-10 year storms. This rate is determined by PWD based on
analysis of available capacity for the project within the sewershed. If a public health and safety
(PHS) release rate is required for your site, it will be noted during the Conceptual Review process.
Applicants should contact PWD when they start technical design for their project, to obtain a
calculated PHS rate. Note, this PHS release rate applies to the entire site, not just DCIA.


Stormwater management is one part of the PWD approval process and is only one step in the overall
development review process. When a developer has a conceptual idea for a project in Philadelphia, the
first step is to conduct an Initial Plan Review with the PCPC. After guidance from PCPC, the developer
prepares the ERSA Worksheet, ERSA Map, site photographs, and a Conceptual Site Plan and submit to
PWD (See Section 3: Site Planning). These must be submitted prior to scheduling a PWD Development
Review Meeting. Staff from PWD will provide a Conceptual Review of these materials and, if needed,
meet with the developer and their engineers to discuss the Conceptual Site Plan in terms of water and
sewer connections, and stormwater management. This meeting is designed to give PWD and developers
an opportunity early in the design process to address any potential problem areas and maximize the site’s
potential.
Upon completion of the PWD Conceptual Review, PWD Staff will send an electronic version followed
by a paper copy of the signed and stamped Checklist A: PWD Conceptual Review to the developer.
The developer will then complete their Site Plan based on comments received during the Development
Review Meeting. A signed and stamped copy of Checklist A: PWD Conceptual Review is one of the
required components of a complete Zoning Application.
PWD approval is a required prerequisite on the City’s Building Permit application. Before a Building
Permit can be issued by the City of Philadelphia, full PWD approval for Water, Sewer, Erosion
and Sediment Control, and Stormwater Management must be obtained. In order to obtain
Stormwater Management approval, the developer must submit a complete PCSMP as described in this
Manual (See Section 5: Post Construction Stormwater Management Plans). In addition, if more than one
(1) acre of earth disturbance will take place on the site, a PADEP issued NPDES Permit must also be
obtained before PWD will sign a Building Permit Application.


3 Site Planning
3.0 Introduction


3. Site Planning
3.0 Introduction
Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) requires a conceptual review for all projects which are subject
to the PWD Stormwater Management Regulations, the Darby and Cobbs Creek Watershed Act 167
Stormwater Management Plan, or Philadelphia Code §14.1603.2 Environmental Controls for the
Wissahickon Watershed. In addition, projects which involve a site larger than 5,000 sq ft may be required
by Licenses and Inspections (L & I) to obtain PWD approval for zoning purposes. The Conceptual Site
Plan review is designed to assist developers and their engineers in developing a Site Plan that minimizes
impacts and stormwater management costs and identifies water and sewer infrastructure constraints and
opportunities. This is done early in the development process before significant resources have been spent
on final design of the project. This section describes the required submittal items and the review process
that must take place during the initial phase of development.

The developer’s first task is to assess features and conditions at the site before design begins. It is
during this initial step that the developer is required to complete the Existing Resources and Site
Analysis (ERSA) Worksheet. Not only does the worksheet assist in site planning, but it is a required
submittal for PWD Development Review and included as part of the Post-Construction Stormwater
Management Plan (PCSMP) submittal.
The ERSA map or Existing Conditions Plan is intended to help the developer to identify existing features,
soil, vegetation, structures (if any), and existing drainage pathways. PWD will discuss opportunities
to protect these features and their potential use for more effective post-construction stormwater
management. Opportunities identified during the site analysis may help to minimize impacts and
stormwater management costs.
For the most recent checklists and worksheets as well as an example Conceptual Site Plan, please
refer to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview. Once the existing conditions are analyzed,
a Conceptual Site Plan is prepared and the applicant should submit an ERSA submittal. The ERSA
Submittal must include the following:
√ ERSA Worksheet (Worksheet 1),
√ ERSA Map,
√ Conceptual Site Plan showing proposed conditions, and
√ Site Photographs (one from each face of the parcel).
All of the above items should be submitted online at www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview.

PWD will review the ERSA submittal for content and format requirements (see ERSA checklist).

Upon receipt of the ERSA Submittal (described above), PWD representatives review the submittal and if
needed, schedule a meeting with the developer and their engineers to discuss the Conceptual Site Plan
in terms of water and sewer connections and availability and stormwater management. Sometimes a
meeting with PWD Staff is the most efficient manner in which to address complex site constraints. PWD
will schedule a meeting if requested by the applicant or deemed necessary by PWD Staff. The following
may take place at the meeting:

• Based on the ERSA, the developer will discuss existing features, soil, vegetation, structures
(if any), and existing drainage pathways. PWD will discuss opportunities to protect
these features and their potential use for more effective post-construction stormwater
management.
• PWD and the applicant will discuss potential issues related to water, sewer, and stormwater
design as well as any other PWD concerns associated with the project.
• The developer along with PWD will review the Conceptual Site Plan and discuss ways to
minimize impacts and stormwater management cost.
• PWD will provide guidance to developers and assist them with questions regarding the
PCSMP Process. This early consultation will contribute to a more effective and economic
PCSMP for both the developer and PWD.
Upon completion of the PWD review of the ERSA submittal, PWD Staff will send an electronic copy and
hard copy of the following to the applicant:
• Completed Checklist A: PWD Conceptual Review with detailed recommendations for the
Site Plan and
• Stamped and signed copy of the Conceptual Site Plan approved for Zoning purposes.
PWD routinely copies the Philadelphia City Planning Commission (PCPC) Staff on the electronic copy of
Checklist A and the Conceptual Site Plan to help better coordinate plan reviews. A copy of this checklist is
provided at www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for reference.

Based on the recommendations from PWD, PCPC, and Streets Department, the developer will prepare
and submit their complete Zoning Permit Application. As the developer moves forward with Site Plans
and Building Plans, they should refer to Section 4.1: Protect and Utilize Existing Site Features and
Section 4.2: Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed to maximize the efficiency of their Site Plan.

4 Integrated Site Design
4.0 Introduction


4.2.5 Install Green Rooftops to Reduce Directly Connected Impervious Area
4.2.6 Install Porous Pavement to Reduce Directly Connected Impervious Area

4.3.2 Design Stormwater Management Practices Using a Systems Approach



4. Integrated Site Design
4.0 Introduction
A recommended site design procedure for comprehensive stormwater management is set forth in
this section. The site design procedure is based on the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental
Protection (PADEP) recommendations, with minor modifications adapted to conditions in Philadelphia.
This procedure includes nonstructural controls that reduce the quantity of stormwater to be managed and
structural controls that meet the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements of the
Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) Stormwater Management Regulations (Stormwater Regulations).
The integrated site design procedure can be summarized in three steps:
Nonstructural Project Design
1. Protect and Utilize Existing Site Features

2. Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed
Structural Project Design
3. Manage Remaining Stormwater using a Systems Approach to Stormwater Management

Practice (SMP) Design
These steps are implemented initially in sequence and then in an iterative approach leading to formulation
of a comprehensive Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan (PCSMP). The intent of the
planning process is to promote development of stormwater management solutions that protect receiving
waters in a cost effective manner. By introducing stormwater management in the initial stages of site
planning, it can be integrated effectively into the site design process.

In order to minimize stormwater impacts, land development should avoid encroachment on areas
with important natural stormwater functional values (such as floodplains, wetlands, and riparian
areas) and on areas that are especially sensitive to stormwater impacts (such as steep slopes).
These features may not be widespread in the urban environment, but where they do exist they
should be identified and steps should be taken to minimize impacts. On larger sites, existing
drainage pathways should be identified and utilized whenever possible in the post-development
condition.
The Existing Resources and Site Analysis (ERSA) worksheet guides the designer through this
stage of the design process. Detailed design guidance is available in the following sections,
taken directly from the Pennsylvania Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMP) Manual (PA
SBMPM):
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.4.1: Protect Sensitive and Special Value Features
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.4.2: Protect/Conserve/Enhance Riparian Areas
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.4.3: Protect/Utilize Natural Flow Pathways in Overall Stormwater

Planning and Design


Clustering development in a smaller area can reduce disturbance, reduce maintenance, increase
open space, and retain the urban character of the City. These principles apply on urban sites where
large areas are being redeveloped. Detailed design guidance is available in the following section,
taken directly from the PA SBMPM:
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.5.1: Cluster Uses at Each Site; Build on the Smallest Area Possible

Site design can minimize re-grading, vegetation removal, and soil compaction. Areas left as open
space following disturbance can be re-vegetated with native species where practical. Detailed
design guidance is available in the following sections, taken directly from the Pennsylvania
Stormwater Management Manual:
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.6.1: Minimize Total Disturbed Area – Grading
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.6.2: Minimize Soil Compaction in Disturbed Areas
• PA SBMPM BMP 5.6.3: Re-Vegetate and Re-Forest Disturbed Areas, Using Native Species

Reduction of impervious cover will reduce runoff from the site and will thereby reduce the structural
stormwater management requirements for the development project. Impervious cover can be effectively
removed by limiting the amount of actual impervious surfaces or by reducing the impervious area that
is directly connected to the stormwater conveyance system. The directly connected impervious area
(DCIA) Worksheet (Worksheet 2), guides the designer through this stage of the design process.

PWD offers a Green Project Review for redevelopment projects that are able to disconnect 95%
or more of the impervious area in the post construction condition. When performing a Green
Project Review, PWD is committed to providing review of the stormwater management component
within 5 business days of receipt of a complete project submittal. A Green Project Review may not
necessarily include review of additional elements outside stormwater management such as Private
Cost or Act 537 review. To be eligible for a Green Project Review a project must meet the following
criteria:
• Project is redevelopment;
• 95% or more of the post construction impervious area is disconnected;
• Project may not adversely impact or further exacerbate rates and quality of runoff
contributing to public infrastructure; and
• Public Health and Safety issues may preclude a project from a Green Project Review.
The submittee MUST identify their project as eligible for a Green Project Review in the letter of
transmittal sent with the technical submittal. PWD may not be able to provide review comments
within 5 business days without this notification. For more information or to determine if a project is
eligible for a Green Project Review please contact PWD.

In many cases, alternative configurations for streets and parking lots can provide the same function
as traditional designs with reduced impervious area. Minimizing the area of pavement and rooftops
will reduce the size and cost of SMPs that must be constructed. Detailed guidelines, examples, and
additional references are discussed in Section 6: Integrated Site Design.
• Section 6.1: Street Design
• Section 6.2: Parking Lot Design

Impervious area is considered either connected or disconnected depending on where stormwater
runoff is discharged. When stormwater runoff from an impervious area flows directly to a
stormwater management facility it is considered DCIA. However, some impervious cover can
be disconnected by directing the flow over a pervious area which allows for infiltration, filtration,
and increased time of concentration. When this is done correctly, the area may be considered
Disconnected Impervious Cover (DIC). Depending on the configuration, all or a portion of the
DIC may be deducted from total impervious cover. Minimizing DCIA will reduce the size and
cost of SMPs that must be constructed. When performing calculations for applicability and runoff
estimation, DIC should be considered as follows:
• DIC may be treated as pervious when determining stormwater control requirements and
whether a redevelopment site has met the 20% reduction in impervious surface.
• DIC need not be managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection.
• If the site is required to provide flood control appropriate Curve Number (CN) values must
be utilized.
The following sections describe situations in which impervious area can be considered partially or
fully disconnected.
Rooftop Disconnection
An adjustment to DCIA is permitted when the downspout is disconnected and then directed
to a pervious area which allows for infiltration, filtration, and increased time of concentration.
PWD will support the applicant in their request to obtain relevant necessary plumbing
Code variances for approved rooftop disconnections DIC may be treated as pervious when
determining whether a redevelopment site has met the 20% reduction in impervious surface.
DIC need not be managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values
must be utilized when performing Flood Control calculations.
A rooftop is considered to be completely or partially disconnected if it meets the

requirements below:
• The contributing area of rooftop to each disconnected discharge is 500 square feet or
less, and
• The soil is not designated as a hydrologic soil group “D” or equivalent, and
• The overland flow path has a positive slope of 5% or less.

For designs that meet these requirements, the portion of the roof that may be considered
disconnected depends on the length of the overland path as designated in Table 4.1.
Length of Pervious Flow Path* Roof Area Treated as Disconnected
(ft) (% of contributing roof area)
0 - 14 0
15 - 29 20
30 - 44 40
45 - 59 60
60 - 74 80
75 or more 100
* Flow path cannot include impervious surfaces and must be at least
15 feet from any ground level impervious surfaces.
For example, consider a 1,000 square foot roof with two roof leaders each draining an area
of 500 square feet. Both roof leaders discharge to a lawn. The lawn has type B soils and
a slope of 3%. The distance from the downspout discharge point to the street is 65 feet.
Therefore, based on Table 4.1, 80% of the roof area may be considered disconnected
and treated as pervious cover when calculating stormwater management requirements.
Disconnecting the roof leaders will significantly reduce the size and cost of stormwater
management facilities at this site.
Area 2: 500 ft2
Area 1: 500 ft2
Roof Leaders
65 ft
Total Roof Area: (Area 1 + Area 2): 1000 ft²

Disconnected Roof Area: (0.8) x (Total Roof Area): 800 ft²
Remaining DCIA: (Total Roof Area - Disconnected Roof Area): 200 ft²
Pavement Disconnection
An adjustment to DCIA is permitted when pavement runoff is directed to a pervious area

which allows for infiltration, filtration, and increases the time of concentration. This method is
generally applicable to small or narrow pavement structures such as driveways and narrow
pathways through otherwise pervious areas (e.g., a bike path through a park). For structures
that meet the requirements, all of the DIC may be deducted from the total impervious cover.
DIC may be treated as pervious when determining whether a redevelopment site has met
the 20% reduction in impervious surface. DIC need not be managed for Water Quality or
Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values must be utilized when performing Flood Control
calculations. The following sections describe situations in which impervious area can be
considered partially or fully disconnected.
Pavement is disconnected if it meets the requirements below:
• The contributing flow path over impervious cover is no more than 75 feet, and
• The length of overland flow over pervious areas is greater than or equal to the
contributing length, and
• The slope of the contributing impervious area is 5% or less, and
• The slope of the overland flow path is 5% or less.
• If discharge is concentrated at one or more discrete points, no more than 1,000

square feet may discharge to any one point. In addition, a gravel strip or other
spreading device is required for concentrated discharges. For non-concentrated
discharges along the entire edge of pavement, this requirement is waived; however,
there must be provisions for the establishment of vegetation along the pavement edge
and temporary stabilization of the area until vegetation becomes established.

A reduction in DCIA is permitted when new or existing tree canopy from approved species list
extends over or is in close proximity to the impervious cover. Under these circumstances, a portion
of impervious cover may be treated as disconnected. DIC need not be managed for Water Quality
or Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values must be utilized when performing Flood Control
calculations.
The DCIA reduction is calculated for new trees as follows:
• The tree species must be chosen from the approved list (see Section 8: Landscape
Guidance).
• New trees planted must be planted within 10 feet of ground level DCIA within the limits of
earth disturbance.
• New deciduous trees must be at least 2-inch caliper and new evergreen trees must be at
least 6 feet tall to be eligible for the reduction.

• A 100 square foot DCIA reduction is permitted for each new tree. This credit may only be
applied to the impervious area adjacent to the tree.
• The maximum reduction permitted, for both new and existing trees is 25% of ground level
impervious area within the limits of earth disturbance, unless the width of the impervious
area is less than 10 feet. Up to 100% of narrow impervious areas (i.e. sidewalks and paths)
may be disconnected through the application of tree credits.
The DCIA reduction is calculated for existing trees as follows:
• The tree species must be on the approved list (see Section 8: Landscape Guidance).
• Existing trees whose canopies are within 20 feet of ground level DCIA within the limits of
earth disturbance.
• Existing trees must be at least 4-inch caliper to be eligible for the reduction.
• A DCIA reduction equal to one-half the canopy area is permitted. This credit may only be
applied to the DCIA adjacent to the tree.
• The maximum reduction permitted, for both new and existing trees is 25% of ground level
impervious area within the limits of earth disturbance, unless the width of the impervious
area is less than 10 feet. Up to 100% of narrow impervious areas (i.e. sidewalks and paths)
may be disconnected through the application of tree credits.
Refer to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for the most recent checklists and

worksheets, specifically Worksheet 2: Directly Connected Impervious Area for guidance on using
the tree adjustment calculations.
4.2.5 Install Green Roofs to Reduce Directly Connected Impervious

Area
A reduction in DCIA is permitted when a green roof is installed on a proposed building. The design,
construction, and maintenance Plan must meet the minimum requirements specified in Section
7: SMP Design Guidelines. To encourage this emerging technology, the entire area of the green
roof area may be considered DIC. However, since a green roof is not a zero discharge system, the
remaining site design must safely convey roof runoff to the approved point of discharge. DIC need
not be managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values must be utilized
when performing Flood Control calculations.
4.2.6 Install Porous Pavement to Reduce Directly Connected

Impervious Area
A reduction in DCIA is permitted when a porous pavement system is installed on the site such that it
does not create any areas of concentrated infiltration. Porous pavement systems, including porous
asphalt; porous concrete; porous/permeable pavers; and other PWD-approved porous structural
surfaces can be considered to be DIC if they receive direct rainfall only and are underlain by a
crushed stone infiltration bed that is at least 8 inches deep. Porous/permeable pavers must also
meet minimum standards for flow-through rate or void percentage. If an underdrain is proposed,
the porous pavement will only be considered DIC if the first inch of runoff can be stored below the

lowest overflow from the underdrain system. Porous asphalt systems must meet the minimum
requirements detailed in Section 7.13: Porous Pavement. Infiltration testing is not required for
disconnected porous pavement areas; however, it is recommended to ensure timely drainage of
the stone base. DIC need not be managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection. Appropriate
CN values must be utilized when performing Flood Control calculations.
In most cases, if the porous surface receives runoff (overland or piped directly into the subsurface
storage bed) from adjacent conventional pavement surfaces, roof, or other impervious surfaces,
the porous pavement/infiltration bed system will be considered a structural SMP and the porous
surface will be considered DCIA. Those areas considered structural SMPs will require infiltration
testing. In some cases, where a small amount of run-on cannot be avoided, it may still be possible
to consider the porous pavement disconnected. Such allowances will be considered on a case-by-
case basis by PWD.

Worksheets 3A and 3B: Stormwater Control Sizing guide the designer through the stage of the design
process that manages remaining stormwater after utilizing existing site features and reducing impervious
cover. Refer to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for the most recent checklists and
worksheets.
After determining which stormwater management requirements are applicable to the site, the
Design Professional then determines the magnitude of those requirements. All requirements must
be met concurrently. The Design Professional may choose to meet multiple requirements using a
single facility or multiple facilities.
Water Quality Requirement
The required water quality volume is calculated from the following formula:
P
( ) ()
WQv= 12 * I Eqn: 405.1
Where:
WQv= Water Quality Volume (cubic feet)
P = 1.0 inch
I = DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance (square feet)
To meet the Water Quality requirement, SMPs must be designed to collect and treat the first
inch of runoff from all DCIA. It is not acceptable to treat an equivalent volume collected from
only a portion of the DCIA.
The water quality volume must be infiltrated except in cases where the Design Professional
determines that infiltration is infeasible on the site. Infiltration systems must provide adequate
static storage for the entire water quality volume; see design guidelines in Section 7: SMP
Design Guidelines for information on calculation of static storage. Please note, all infiltration

practices must be located a minimum of 10 feet from all building foundations. Infiltration
systems must also be a minimum of 10 feet from property lines not adjacent to open public
streets unless a deed restriction is put in place extending at least 10 feet from the perimeter
of the infiltrating system.
To determine whether or not infiltration is feasible, the Design Professional must perform the
following three procedures:
Appendix A: Hotspot Investigation Procedure
Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Procedure
Appendix C: Geotechnical Investigation (Subsurface Stability) Procedure
The intent of the Water Quality requirement is to protect Philadelphia’s rivers and streams
from polluted runoff associated with rain events. Runoff from the first inch of rainfall
accounts for the majority of the annual rainfall volume, and typically carries the majority of
the pollutants. Runoff from impervious surfaces is generally more polluted than runoff from
pervious surfaces because of the associated uses. Because the Water Quality requirement is
designed to make sure that this first inch of water is infiltrated or treated before it leaves the
site, the water quality volume must be collected as the first inch of runoff from all DCIA.
Infiltration provides groundwater recharge needed to restore more natural (historical) dry
weather flows in creeks while reducing high stream flows and velocities during small storms.
However, some sites may not be able to infiltrate all of the water quality volume safely and
may request a waiver from infiltration. Waivers are available in Appendix F.4: Special
Circumstances and Waiver Requests and online at
www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview. In cases where a waiver is requested
for all or a portion of the infiltration component of the Water Quality requirement, the Design
Professional is required to supply the following documentation:
• summary of testing as outlined in Appendices A, B, and C,
• a complete infiltration waiver request cover letter and worksheet detailing the reasons
that infiltration is not feasible, and
• supporting evidence why a site should be released from the infiltration requirement.
If it is determined that infiltration of all or part of the water quality volume is not feasible,
remaining water quality volume must be treated and released. Treatment and release
requirements differ for separate and combined sewer areas, but all areas must route a
minimum of 20% of the water quality volume through a PWD-approved SMP that provides
volume reduction (See Table 4.3)
Separate Sewer Areas: The water quality volume must be routed through a SMP
that provides volume reduction, flow attenuation, and water quality treatment. PWD-
approved practices include: underdrained filters, underdrained bioretention, swales
with check dams, ponds and wet basins, and constructed wetlands (see Table 4.3 for a
complete list).
Combined Sewer Areas: Runoff from a minimum of 20% of the DCIA must be routed
through a PWD-approved volume reducing SMP (see Table 4.3 for a complete list). The
release rate for the water quality volume must not exceed 0.24 cfs per acre DCIA*, and
the volume must be detained in the SMP for no less than 24 hours and no more than 72
hours.
*If a SMP will be emptied by a pumping system the average rate must not exceed 0.12
cfs per acre DCIA.

Channel Protection Requirement
SMPs must be designed to detain the runoff from all DCIA within the limits of earth
disturbance from a one-year, 24-hour NRCS (Natural Resources Conservation Service) Type
II design storm in the proposed site condition such that the runoff takes a minimum of 24
hours and a maximum of 72 hours to drain from the facility. Discharge of water may begin at
the beginning of the storm.
Channel Protection requirement: Detain and release runoff from DCIA at a maximum rate of
0.24 cfs per acre of DCIA in no less than 24 hours and no more than 72 hours.
However, the Channel Protection requirement does not apply to redevelopment which is
under one acre or discharging to the Delaware River and the Schuylkill River main channels.
and post-development condition EXEMPTS redevelopment projects from the Channel
Protection requirement.
The effects of infiltration may be accounted for when performing Channel Protection
calculations. Infiltrating more than the water quality volume is allowed; the Design
Professional must determine the best management option based on site-specific conditions.
Flood Control Requirement and Management Districts
Table 4.2 lists the required level of flood control based on location (Management District)
within the City. Refer to Appendix D.2: Management Districts to determine which
Management District requirements apply to a given site. Peak runoff in the proposed
condition (left column) must be no greater than peak runoff in the pre-development condition
(right column) using the stated design storms. For a given district, the five criteria must be
met concurrently. Peak rate reduction provided by facilities that meet the Water Quality and
Channel Protection requirements may be considered in sizing calculations for peak rate
controls.
If a project is located near or across a Management District border it is strongly

recommended that the Developer contact PWD to confirm the Management District
requirements that apply to the project. In most cases, a project that is located in multiple
management districts will be required to meet the requirements of the management district
that covers the majority of the disturbed area.
In Flood Management District C, development sites which can discharge directly to the
Delaware River main channel or Schuylkill River major tributary without the use of City
infrastructure may do so without control of proposed conditions peak rate of runoff. When
adequate capacity in the downstream system does not exist and will not be provided through
improvements, the proposed conditions peak rate of runoff must be controlled to the pre-
development conditions peak rate as required in District A provisions for the specified design
storm. Refer to Appendix F.5: PWD Review Policies.
and post-development condition EXEMPTS redevelopment projects from the Flood Control
requirement.

Table 4.2: Peak Runoff Rates for Management Districts

NRCS Type II 24-hour Design NRCS Type II 24 –hour
District Storm applied to Proposed Design Storm applied to Pre-
Condition Development Condition
A 2 - year 1 - year
A 5 - year 5 - year
A 10 - year 10 - year
A 25 - year 25 - year
A 100 - year 100 - year
B-1 2 - year 1 - year

B-1 25 - year 10 - year
B-1 50 - year 25 - year
B-1 100 - year 100 - year

B-2 50 - year 10 - year
B-2 100 - year 100 - year
C* Conditional Direct Discharge District
4.3.2 Design Stormwater Management Practices Using a Systems

Approach
The intent of this section is to propose a systems approach as an organizing principle in SMP
design. The designer first defines the level of control needed and then designs a system to provide
that level of control.
SMP Selection and Design Process
The following is a general procedure for choosing and designing SMPs on a site.
• Determine whether infiltration is feasible according to Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing

Procedures.
• Identify space constraints, and adjust site design as much as possible to provide open
space for stormwater management.
• Where infiltration is feasible, vegetated techniques are preferred. When infiltration is not
feasible other volume reducing techniques should be used (see Table 4.3).
• Determine pretreatment requirements for the selected SMP.
• Determine release rate requirements. Design of orifices and underdrains to meet the
release rate requirements for small structures on small sites will be the most challenging.
4 - 10 Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

On sites where infiltration is not feasible some or all (20% in combined sewer areas, 100% in
separate sewer areas) of the DCIA must be routed to an approved volume reducing stormwater
management practice. Table 4.3 below presents the SMPs that PWD currently accepts as reducing
stormwater volume. Each SMP has design guidelines detailed in Section 7. Alternate volume
reducing practices may be proposed and will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. A waiver from
the accepted volume reducing practices must be submitted and approved. See Section F.4: Special
Circumstances and Waiver Requests or www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for the
required forms.
Table 4.3: Acceptable Volume Reducing Stormwater Management Practices
Infiltration and Volume Reduction

Groundwater Recharge without Infiltration
Landscaped-Intermittently Wet
Section 6.3 Planter Boxes Yes Yes
Section 7.4 Filters Yes No
Section 7.5 Bioinfiltration/Bioretention Yes Yes (U)
Section 7.7 Berms and Retentive Grading Yes No
Section 7.8 Swales Yes Yes (U)
Landscaped-Usually Wet
Section 7.9 Constructed Wetlands No Yes
Section 7.10 Ponds & Wet Basins No Yes
Subsurface
Section 7.12 Subsurface Infiltration Yes No
Section 7.13 Porous Pavement Yes No
Rooftops
Section 7.1 Green Roofs No Yes
Capture & Reuse
Section 7.2 Rain Barrels and Cisterns No Yes
U= Underdrained Systems
SMP Functions and Configurations
SMPs are systems that use physical, chemical, and biological processes to provide the level of
stormwater control required. This level of control typically includes a required storage volume,
a volume to be infiltrated, and an acceptable release rate. These requirements are met through
the five principle hydraulic functions of SMPs: storage, infiltration, evapotranspiration, controlled
release, and overflow or bypass flow. Figure 4.2 illustrates a variety of design elements available
to provide these functions. Depending on the configuration, physical, chemical, and biological
processes lead to removal of pollutants during these processes.
By combining design components in a variety of ways, the designer can identify alternative systems
that achieve a given function. Figure 4.3 illustrates several different designs that are capable of
meeting the Water Quality and Channel Protection requirements.
Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0 4 - 11

Figure 4.2:
Runoff Systems approach to SMP design
and associated
non-point source pollutants
↓
Pretreatment Evaporation / Transpiration
if needed • Standing Water
↓
Precipitation
↓
• Soil/Porous Medium
↓ • Plants
STORAGE
• Berm or Surface Depression
• Pore Space in Stone, Porous Medium, Growing Medium
Overflow
• Perforated Pipes
↓
Bypass
• Ponding behind Check Dams
(no water quality treatment)
• Tanks, Cisterns, Rain Barrels
• Proprietary Technologies
• Swales (Larger Sites)
↓ ↓
Infiltration Controlled Release
• Riser
• Orifice Depending on system,
↓
• Proprietary Technologies may receive water
• Porous Media quality treatment
• Underdrain
Figure 4.3: Alternative designs for storing runoff
Site: 1 acre parking lot

Objective: Meet Water Quality and Channel Protection requirements
Note: These diagrams are intended to depict general design concepts. Please refer
to Section 7 for detailed design requirements.
Alternative 1: Traditional detention / infiltration basin

ParkingLot Runoff Riser
large storm Overflow
small storm
Slow Release
Infiltration
Alternative 2: Porous pavement with deep sub-base

ParkingLot
Porous Pavement
Stone Sub- Base

Gravel
Infiltration

Figure 4.3: Alternative designs for storing runoff (continued)
Alternative 3: Traditional pavement with perimeter drains and subsurface infiltration
Drain
Parking Lot
Traditional Pavement
Stone Sub- Base

Gravel
Filter Strip
Infiltration
Alternative 4: Bioretention only

Traditional
Pavement
Infiltration
Alternative 5: Bioretention and subsurface storage
Drain Traditional Pavement/

Shallow Sub- Base
Infiltration
Alternative 6: Swale (large site option)
ParkingLot Large Storms

Runoff Small Storms
Storage A traditional detention/infiltration basin (alternative 1, Figure 4.3) provides storage

entirely through surface ponding. Subsurface stone storage beds (alternatives 2 and 3)
provide storage in stone pore spaces. A bioretention system (alternative 4) provides a
combination of surface ponding and storage in soil pores. Bioretention combined with
a subsurface stone bed (alternative 5) provides storage in a combination of surface
ponding, storage in soil pores, and storage in stone pores. A swale (alternative 6) can
provide storage through surface ponding behind check dams, while also functioning as a
conveyance system during larger events.

Infiltration All six alternatives allow stored water to infiltrate into the underlying soil. Surface
vegetation (alternatives 1, 4, 5, and 6) helps prolong design life because growth of plant roots
helps to keep the soil pore structure open over time. This effect is greatest with vegetation
that has a deeper root structure (e.g., trees, shrubs, and native herbaceous species rather
than turf grass). Traditional structures such as detention basins and swales can be designed
with either type of vegetation. Using such attractive landscaping practices improves quality of
life in the urban landscape.
Slow Release Stored water is either infiltrated or released at a slow rate to a sewer or
receiving stream. The subsurface storage and bioretention designs (alternatives 2-5) are
designed to infiltrate the entire design storm. These designs have a relatively large ratio of
infiltration area to drainage area; they provide diffuse infiltration and do not require design
or maintenance of a slow release structure. The traditional infiltration basin (alternative 1)
provides more concentrated infiltration; depending on site conditions, the designer may
choose to infiltrate a portion of runoff and release the remainder slowly through a riser
structure. This structure may require design and maintenance measures to avoid clogging.
Finally, the swale (alternative 6) infiltrates the portion of runoff that pools behind check dams.
The designer in this case ensures that detention behind check dams and peak attenuation in
the flowing swale combine to meet any release rate requirement by the time flow reaches the
end of the swale. The swale does not store the entire design storm through ponding at any
one time, but it is functionally equivalent to the other designs when resulting flows leave the
property.
Evaporation and Transpiration Evaporation and transpiration are minor SMP functions
when measured over the course of one storm, but they are significant when measured
over time. Surface systems will provide the greatest evaporation and transpiration benefit,
particularly if they are vegetated. Some water that infiltrates the surface will evaporate. For
this reason, vegetated systems provide both water quality and volume reduction.
Controlled Overflow or Bypass Flow Although not shown for all the examples, all designs
must have a mechanism for water to overflow or bypass the system unimpeded during events
larger than the design event. For alternatives 1 through 5, a riser or other overflow structure
can be incorporated in the design. For alternative 6, the flow capacity of the swale itself acts
as a bypass mechanism.
Water Quality Treatment All six design alternatives provide some water quality benefit
by slowing water down and allowing settling of suspended solids. A portion of pollutants in
stormwater (e.g., nutrients, metals, and/or organics) is associated with this solid fraction.
Systems combining soil, water, and plants (alternatives 4 and 5) provide the most treatment.
The level of treatment provided by the traditional detention basin (alternative 1) and swale
(alternative 6) depends on configuration and vegetation type.
Infiltration reduces the pollutant load reaching surface water and should not endanger
groundwater if the soil layer is sufficiently thick. Vegetated filter strips in alternative 3 remove
solids through settling and filtration. In alternative 5, a small bioretention basin provides
pretreatment for a subsurface stone system. Both pretreatment methods will prolong the life
of the subsurface stone bed. The choice between alternatives 3 and 5 is one of designer
preference and cost, not one of function.
In areas with combined sewers, two factors contribute to receiving water quality. First, any
water that is infiltrated does not reach a combined sewer, does not contribute to combined
sewer overflows (CSO), and will not contribute to receiving water pollution. Second,
detention and slow release reduces peak flow in the combined sewer during wet weather
events, reducing the frequency and magnitude of overflows. Water quality improvement in
combined sewered areas is more a matter of managing the quantity and timing of runoff,
rather than reducing pollutant concentrations in that runoff.

Space Constraints Traditional basins (alternative 1) and swales (alternative 6) can be

implemented on larger sites. On smaller sites, bioretention is an attractive solution due to the
benefits of vegetation, including appearance, design life, and water quality. However, surface
vegetation does require space to install. A designer might choose to combine bioretention
with a subsurface stone bed (alternative 5) to save space, or to use a subsurface stone bed
(alternative 2 or 3) alone if all available space is needed for parking.

An Operations and Maintenance (O & M) Plan is required to be submitted with the PCSMP. Decisions
made in the design phase can affect operations and maintenance and can extend the design life of
stormwater facilities. Key factors to consider are ownership, access, maintenance tasks and frequency.
The Operations and Maintenance Plan worksheet found at
www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview provides a simple format.

Consider the following design features to minimize maintenance and maximize design life:
• Maximize use of pretreatment systems, particularly for infiltration systems. Reducing

velocities and pollutant loads entering SMPs will extend their design lives. (See Section 7
for appropriate pretreatment design.)
• For infiltration, choose surface vegetated SMPs with deeper-rooted vegetation (trees,
shrubs, and native herbaceous species) whenever possible. Root growth helps to keep the
soil’s pore structure open and maximizes the life of infiltration SMPs. Routine landscaping
tasks are the primary maintenance required.
• On smaller sites, choose SMPs that do not require slow-release control structures. These
structures can clog and require periodic inspection and maintenance.

Vehicle access from a public right-of-way can help to minimize the difficulty of maintenance. A
15-foot wide vehicle access path leading from a public right-of-way to all stormwater controls is
strongly recommended.

The owner of the land where the SMP is located is responsible for performing long term
maintenance. In the case of a single property owner, that owner is responsible for maintenance.
In cases of common ownership, a homeowners’ or condominium association may assume
responsibility for maintenance. Considering the type of ownership and owner preference can help
the designer choose between smaller, distributed SMPs and a single centralized SMP.


Maintenance tasks and frequencies are specific to each type of SMP. Maintenance guidance
is provided in Section 7: SMP Design Guidelines for each SMP. A Maintenance Plan must be
completed, signed and filed with the Recorder of Deeds to comply with the requirements of the
Stormwater Regulations.

5 Post Construction Stormwater
Management Plans
5.0 Introduction
5.2 Components of the Post Construction Stormwater Management

Plan

5.3.1 Design Storms
5.3.4 Flow Routing
5.4 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan Submittal

Process

5.4.3 Inspections


5. Post Construction Stormwater Management Plans
5.0 Introduction
This section is provided to guide developers through the necessary submittals required for stormwater
management in Philadelphia. Section 5.1 describes requirements for the Erosion and Sediment
Pollution Control (E & S) Plan. Section 5.2 describes the required components of the Post Construction
Stormwater Management Plan (PCSMP). Acceptable calculation methods for determining sizing and
appropriate stormwater management practices (SMPs) are contained in Section 5.3. Section 5.4
describes the PCSMP submittal process.

The Owner is responsible for ensuring that their active construction site is not creating violations of 25 Pa.
Code Chapters 92 and/or 102 and the Clean Streams Law, the act of June 22, 1937, P.L. 1987, 35 P.S.
§691.1 et seq. Depending on the limit of earth disturbance associated with a project there are specific
preparation, review, and approval requirements. All E & S Plans must be prepared in accordance with
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) guidelines as laid out in the following
Manual:
PADEP, Bureau of Watershed Management, April 15 2000. Erosion and Sediment Pollutant Control
Program Manual. Document 363-2134-008.
It is important for the applicant to properly assess the limits of earth disturbance associated with
the construction project in order to determine the level of review and approval required. Submittal
requirements for E & S Plans are located in Section 2.2: Determining Applicability. Once the limits of
earth disturbance have been accurately determined the applicant will follow one of the four E & S review
paths listed below:
Earth Disturbance Categories:
A. Less than 5,000 square feet (not located in the Wissahickon Watershed*)
• E & S Plan is not mandatory.
• Owner must implement E & S best management practices (BMPs) in accordance with the most
recent version of PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollutant Control Program Manual (2000).
B. More than 5,000 square feet, less than 15,000 square feet**
• E & S Plan must be prepared, implemented, and kept on site available for inspection at all times.
• The E & S Plan which complies with the PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollutant Control Program
Manual (2000) must be maintained on submitted to the Philadelphia Water Department (PWD),
but does not need to be approved.
• If the site is not subject to the PWD Stormwater Management Regulations (Stormwater
Regulations), then submit E & S Plans as an attachment to the Existing Resources and Site
Analysis (ERSA) online application at www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview.
C. More than 15,000 square feet, less than 1 acre (43,560 square feet)**
• E & S Plan must be prepared, approved, implemented and kept on site available for inspection at
all times.
• The E & S Plan must be reviewed and approved by PWD before PWD will sign the applicant’s
Building Permit Application. A Building Permit must be issued prior to commencement of any
earth disturbance.
• Project is subject to the Stormwater Regulations and requires a full PCSMP submittal. E & S
Plans are a component of the full PCSMP. These must be submitted together to:
Projects Control
1101 Market St, 2nd Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19107
The submittal must include a transmittal letter indicating necessary project information and the
level of review required as well as all information to be reviewed.
• A copy of the approved plans must be forwarded to the PWD E & S Unit.
• Notify the PWD E & S Unit of any pre-construction meetings, and notify the PWD E & S Unit
three days prior to commencement of earth disturbance.
D. More than 1 acre (43,560 square feet)

• E & S Plan must be prepared, approved, implemented and kept on site at all times.
• A NPDES Permit application must be submitted to PADEP. Proof of issuance of the NPDES
Permit must be provided to PWD before PWD will sign the applicant’s Building Permit Application.
A Building Permit must be issued prior to commencement of any earth disturbance.
• Project is subject to Stormwater Regulations and requires a full PCSMP submittal. E & S Plans
are a component of the full PCSMP. These must be submitted together to:
Projects Control
The submittal must include a transmittal letter indicating necessary project information and the
• Notify the PWD E & S Unit of any pre-construction meetings, and notify the PWD E & S Unit
three days prior to commencement of earth disturbance.
*Projects located in the Wissahickon Watershed may be subject to additional requirements which
will be assessed as part of the project review performed by Philadelphia City Planning staff.
**If during the course of construction additional area is disturbed which changes the applicable
requirements, construction will have to cease until new plans are prepared and approved by all
relevant regulatory agencies.
Inspections
E & S inspections occur on both a scheduled and complaint driven basis. The E & S inspectors
expect that the E & S controls contained within the prepared or approved E & S Plan (depending
on the limits of disturbance) are implemented and maintained on site at all times. The E & S
Inspectors are authorized to access a site and inspect the effectiveness of E & S BMPs. E & S
Inspectors will advise the Owner or responsible party(s) of E & S control problems found during
the inspection and what must be done to correct the violations. This may include implementing
additional E & S BMPs not shown on the approved plans. Should a project site be disturbing earth
without the appropriate approvals or ineffective E & S control BMPs,a Stop Work Order will be
issued.
For a more detailed discussion of E & S issues please refer to Fact Sheet #7: Understanding
Erosion and Sedimentation Control requirements in Philadelphia located on
www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview

5.2 Components of the Post Construction Stormwater

Management Plan
The PCSMP must contain the elements found in the Checklist B: The Standard Submittal Format. If any
of these are missing from a submitted plans, the plan will be returned to the developer for completion prior
to review. All items should be submitted together to:
Projects Control

Checklist B: The Standard Submittal Format contains an easy to use checklist to determine
completion of the PCSMP. It is provided to assist the developer in ensuring that all necessary
elements of the PCSMP are complete. Refer to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview
for the most recent checklists and worksheets. This process has been designed to make submittal
of the PCSMP easier for both developers and reviewers.

Other state and federal permits may be required for development on a given site. PWD approval
of a PCSMP is contingent upon approval by other regulatory agencies. Other permits that may be
required include but are not limited to:
• NPDES (National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System) Phase II Permit for Construction
Activities
• Pennsylvania Code and Charter Chapter 105: Water Obstruction and Encroachment
General and Joint Permits
This list is not exhaustive nor does it imply that all of these permits are required. It is the
responsibility of the developer to determine which permits are required by other regulatory
agencies. Appendix F.3: Local Permitting requirements and Appendix F.4: Federal and State
Permitting requirements provide resources to assist in determining which permits may apply.
Proof of the issuance of all applicable permits MUST be provided to obtain PWD sign off on any
Building Permit. However, at the time of submittal of a PCSMP, the applicant must demonstrate
that they have applied for all relevant permits. A photocopy of permit applications will serve as proof
of application. If for some reason approval is denied or revoked by another regulatory agency, it is
the developer’s responsibility to notify PWD and other City agencies and rectify the situation before
the project can proceed any further.

The City recognizes that on-site stormwater management may not be feasible in part or in
full for some development projects. Under these circumstances PWD requires that technical
documentation demonstrating the site constraints be submitted to and reviewed by PWD.
Alternatives to on-site stormwater management are accepted at the sole discretion of PWD.
Complete details of documentation, stormwater management alternatives and contact information
are provided in Appendix F.4: Special Circumstances and Waiver Requests.


The worksheets are intended to standardize and summarize the results of design calculations. The
designer must also attach relevant data, field testing results, assumptions, hand calculations, and
computer program results. This section summarizes calculation methods that are considered acceptable
by PWD. Other methods will be considered on a case-by-case basis.
5.3.1 Design Storms

Sizing requirements for the Stormwater Regulations have been developed using long-term
computer simulations. These requirements have been translated to single event design conditions
that yield roughly equivalent results.
Design Rainfall Totals
The rainfall depths of design storms shown in Table 5.1 are taken from the Pennsylvania
Department of Transportation Field Manual (1986). These totals indicate the largest depth
one can expect over the specified interval in the specified return period. These design
precipitation depths are similar to those found in other standard references such as National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Technical Publication 40 or the NOAA Atlas
14; however, Design Professionals must use the values provided in Table 5.1 for their design
calculations.
Table 5.1: Design Precipitation Depths (in)

Return Period
Duration 1 yr 2 yr 5 yr 10 yr 25 yr 50 yr 100 yr
5 min 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.50 0.56 0.63 0.68
15 min 0.64 0.75 0.90 1.00 1.15 1.35 1.50
1 hr 1.10 1.35 1.61 1.85 2.15 2.60 2.98
2 hrs 1.34 1.66 2.00 2.34 2.70 3.26 3.76
3 hrs 1.50 1.86 2.28 2.67 3.09 3.69 4.29
6 hrs 1.86 2.28 2.82 3.36 3.90 4.62 5.40
12 hrs 2.28 2.76 3.48 4.20 4.92 5.76 6.72
24 hrs 2.64 3.36 4.32 5.28 6.24 7.20 8.40
Design Rainfall Distribution
For the Channel Protection and Flood Control calculations, the design rainfall depth must
be distributed in a NRCS (National Resources Conservation Service) Type II dimensionless
rainfall distribution. The Type II distribution was selected not because it represents a typical
event but because it includes periods of low-intensity and high-intensity rainfall; design using
this distribution results in a facility that can manage a variety of event types, particularly high
intensity storms.

Table 5.2: Tabulated NRCS 24-Hour Type II Distribution

Time Dimensionless Rainfall
(hr) Cumulative Incremental
0.00 0.000 0.000
2.00 0.022 0.022
4.00 0.048 0.026
6.00 0.080 0.032
7.00 0.098 0.018
8.00 0.120 0.022
8.50 0.133 0.013
9.00 0.147 0.014
9.50 0.163 0.016
9.75 0.172 0.009
10.00 0.181 0.009
10.50 0.204 0.023
11.00 0.235 0.031
11.50 0.283 0.048
11.75 0.357 0.074
12.00 0.663 0.306
12.50 0.735 0.072
13.00 0.772 0.037
13.50 0.799 0.027
14.00 0.820 0.021
16.00 0.880 0.060
20.00 0.952 0.072
24.00 1.000 0.048
Storm Return Periods for Large Events and Flow Bypass
At a minimum, safe conveyance of the 10-year, 24-hour design storm must be provided to
and from SMPs to comply with the requirements of §14.1603.1.6.C.4. Additionally, the flow
that is leaving the system must meet the requirements of the Stormwater Regulations. Many
SMPs will be designed to manage smaller storms. A designer might choose to allow runoff
from larger storms to bypass or quickly pass through a storage element.

A number of mathematical models are available to estimate stormwater runoff from a given storm.
For sites that are dominated by impervious cover, most methods will yield similar results. For sites
with significant pervious cover contributing flows to SMPs, infiltration loss models provide more
realistic results than the empirical, statistically based methods. However, a thorough understanding
of soil behavior is necessary to generate realistic runoff estimates.
The empirical methods can be implemented by computer programs. Examples of computer

programs available in the public domain are listed in Table 5.3. In addition, a wide range of
proprietary programs are available. Designers are strongly urged to consider the assumptions
and mathematical models underlying these programs when choosing an appropriate tool to aid in
design.

Table 5.3: Acceptable Calculation Methods for Runoff Estimation
Experience Example
Mathematical Impervious Hand/Spreadsheet
Type Modeling Soil Computer
Model Cover Calculations
Properties Programs
NRCS, TR-55,
Empirical NRCS Curve Moderate-
Any Yes (smaller sites) TR-20, HEC-
Methods Number method High
HMS
Moderate-
Constant Loss Any Yes (smaller sites) HEC-HMS
High
Infiltration
Loss EPA SWMM,
Green-Ampt Any High No
Models HEC-HMS
Horton Any High No EPA SWMM
Rational Method
The rational method may not be used for SMP design, outlet control design, or detention
routing. It may be used for storm sewer capacity design as described in Section 5.3.5: Storm
Sewer Design.
NRCS Curve Number (Soil Complex) Method
The NRCS Curve Number Method is widely used to produce estimates of runoff for both
pervious and impervious cover. It empirically accounts for the fact that soils become
saturated and gradually yield more runoff during the course of a storm. For a detailed
description of the Curve Number Method, see Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds (NRCS
Technical Release 55).
Care should be taken to select appropriate curve number (CN) values since this calculation
method is very sensitive to changes in these values. In order to obtain conservative results,
use separate calculations for pervious and impervious area. The resulting flows can be
routed if necessary and then added. See Table 5.4 for PWD approved CN values for each
Hydrologic Soil Group.
Infiltration Loss Models
Infiltration loss models estimate runoff quantity by subtracting depression storage and
infiltration losses from rainfall. These models are based on the physics of soil behavior and
provide more precise results than empirical models. Used by an experienced modeler with
ample soil data, these models produce more realistic estimates than empirical models on
sites where a significant portion of runoff is generated by pervious cover. Results depend
most strongly on soil properties.

Table 5.4: PWD Accepted Curve Number Values
Curve Number for

Cover Description
Hydrologic Soil Group
Cover Type Hydrologic Condition A B C D Ub
Lawns, parks, golf courses, etc...

Poor (grass cover < 50%) 68 79 86 89 79
Fair (grass cover 50% to 75%) 49 69 79 84 69
Good (grass cover > 75%) 39 61 74 80 61
Meadow 30 58 71 78 58
Athletic Fields 68 79 86 89 79
Porous Turf 70 70 79 84 69
Brush (brush-weed-grass mixture with brush the major element)
Poor 57 73 82 86 73
Fair 43 65 76 82 65
Good 32 58 72 79 58
Woods-grass combination (orchard or tree farm)
Poor 57 73 82 86 73
Fair 43 65 76 82 65
Good 32 58 72 79 58
Woods
Poor 45 66 77 83 66
Fair 36 60 73 79 60
Good 30 55 70 77 55
Paved parking lots, roofs, driveways. streets, etc. 98 98 98 98 98
Gravel 76 85 89 91 89
Dirt 72 82 87 89 87
Porous Pavement 70 70 74 80 70
Permeable Pavers 70 70 79 84 70
Pour-in-Place Rubber 70 70 74 80 70
Green Roof* 86 86 86 86 86
* Existing rainfall runoff models are limited in their ability to predict runoff from green roofs since this
process is dominated by percolations through a thin veneer of soil and is not surface runoff. Green roof
research studies have back-calculated a range of CN values for various storms and roof media types/
thicknesses. CN values different from that listed in the table may be permitted if appropriate citations
are provided with the stormwater report.

Determining the Predevelopment Conditions for Runoff Calculations

The predevelopment condition for any project is determined by the dominant land use for the
previous ten (10) years preceding the planned project. If a redevelopment project is able to reduce
the DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance by 20% between the predevelopment and post-
development conditions, is it exempt from the Channel Protection and Flood Control requirements.
When performing Flood Control calculations, PWD requires the following land use designations for
all development and redevelopment in City of Philadelphia:
1) Redevelopment sites in the predevelopment condition:

• All nonforested, pervious areas must be considered meadow (good condition) for the
predevelopment runoff calculations.
• In addition to any other pervious area, twenty percent (20%) of the existing impervious
cover on site, when present, must be considered meadow (good condition) for the
2) New Development sites in the predevelopment condition:

• All nonforested, pervious areas must be considered meadow (good condition) for the

Surface storage: A rough estimate of surface storage can be obtained by averaging the surface
area and bottom area of a basin and multiplying by the average depth. For irregular shapes,
volume can be estimated by finding the area inside each contour, multiplying each area by the
contour interval, and adding the results.
Stone Storage: Storage in stone pores is equal to the volume of the crushed stone bed times the
porosity. A design porosity of 40% can be assumed for the stone if specifications for the crushed
stone meet those provided in Section 7: SMP Design Guidelines.
Porous Media Storage: Storage available in porous media is equal to the initial moisture deficit,
the portion of total porosity that is not already occupied by moisture. This portion varies at the
beginning of every storm; acceptable design values are 30% for sand and 20% for growing soil.
Active Storage: Not all physical space in a given SMP is active. The maximum elevation that
should be considered as active storage is the overflow elevation. In tanks draining by gravity
whose bottoms do not infiltrate, any volume below the invert of the orifice or control structure is not
considered active storage.
5.3.4 Flow Routing

Sheet Flow and Shallow Concentrated Flow
Sheet flow consists of shallow flow spread out over a plane. Eventually, this flow will
generally concentrate into a deeper, narrower stream. There is debate over how prevalent
sheet flow is in the natural environment. However, it provides a reasonable mathematical
basis for predicting travel time and infiltration losses over short distances. Urban Hydrology
for Small Watersheds (TR-55) provides a sheet flow equation based on Manning’s kinematic
solution. Tables of roughness values for sheet flow are available in Urban Hydrology for
Small Watersheds and in Table 5.5 shown below. There is debate over the appropriate length
of sheet flow; however, PWD will only accept sheet flow for the first 150 feet. After sheet flow,

overland flow is considered shallow concentrated flow. Shallow concentrated flow will be
considered as flowing over paved or unpaved surface for the purpose of estimating velocity.
Another method for routing overland flow is the kinematic wave solution, obtained by coupling
the momentum and continuity equations with simplifying assumptions, may be solved in
a computer program using numerical methods. A computer program also allows practical
calculations at a much smaller time step than hand or spreadsheet calculations.
Channel Flow
Channel flow equations may be used to estimate flows in free-flowing gutters and swales.
Manning’s equation is sufficient for these estimates on many sites. Tables of roughness
values are available in Civil Engineering Reference Manual (CERM) Appendix 19.A. For
channels with significant backwater, culverts which may flow under pressure, or other
complex features, the St. Venant equations may be needed. These equations represent the
complete solution of the momentum and continuity equations in one dimension. They require
a computer program to solve.
For reference, the post development time of concentration will be less than or equal to the
predevelopment time of concentration values unless the site is specifically altered to increase
this path.
Table 5.5: Roughness Coefficients (Manning’s n) for sheet flow

Surface Description n1
Roof tops 0.011
Concrete 0.013
Asphalt 0.015
Bare Soil 0.018
Sparse Vegetation 2 0.1
Grass:
Short grass prairie 0.15
Dense grasses 3 0.24
Range (natural) 0.13
Woods: 4
Light underbrush 0.40
Dense underbrush 0.80
1
The n values are a composite of information compiled by Engman (1986) and Akan (1985).
2
Areas where vegetation is spotty and consists of less than 50% vegetative cover.
3
Species such as weeping lovegrass, bluegrass, buffalo grass, blue grama grass, and native grass mixtures.
4
Consider cover to a height of 0.1 ft. This is the part of the plant cover that will obstruct sheet flow.
Storage Routing
For small storage elements where travel time within the element is insignificant, simple
mass balance routing may be performed in a spreadsheet. At each time step, the change in
storage volume is the difference between inflows and outflows. Inflows and outflows are a
function of design and soil properties.
For larger or more complex structures, where the shape and size of the element have a
significant effect on outflows, the Modified Puls (also called storage-indication) method
provides more accurate routing.

Table 5.6: Summary of Recommended Methods for Flow Routing

Hand/
Type Example Computer
Mathematical Model Appropriate For… Spreadsheet
Programs
Calculations
simplified Manning sheet flow path up to
Overland Yes TR-55, TR-20
kinematic solution 150 feet
Flow
shallow concentrated / overland flow longer
Yes TR-55, TR-20
NRCS empirical curve than 150 feet
larger or more EPA SWMM,
kinematic wave No
complex sites HEC-HMS
uniform flow without TR-55, TR-20, EPA
Channel Manning equation Yes
backwater SWMM, HEC-HMS
Flow
channels with EPA SWMM,
St. Venant equations No
storage, backwater HEC-RAS
small storage
Storage simple mass balance Yes USACE STORM
elements
Routing
Modified Puls / storage- large or irregularly- TR-55, TR-20,
Yes
indication shaped elements HEC-HMS

The storm sewer must be designed to safely convey the 10-year storm without surcharging
inlets. If Flood Control is required, runoff from larger storms must be safely conveyed off the
site, either through overland flow or a storm sewer. Please note, runoff may not be conveyed
to a neighboring property.
Rational method may be utilized when designing storm sewers. Recommended assumptions
to obtain conservative results using the rational method include:
• Choose appropriate runoff coefficients based on the Engineer’s best judgment of land
use type (e.g., see CERM Appendix 20.A).
• For pervious areas with rational coefficients less than 0.2, use a coefficient of 0.2.
For a table of rational method coefficients, see CERM Appendix 20.A.
5.4 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan

Submittal Process
Because the PWD Approval Signature and Stamp on Building Permits will only be issued upon
approval of Water, Sewer and Stormwater, it is strongly recommended that developers submit
Water, Sewer and PCSMP materials at the same time. All items should be submitted together to:
Projects Control
The PCSMP submittal must include a transmittal letter indicating necessary project information and the


Only a complete PCSMP will be accepted for review. When a new project is received it undergoes
a screening process to make sure it includes all the components necessary to complete a review.
If any portion is found to be missing or incomplete the developer will be notified by email. Any
additional information that is required should be mailed to PWD Projects Control. If necessary,
incomplete PCSMP submittals will be returned to the developer for completion. When a project
is screened incomplete no additional review of the project will be done until the required materials
have been received. Once a project submittal is found to be complete the developer will be notified
and the project will be moved into technical review.
Refer to www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for the most recent checklists and

worksheets. Checklist B: The Standard Submittal Format is provided to guide the developer and
help them ensure that their application is complete prior to submittal.

Once a project submittal has been screened and determined to be complete, it will be put in line
for technical review. Projects are generally reviewed in the order in which they were received.
Because of this, review times depend heavily on the number of projects under review at the time of
the submittal.
During the technical review, PWD will examine the submittal to determine if all applicable
requirements are being met. Should any deficiencies be identified, PWD will email a letter of review
comments to the developer. Additional information or revised materials required based on the
comments should be submitted to:
Projects Control
Technical review of the submittal will not continue until a new submittal addressing the comments
is received. This submittal should include all required revisions and new material as well as an
explanation of how each review comment was addressed. PWD will review the comment responses
and new and revised material for compliance with all applicable requirements. Should any
deficiencies are identified PWD will update the review letter and email the developer. Please note
that additional comments may be added to the review comments based on changes to the plans
and calculations. This process continues until all review comments are addressed.
The developer can influence the amount of time their review will take in several ways. If the
developer chooses to use development practices that allow disconnection of 95% or more of the
post construction directly connected impervious area (DCIA) most projects will be eligible for a
Green Project Review. PWD is committed to performing Green Project Reviews within 5 business
days. For more information see Section 4.2: Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed. The
developer may also influence the length of the review time by being responsive when review
comments are issued. Reviews often take less time when a project is resubmitted in a short
amount of time because reviewer is less likely to be involved in other projects and will be more
familiar with the original comments.
Once all of the review comments have been addressed PWD will email the developer an approval
letter. The developer must bring this approval letter and proof of issuance of any additional
required permits to PWD when acquiring signature on Building Permit applications.

5.4.3 Inspections
During any stage of work, if the City or its designee determines that the permanent SMPs and/or
stormwater management facilities are not being installed in accordance with the permitted PCSMP,
the City shall revoke any existing permits or other approvals and issue a “Stop Work Order.” Work
will be suspended until the installation is corrected according to the original PCSMP or a revised
PCSMP is submitted, a permit granted, and the deficiencies are corrected.
Prior to the final inspection, all SMPs and/or stormwater management facilities as-built drawings
must be submitted to PWD. The final inspection shall be conducted by the City or its designee
to confirm compliance with the permitted PCSMP prior to the issuance of any Certificate of
Occupancy. The City or its designee may inspect any phase of the installation of the permanent
SMPs and/or stormwater management facilities as deemed appropriate by PWD.

6 Utilizing Existing Site Features
6.0 Introduction
6.1 Street Design
6.2 Parking Lot Design
6.3 Planter Boxes
6.4 Special Detention Areas (see Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual)
6.5 Disconnecting Impervious Cover


6.0
introduction
6.0 Introduction
This manual emphasizes an integrated site design approach to stormwater management. By considering
stormwater management in conjunction with site uses and functions from the assessment phase through
final design, it is possible to develop a site plan that meets the Philadelphia Water Department (PWD)
Stormwater Management Regulations (Stormwater Regulations) and other site objectives concurrently.
The following sections present examples from Pennsylvania and across the nation that integrate
stormwater management approaches into both original and retrofit site designs. In this way,
comprehensive stormwater management can be integrated effectively and economically into the site
design process.
The following set of sections illustrates concepts and benefits provided through the application of holistic
stormwater management approaches.
6-1

6.1
street design
6.1 Street
design
City of Portland, Bureau of Environmental Services

provides an opportunity to distribute
stormwater management practices (SMPs)
and integrate them with neighborhood
aesthetics. Street location, width, and design
can reduce the volume of stormwater runoff
leaving the streets. Utilizing vegetated
areas along a street for water quality
treatment and detention can also reduce Sidewalk planter managing street runoff
the costs of development by creating less
need for underground stormwater infrastructure. Other benefits of low-impact street design
include slowed traffic in residential areas, enhanced visual appearance, and improved water
quality.
Low-impact street design can be difficult to accomplish within the City of Philadelphia. Design
of public streets is highly regulated and structural SMPs are typically not permitted within the
public right-of-way. The current residential street width requirements from the Philadelphia
City Code are shown below. However, the City is working to develop a green street design
that can be implemented throughout Philadelphia. There are also opportunities for low-
impact design elements to be applied on private streets and drives such as those within a
condominium. This section includes several examples of street design that can serve as a
model for development in Philadelphia.
Note:
SMP Design and combinations are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
stormwater management plans will combine appropriate materials and designs specific to each
site.
Table 6.1: Philadelphia’s City Codes for Street Widths
(§14-2104.) - Minimum street right-of-way and cartway widths shall conform to the
Physical Development Plan of the City and where not shown thereon shall conform to the
following:
primary residential street 64 feet in width, right-of-way 88 feet in width
secondary residential street 34 feet in width, right-of-way 54 feet in width

tertiary residential street 26 feet in width, right-of-way 50 feet in width

26 feet in width, right-of-way might vary with
marginal access street
conditions but in no case shall be less than 36 feet
(§11-407.) - Minimum street width shall conform to the provisions of (§ 14-2104.) A street
which does not conform to (§ 14-2104(5)) may be accepted and placed upon the City Plan
if it was physically or legally opened or built upon: Civil Engineering Reference Manual
prior to April 2, 1906 must be at least 40 feet in width;
prior to April 8, 1890 must be at least 30 feet in width;
6-3
6.1
street design
example: The City of Portland “Green Streets Project” on NE
Siskiyou Street incorporates landscaped curb extensions
or bumpouts designed to capture stormwater.
Green Streets Project: Portland, Oregon

project overview
The neighborhood is served by combined sewers that carry both sewage
from homes and stormwater runoff from streets. When it rains, combined
sewer pipes fill to capacity and overflow to the Willamette River.
Portland’s Bureau of Environmental Services built two landscaped curb

NE Siskiyou before
extensions in the parking zone on each side of Siskiyou Street just above
the storm drain inlets. Stormwater slows when it enters the landscaped
areas, water infiltrates into the ground, and vegetation help filter pollutants.
The Northeast Siskiyou Green Street Project is Portland’s first residential,
on-street stormwater management project. It is a sustainable approach that
mimics natural conditions while improving water quality and neighborhood
aesthetics.
NE Siskiyou during
construction Private developments within the City of Philadelphia may not currently use
area within the public right-of-way to meet their stormwater management
requirements. However, this design may be modified for on-site treatment
or applied to private roads such as those within a condominium.
design elements
NE Siskiyou after • Dense, low growing plant material in a bioinfiltration bed for stormwater
capture, filtration, and recharge to local soils.
• Curb openings to allow stormwater runoff into the planted area.
• Check dams to increase retention times to promote infiltration and

uptake by native plantings.
Diverse plants make the
curb extension pleasing
while absorbing runoff.
Figure 6.1: Traffic calming device on secondary street

that also provides stormwater management
6-4
6.1
street design
The City of Seattle’s Pilot Street Edge Alternative Project
example: (SEA Streets) provides drainage that mimics the natural

landscape prior to development more closely than
traditional systems.
Street Edge Alternatives (SEA) Seattle, Washington
Seattle Public Utilities

Curbless roads allows stormwater Bioretention swale between

to runoff to the streets sidewalk and paved road
project overview
As the Street Edge Alternatives Project gathered more data and information concerning the damage
runoff causes, they began exploring new approaches to manage stormwater. These natural drainage
systems meet multiple goals and help manage flooding in neighborhoods. At the same time, they
improve the appearance and function of the street right-of-way. Two years of monitoring shows that
SEA Streets reduce the volume of stormwater runoff by 99% for a two-year storm event, and help
the city meet Local, State, and Federal Environmental Regulations.
design elements
• Curbless roads provide

traffic calming and
soft-edged, aesthetic
environments.
• Bioretention swales mimic

the natural landscape
and provide drainage and
absorption of pollutants.
• Infiltration in bioretention
swales can be used to meet
Water Quality requirements
for contributing Directly
Connected Impervious Area
(DCIA). Figure 6.2: Secondary street with bioretention basins
6-5
6.1
street design
cul-de-sac
design Though cul-de-sacs and ‘dead ends’ are not encouraged in urban
street design, they do exist within urban areas. In Philadelphia,
dead end streets are prohibited, except as short stubs to permit
future street extension into adjoining tracts, or when designed as
a cul-de-sac. (§14-2104. Subdivision Design Standards.) Where
cul-de-sacs are unavoidable, they can be designed with central
islands that reduce impervious area and to allow for infiltration of
stormwater runoff.
design overview
Careful cul-de-sac design can greatly reduce total impervious area
and can create a stormwater management facility. Philadelphia
Code stipulates, “Cul-de-sacs, permanently designed as such
shall have at the closed end a turn-around containing a right-of-
Figure 6.3: Cul-de-sac way having an outside radius of not less than 50 feet, which shall
with bioretention be paved to a radius of 40 feet.” (§14-2104)
A cul-de-sac can be designed to meet these standards and still provide stormwater management.
An island can be designed in the center of a cul-de-sac that provides a sufficient travel lane, but
reduces impervious area and manages stormwater from the street and adjacent properties. The
entire street should be graded to the central island to the extent that surrounding topography allows.
The island would be designed like a bioretention facility and runoff can enter the island through curb
openings or a curbless design.
design elements
• Bioretention islands capture stormwater runoff.
• Flow controls direct stormwater from street and adjacent properties into the island.
Figure 6.4: Cross-section view of a bioretention cul-de-sac. The island of the cul-de-sacs
6-6 accepts stormwater from surrounding pavement
6.1
street design
vegetated medians
Medians that are retrofitted to provide stormwater control are effective
elements of traffic calming and stormwater management while enhancing
the visual quality of the streetscape. There are different ways to help
prevent stormwater runoff pollution from reaching Philadelphia’s rivers.
Bioinfiltration swales and concave designs are just a few examples of
Dan Burden
effective stormwater control. These provide for an attractive and healthier

appearance of the city, but still deliver the necessary benefits to our
Bioretention incorporated natural resources.
in highway median
Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
design overview
Median strips can be graded concave and incorporate vegetated SMPs
(see Section 7.5: Bioretention and Section 7.8: Swales). Water draining
into these SMPs can be treated for water quality through infiltration or an
underdrained system may be installed to allow water to be treated and
slowly released depending on soil conditions.
Vegetated swale in
street median
design elements
• Bioinfiltration swales for runoff control on both sides of traffic.
• Planted native vegetation to enhance appearance and provide capture and filtration
• Curb openings or curbless design to allow controlled stormwater inflow
Note:
Designs and combinations are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
stormwater management plans will combine appropriate materials and designs specific to each site.
Figure 6.5: Cross-section view of secondary street with bioretention basins
6-7

6.2
parking lot design

6.2 Parking lot
design
The requirements of the
Stormwater Regulations, including
non-structural project design, can
be met in many cases by rethinking
parking lot design. Effective use

of the minimum parking space
and aisle dimensions as permitted
in the City’s Zoning Code allows
the number of parking spaces to
remain the same, while reducing
impervious surface, providing
stormwater management, and
adding valuable green space to a
parking lot.
OMSI, 2001 (1945 SE Water Ave.)
bioretention
garden
Glencoe Elementary School Parking Lot (825 SE 51st)
design overview
Sheet flow from the parking lot is directed toward shallow bioretention gardens. The runoff is then
temporarily detained and infiltrated into the subsurface. Bioretention gardens can replace the need
for other conventional stormwater management techniques. Distributed bioretention gardens offer
the greatest benefit. Sites can benefit from bioretention gardens placed along the edges of the site
as well as in islands and medians.
Traditional stormwater infrastructure can be reduced, and parking lot aesthetics are also greatly
improved. The use of large trees help improve the air quality and provide shading for the cars in
the parking lot.
design elements
• Bioretention garden with acceptable vegetation (refer to Section 7.5: Bioinfiltration/Bioretention
and Section 8: Landscape Guidance)
• Curb openings with flow controls, such as flow spreaders and energy dissipaters (refer to Section
7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls).
6-9
6.2
parking lot design
porous/permeable
pavement
design overview
The use of porous or permeable
pavement creates a parking lot that
distributes stormwater evenly into a
subsurface infiltration bed. These
systems can be designed to infiltrate
even the large storms. Seasonal
maintenance is required for most porous

pavement systems to ensure continued
function.
design elements
• Porous pavement combined with
subsurface infiltration (refer to Section
7.13: Porous Pavement).
Multnomah Arts Center Eco-Stone parking lot
• Documentation of flow through rate
or void percentage must be provided
when using permeable pavers
grass
paving
design overview
Void spaces found in grass paving techniques offer
area infiltration while maintaining parking support.
Replacement of conventional pavement with grass
paving systems can reduce urban heat effects.
design elements
• Reinforced grid system (refer to Section 7.13: Porous

Pavement)
Onion Flats grass paving parking lot
6 - 10
6.3
planter boxes
6.3
Planter
boxes reduce
impervious cover by retaining stormwater
runoff rather than allowing it to directly
drain into nearby sewers. There are
two main types of planter boxes: Flow-
through and Contained. Planter boxes
can play an important role in the city by
minimizing stormwater runoff, reducing
water pollution, and creating a greener and
healthier look. Planter boxes can be used
on sidewalks, plazas, rooftops and other
otherwise impervious areas. They can
also be constructed alongside buildings,
provided proper waterproofing measures
are used to protect foundations.
flow-
through Broad Street planter box
The flow-through planter box is designed with an impervious bottom or is placed on an impervious
surface. Water quality treatment, attenuation of flow, and some volume reduction is achieved as the
water filters through the soil. Flow control is obtained by storing the water in a reservoir above the
soil. This type of planter can be used adjacent to a building if lined properly.
The planters should be designed

to retain and slowly release
water. Vegetation includes
rushes, reeds, sedges, irises,
dogwoods, and other acceptable
shrubs, trees, and forbs/grasses.
Planters should be designed to

receive less than 15,000 square-
feet of impervious area runoff.
Flow-through planter box
6 - 11
6.3
planter boxes Suggested structural elements of planters
include stone, concrete, brick, or pressure-
treated wood. Certain treated wood
should be avoided if it leaches toxic
chemicals that can contaminate any
filtered stormwater. The flow-through
planter is completely contained and is not
designed to drain directly into the ground.
Irrigation is optional and used to maintain
plant viability and reservoir height.
Pipes can also be designed to transport
water to an approved disposal point.
Figure 6.6: Flow-through planter box
contained
Contained planter boxes reduce impervious
area by retaining rainwater which slows
stormwater runoff from draining into
sewers. Contained planters are used for
planting trees, shrubs, and ground cover.
The planter is either prefabricated or
permanently constructed and has a variety
of shapes and sizes. Planters are placed on
impervious surfaces like sidewalks, plazas,
and rooftops. Contained planters may drain
onto impervious surfaces through their base
or by an overflow structure.
Plants should be hardy and self-sustaining

with little need for fertilizers or pesticides.
Irrigation is optional though plant viability
should be maintained. Trees are highly

encouraged because of the natural canopy
they will provide and the reduction of urban
heat. The structural elements of the planters
should be stone, concrete, brick, wood, or
any other suitable material. Treated wood
should be avoided if it leaches any toxic
chemicals.
Broad Street planter box

6 - 12
6.4
detention areas
Information on Special Detention Areas
can be found in the
6 - 13

6.5
disconnecting
6.5 Disconnecting
impervious
cover
will reduce runoff from the site and therefore can reduce the structural stormwater management requirements
for the development project. Impervious cover can be disconnected by directing the flow over a pervious
area which allows for infiltration, filtration, and increased time of concentration. When this is done correctly,
the area may be considered Disconnected Impervious Cover (DIC). Depending on the site configuration,
all or a portion of impervious cover can be effectively removed by limiting the amount of actual impervious
surfaces or by reducing the impervious area that is directly connected to the stormwater conveyance
system. The DCIA Worksheet guides the designer through this stage of the design process.
minimize area of
impervious cover
In many cases, alternative configurations for streets and parking lots can provide the same function as
traditional designs with reduced area. Minimizing the area of pavement and rooftops will reduce the size
and cost of SMPs that must be constructed. See the Parking Lot Design, Section 6.2 for more information
and ideas on how to minimize the impervious area.
disconnect
impervious cover
Rooftop Disconnection
An adjustment to DCIA is permitted when the downspout is disconnected and then directed to a pervious area
which allow for infiltration, filtration, and increased time of concentration. PWD will support the applicant in
their request to obtain relevant necessary Plumbing Code variances for approved rooftop disconnections.
• DIC may be treated as pervious when determining whether a redevelopment site has met the 20%
reduction in impervious surface.
• DIC need not be managed for Water Quality. However, for Flood Control and Channel Protection,
appropriate Curve Number (CN) values must be utilized when calculating management for these
requirements.
A rooftop is considered to be completely or partially disconnected if it meets the requirements below:
• The contributing area of rooftop to each disconnected discharge is 500 square feet or less,
• The overland flow path has a positive slope of 5% or less.
6 - 15
6.5
disconnecting
For designs that meet these requirements, the portion of the roof that may be considered DIC depends
on the length of the overland path as designated in the following table.

Length of Pervious Flow Roof Area Treated as
Path* Disconnected
(ft) (% of contributing roof area)
0 - 14 0
15 - 29 20
30 - 44 40
45 - 59 60
60 - 74 80
75 or more 100
* Flow path cannot include impervious surfaces and must be at least 15
feet from any impervious surfaces.
For example, consider a 1,000 square foot roof with two roof leaders each draining an area of 500
square feet. Both roof leaders discharge to a lawn. The lawn has type B soils and a slope of 3%. The
distance from the downspout discharge point to the street is 65 feet. Therefore, based on Table 4.1,
80% of the roof area may be considered DIC and treated as pervious cover when calculating stormwater
management requirements. Disconnecting the roof leaders will significantly reduce the size and cost of
stormwater management facilities at this site.
Area 2: 500 ft2
Area 1: 500 ft2
Roof Leaders
65 ft
Total Roof Area: (Area 1 + Area 2): 1000 ft²

Disconnected Roof Area: (0.8) x (Total Roof Area): 800 ft²
Remaining DCIA: (Total Roof Area - Disconnected Roof Area): 200 ft²
6 - 16
6.5
disconnecting
Pavement Disconnection
An adjustment to DCIA is permitted when pavement runoff is directed to a pervious area which allows
for infiltration, filtration, and increase the time of concentration. This method is generally applicable to
small or narrow pavement structures such as driveways and narrow pathways through otherwise pervious
areas (e.g., a bike path through a park). For structures that meet the requirements, all of the DIC may be
deducted from the total impervious cover. DIC may be treated as pervious when determining whether a
redevelopment site has met the 20% reduction in impervious surface. DIC need not be managed for Water
Quality. If the site does not successfully reduce impervious cover by 20%, then appropriate CN values
must be utilized when calculating Flood Control and Channel Protection. Pavement is disconnected if it
meets the requirements below:
• The contributing flow path over impervious cover is no more than 75 feet,
• The length of overland flow is greater than or equal to the contributing length,
• The soil is not designated as a hydrologic soil group “D” or equivalent,
• The slope of the contributing impervious area is 5% or less, and
• The slope of the overland flow path is 5% or less.
If discharge is concentrated at one or more

discrete points, no more than 1,000 square feet
may discharge to any one point. In addition,
a gravel strip or other spreading device is
required for concentrated discharges. For
non-concentrated discharges along the entire
edge of pavement, this requirement is waived; Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
however, there must be provisions for the
establishment of vegetation along the pavement Figure 6.8: Gravel filter strip
edge and temporary stabilization of the area
until vegetation becomes established.
Note:
Filter strips are recommended only as a viable stormwater management pretreatment option. Filter strips
are recommend for use as pretreatment for many intensive structural SMPs.
maximize tree
canopy over
impervious cover
A reduction in DCIA is permitted when new or existing tree canopy from the approved species list extends
over or is in close proximity to the impervious cover. Under these circumstances, a portion of impervious
cover under tree canopy may be treated as DIC and deducted from total impervious cover. DIC is considered
pervious when calculating stormwater control requirements.
6 - 17
6.5
disconnecting For a new tree to be eligible for the reduction:
• The tree species must be chosen from the approved list provided by the PWD Office of
Watersheds.
• Trees must be planted within 10 feet of ground level DCIA within the limits of earth disturbance.
• New deciduous trees must be at least 2-inch caliper and new evergreen trees must be at least 6
feet tall to be eligible for the reduction.
• A 100 sq. ft DCIA reduction is permitted for each new tree. This credit may only be applied to the
impervious area directly adjacent to the tree.
• The maximum reduction permitted, including existing trees is 25% of ground level impervious
area within the limits of earth disturbance.
Install Green Roofs to Minimize DCIA
A reduction in DCIA is permitted when a green roof is installed on a proposed building. The design,
construction, and maintenance Plan must meet the minimum requirements specified in Section
7: SMP Design Guidelines. To encourage this emerging technology, the entire area of the green
roof area may be considered DIC. However, since a green roof is not a zero discharge system, the
remaining site design must safely convey roof runoff to the approved point of discharge. DIC need not
be managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values must be utilized when
performing Flood Control calculations.
Install Porous Pavement to Reduce DCIA
A reduction in DCIA is permitted when a porous pavement system is installed on the site such that it
does not create any areas of concentrated infiltration. Porous pavement systems, including porous
asphalt; porous concrete; porous/permeable pavers; and other PWD-approved porous structural
surfaces can be considered to be DIC if they receive direct rainfall only and are underlain by a
crushed stone infiltration bed that is at least 8 inches deep. Porous/permeable pavers must also meet
minimum standards for flow-through rate or void percentage. If an underdrain is proposed, the porous
pavement will only be considered DIC if the first inch of runoff can be stored below the lowest overflow
from the underdrain system. Porous asphalt systems must meet the minimum requirements detailed in
Section 7.13: Porous Pavement. Infiltration testing is not required for disconnected porous pavement
areas; however, it is recommended to ensure timely drainage of the stone base. DIC need not be
managed for Water Quality or Channel Protection. Appropriate CN values must be utilized when
performing Flood Control calculations.
In most cases, if the porous surface receives runoff (overland or piped directly into the subsurface
storage bed) from adjacent conventional pavement surfaces, roof, or other impervious surfaces, the
porous pavement/infiltration bed system will be considered a structural SMP and the porous surface
will be considered DCIA. Those areas considered structural SMPs will require infiltration testing. In
some cases, where a small amount of run-on cannot be avoided, it may still be possible to consider the
porous pavement disconnected. Such allowances will be considered on a case-by-case basis by PWD.
6 - 18
7 Stormwater Management Practice Design
Guidelines
7.1 Green Roofs
7.2 Rain Barrels and Cisterns
7.3 Filter Strips
7.4 Filters
7.5 Bioinfiltration / Bioretention
7.6 Detention Basins
7.7 Berms and Retentive Grading
7.8 Swales
7.9 Constructed Wetlands (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
7.10 Ponds & Wet Basins (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)
7.11 Subsurface Vaults
7.12 Subsurface Infiltration
7.13 Porous Pavement
7.14 Pre-fabricated and Proprietary Designs (see PA Stormwater BMP

Manual)
7.15 Inlet and Outlet Controls


7.1
green roofs
7.1
Green
roofs
(vegetated roof/eco roof/roof garden)
consist of a layer of vegetation that
completely covers an otherwise
conventional flat or pitched roof.
The hydrologic response of a green
roof bears closer resemblance to a
City of Portland, OR
lawn or meadow than impervious
surface. The green roof system
is composed of multiple layers
including waterproofing, a drainage
layer, engineered planting media,
and specially selected plants. Vegetated roof covers can be optimized to achieve water quantity and quality
benefits. Through the appropriate selection of materials, vegetated covers can provide rainfall retention
and detention functions.
key elements :
• Extensive green roofs with engineered media at least 3 inches in depth can be
considered pervious in stormwater design calculations.
• Vegetated roof covers intended to achieve water quality benefits should maintain a
soluble nitrogen level of 4ppm.
• Internal drainage, including provisions to cover and protect deck drains or scuppers,
must anticipate the need to manage large rainfall events without inundating the cover.
• Provide urban green space and aesthetically pleasing views.

• Act as heat sink to reduce heating and cooling costs.
• Can extend roof life by two to three times.
• Improve air quality by filtering dust particles.
potential applications stormwater regulations

Residential Subdivision: Case by case Water Quality:
Commercial: Yes Infiltration: No
Volume Reduction: Yes
Ultra Urban: Yes
(no infiltration)
Industrial: Yes
Channel Protection: Not included in DCIA
Retrofit: Yes
Flood Control: Low
Highway Road: No
acceptable forms of pre-treatment
N/A
7-1
7.1
green roofs
Green Roofs in the Urban Landscape
Unlike conventional roofing, green roofs promote retention, slow release, and evapotranspiration of
precipitation. This stormwater management technique is very effective in reducing the volume and
velocity of stormwater runoff from roofs.
Green roofs can be installed on many types of roofs, from small slanting roofs to large commercial flat
roofs. Green roofs are an ideal option for new buildings that are taking long term cost savings and energy
conservation into consideration. Many existing buildings can also be retrofitted with green roofs.
Although green roofs are more expensive

than conventional roofs up front, they
provide long term benefits and cost savings.
The vegetated cover assembly should be
compatible with and designed to protect
the underlying waterproofing materials. By
protecting the waterproofing from mechanical
damage, shielding it from UV radiation, and
buffering temperature extremes, the service
© 2004, Roofscapes, Inc. Used by permission; all rights reserved.
life of the roof can be extended by two to

three times. Green roofs also may also
reduce energy costs by acting as a heat
sink. The roof slowly absorbs energy from
the sun during the day and releases it as
the air cools, thereby reducing heating and
cooling costs. The benefits will be greatest
during the summer months, especially for
low buildings. Green roofs also reduce
the urban heat island effect by providing
evaporative cooling and can improve air
quality by filtering dust particles.
Example of a green roof at the Heinz 57 Center Pittsburgh, PA
Components of a Green Roof

There are two basic types of green roofs. An extensive green roof system is a thin (usually less than 6
inches), lighter weight system planted predominantly with drought-tolerant succulent plants and grasses.
An intensive green roof is a deeper, heavier system designed to sustain more complex landscapes. A
green roof system, extensive or intensive, is often comprised of the same components:
• Plant material
• Growing medium
• Filter fabric
• Drainage layer
• Waterproof membrane/root barrier
• Roof structure
Plant Material
The plant material chosen for green roofs is designed to take up much of the water that falls on the roof
during a storm event. Plant selection is very important to the sustainability of the roof. About 50% of
the vegetation on an extensive green roof should be Sedums. Plant material also collects dust, creates
oxygen, releases moisture, and provides evaporative cooling.
7-2
7.1
green roofs
Growing Medium
The growing medium is a critical element
of stormwater storage and detention on a
green roof, and provides a buffer between
the roof structure and vegetation for root
development. Storage is provided by a
green roof primarily through water held in
tension in the growing medium pores. The
growing medium in an extensive green roof
should be a lightweight mineral material
with a minimum of organic material and
should stand up to freeze/thaw cycles.
Filter Fabric
An engineered filter fabric prevents
fine soil particles from passing into the
drainage layer of the green roof system.
Drainage Layer
The drainage layer may be either a
lightweight granular medium or a synthetic
layer that underlays and promotes free
drainage of the planting medium. In some
assemblages, synthetic drainage layers
may also incorporate depressions that
can intercept and retain small quantities
of runoff.
Figure 7.1: Cross-section view of roof garden
Waterproof Membrane/Root Barrier
To maintain structural integrity of the roof, a waterproof material is laid above the roof structure. Some
waterproofing materials are inherently root resistant, whereas others require an additional root barrier.
Roof Structure
The load capacity of a roof structure must be taken into account when considering the installation of a green
roof. Extensive green roofs typically weigh between 15 and 30 lbs per square foot and are compatible with
wood or steel decks. Intensive green roofs weigh more than 36 lbs per square foot and typically require
concrete supporting decks. Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Manual
Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Manual
Ponding of water on standard rooftop Rooftop after greenroof installation
7-3
7.1
green roofs
Recommended Design Procedure
• Investigate the feasibility of the installation of a green roof. A Structural Engineer should verify
that the roof will support the weight of the green roof system. It is important to consider the wet
weight of the roof in the design calculations.
• Determine the portion of roof that will have a green roof.
• Extensive green roofs that have an engineered media at least 3 inches thick are permitted a DCIA
reduction equal to the entire area of the green roof.
• The green roof is considered pervious area when determining whether a redevelopment project
has reduced DCIA by 20%.
• The area of the green roof is not included in the calculation of the Water Quality Volume, because
it is not considered DCIA.
• The area of the green roof is not included in the calculation of the Channel Protection Volume,
because it is not considered DCIA.
• The green roof area can be considered pervious open space in good condition with moderate
soils when determining post-development flow rates for the Flood Control requirement.
• Although green roofs are not considered as impervious surfaces when determining applicability of
stormwater management requirements, they are not zero discharge systems. The roof drainage
system and the remainder of the site drainage system must safely convey roof runoff to the storm
sewer, combined sewer, or receiving water.
• Green roofs with a media thickness less than 3 inches can only be considered pervious if the
designer can demonstrate that the initial abstraction of the green roof will be 0.5 inches or
greater.
• Develop Planting Plan based on the thickness of the planting media.
• Complete construction plans and specifications.
Materials
Presently, the most complete established standards for green roof construction are those developed
in Germany by the Forschungsgesellschaft Landschaftsentwicklung Landschaftsbau (FLL). The FLL
standards and guidelines include industry standard tests for the weight, moisture, nutrient content, and
grain-size distribution of growing media. These guidelines are available in English translation directly
from FLL. Laboratories in the United States are now offering a full range of FLL tests for green roof
materials. Among them is the Agricultural Analytical Services Laboratory (AASL) at Pennsylvania State
University. AASL can also conduct tests of waterproofing membranes for root penetration resistance
using FLL protocol. Currently there is an American Standard Testing Methods (ASTM) task group that is
developing comprehensive American standards for green roof installation. As of June 2007, the following
ASTM standards have been developed;
• E2396 Standard Testing Method for Saturated Water Permeability of Granular Drainage
Media [Falling-Head Method] for Green Roof Systems
• E2397 Standard Practice for Determination of Dead Loads and Live Loads Associated with
Green Roof Systems
• E2398 Standard Test Method for Water Capture and Media Retention of Geocomposite Drain
Layers for Green Roof Systems
7-4
7.1
green roofs
• E2399 Standard Test Method for Maximum Media Density for Dead Load Analysis*
• E2400 Standard Guide for Selection, Installation, and Maintenance of Plants for Green Roof
Systems
*Method E2399 includes tests to measure moisture retention potential and saturated water permeability
of media, total porosity, and air content of media.
Materials for green roofs will vary somewhat depending on the media thickness, intended uses, and desired
appearance. The specifications provided below focus on those for a 3 inch extensive green roof system;
Plant Material
• Green roof plantings should be able to withstand heat, cold, and high winds. After establishment,
the plants should be self-sustaining and tolerant of drought conditions.
• For extensive green roofs, about half of the plants should be varieties of Sedums. To ensure
diversity and viability, at least four different species of sedum should be used. For an extensive
green roof, the remainder of the plants should be herbs, meadow grasses, or meadow flowers,
depending on the desired appearance.
• The only Sedum known to be invasive and which should be avoided is Sedum sarmentosum, also
known as star sedum, gold moss, stringy stonecrop, or graveyard moss.
• Green roofs should include a significant percentage of evergreen plants to minimize erosion in
winter months.
• When fully established, the selected plantings should thoroughly cover the growing medium.
Growing Medium
• Green roof growing medium should be a lightweight mineral material with a minimum of organic
material and should meet the following standards:
• Moisture content at maximum water holding capacity (ASTM E2399 or FLL): ≥ 35%
• porosity at maximum water holding capacity (ASTM E2399 or FLL): ≥ 6%
• Total organic matter (MSA) 3-8%
• pH (MSA) 6.5-8.0
• Soluble salts (DPTA saturated media extraction) ≤ 6 mmhos/cm
• Water permeability (ASTM E2399 or FLL) ≥ 0.5 in/min
• Grain-size distribution, as recommended by FLL
• The nutrients shall be initially incorporated in the formulation of a suitable mix for the support of
the specified plant materials.
Filter Fabric
• Filter or separation fabric shall allow root penetration, but prevent the growth medium from passing
through into the drainage layer. The fabric should be a non-woven polypropylene geotextile.
Drainage Layer
• A drainage layer is required to promote aerated conditions in the planting medium and to convey
excess runoff during large rainfall events. The drainage layer must prevent ponding of runoff into
the planting medium during the 10-minute maximum rainfall rate associated with the one-year
storm.
• For vegetated roof cover assemblies with thicknesses of less than 5 inches synthetic drainage
layers may be used in lieu of granular drainage layers.
7-5
7.1
green roofs • For vegetated cover assemblies with an overall
thickness of 5 inches, or greater, the drainage lay
shall meet the following specifications:
Northwest Ecobuilding Guild, © 2001
• Abrasion resistance (ASTM-C131-96): ≤ 25%

loss
• Soundness (ASTM-C88): ≤ 5% loss
• Porosity (ASTM-C29): ≥ 25%
• Percent of particles passing 1/2-inch sieve
(ASTM-C136) ≥ 75%
Membrane installation •The minimum thickness of the granular layer
shall be 2 inches. The granular layer may
be installed in conjunction with a synthetic
© 2004, Roofscapes, Inc. Used by permission.
reservoir sheet.
Waterproof Membrane/Root Barrier

• PVC, EPDM, and thermal polyolefin (TPO)
are inherently root resistant; other common
waterproofing materials might require a root barrier
between waterproofing and vegetative cover.
Chicago City Hall • Avoid using herbicides to prevent root penetration

of waterproofing.
Irrigation System
• Extensive systems can be designed so that they do not require irrigation.
• When using an irrigation system for an intensive system, opt for a subsurface drip irrigation system
rather than a surface drip or spray irrigation system.
Roof Structure
• Both new and retrofit roof systems should have structural stability inspected by Structural
Engineer.
Construction Guidelines
• Apply waterproof membrane and inspect for any irregularities that would interfere with its elemental
function within the green roof system. Testing of the layer can display product flaws.
• Install irrigation system, if included in design.
• Install drainage layer, taking care to protect the waterproof membrane from damage.
• Test the drainage and irrigation systems (if used).

• Install the filter fabric or separation layer over entire drainage layer.
• Install growing medium component as specified.
• Establish vegetation
• Green roofs can be effectively established by broadcasting fresh Sedum cuttings during April-
May and September-October. Depending on seasonal conditions, temporary irrigation may be
required in the first couple of months after planting.
• Plugs of Sedum and many perennial plants can be installed anytime between April and November.
Depending on the time of installation, temporary irrigation may be required.
7-6
7.1
green roofs
• Perennials can be seeded, except during summer months.
• A biodegradable or photodegradable wind barrier or hydromulch is required to prevent erosion during

the establishment period. It generally takes about two growing seasons for full establishment.
• All drains and scupper should be covered and protected by an enclosure, typically a square or round
chamber with a locking lid. These chambers are designed to prevent clogging of the drains by debris.
Note:
Design of Green roofing is not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful stormwater
management plans will combine appropriate materials and designs specific to each site.
Fencing academy roof in Philadelphia, PA

7-7
7.1
green roofs
Maintenance Guidelines
All facility components, including plant material, growing medium, filter fabric, drainage layer, waterproof
membranes, and roof structure should be inspected for proper operations, integrity of the waterproofing,
and structural stability throughout the life of the green roof.
Table 7.1: Green Roof Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Roof drains should be cleared when soil substrate, vegetation,

debris or other materials clog the drain inlet. Sources of
sediment and debris may be identified and corrected.
• Plant material should be maintained to provide 90% plant

cover. Weeding should be manual with no herbicides or As needed
pesticides used. Weeds should be removed regularly.
• Irrigation can be accomplished either through hand watering

or automatic sprinkler systems if necessary during the
establishment period.
• Growing medium should be inspected for evidence of erosion

from wind or water. If erosion channels are evident, they can Quarterly
be stabilized with additional growth medium similar to the
original material.
• Inspect drain inlet pipe and containment system.

Annually
• Test growing medium for soluble nitrogen content. Fertilize as
needed.
• Maintain a record of all inspections and maintenance activity. Ongoing
• Fertilization should be minimized. Fertilization should be applied according to soil test in order to maintain
soluble nitrogen (nitrate and ammonium ion) levels between 1 and 4 ppm. The best source of nutrients
for fertilization is mature compost.
• During the plant establishment period, maintenance staff should conduct 3-4 visits per year to conduct
basic weeding, fertilization, and in-fill planting. Thereafter, only two annual visits for inspection and light
weeding should be required (irrigated assemblies will require more intensive maintenance).
• Spill prevention measures from mechanical systems located on roofs should be exercised when handling
substances that can contaminate stormwater.
7-8
7.2
rain barrels & cisterns

7.2 Rain
barrels cisterns,
and tanks are structures designed to intercept
and store runoff from rooftops. Rain barrels
are used on a small scale while cisterns and
tanks may be larger. These systems may be
above or below ground, and they may drain
by gravity or be pumped. Stored water may
be slowly released to a pervious area or used
for irrigation. These techniques only serve
an effective stormwater control function if
the stored water is emptied between most
storms, freeing up storage volume for the
next storm.
key elements :
• Storage devices designed to capture a portion of small, frequent storm events.
• Storage techniques may include rain barrels, underground concrete or
prefabricated tanks, above ground vertical storage tanks, or other systems.
• Systems must provide for overflow or bypass of large storm events.
• Placement of storage elements higher than areas where water will be reused
may reduce or eliminate pumping needs.
• For effective stormwater control, water must be used or discharged before the
next storm event.
• Most effective when designed to meet a specific water need for reuse.

Residential Subdivision: Yes Water Quality:

Ultra Urban: Yes Volume Reduction: Yes
Industrial: Yes (no infiltration)
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection: Low
Highway Road: No Flood Control: Low

• Screens
7-9
7.2
Rain Barrels, Cisterns, and
Tanks in the Urban Landscape
Rain barrels, cisterns, and other tanks are storage
devices meant to promote detention of small volumes of
stormwater runoff. Collectively, these systems can be
effective at preventing large volumes of stormwater from
Aaron’s Rain Barrels

entering the sewer system. Rain barrels, cisterns, and
vertical storage are suitable where there is a use and
need for the stored water or where there is a pervious
area to which water can be slowly released between Irrigation system connected to rain barrel.
storms. Single-family residences and high-density commercial areas can incorporate these systems
into the stormwater management plan. The design of these systems is flexible, because there are many
ways to capture and reuse stormwater. The application and use of rain barrels, cisterns, or other tank
storage systems are not limited to the examples provided below.
Rain Barrels on Individual Homes

The most common use of rain barrels is connection of one
roof leader (downspout) to a single barrel on a residential
property. Stored water can provide irrigation for a garden
or can be released slowly to a lawn. Barrels can either be
purchased or can be built by the homeowner. They are ideal
for gardeners and concerned citizens who want to manage
stormwater without a large initial investment. They are also
an easy retrofit.
Pittsburgh Three Rivers Wet Weather Demonstration Project
Large Surface Tanks

Surface tanks may be
Buzzards Bay Project National Estuary Program
larger than rain barrels but

serve the same function.
They can be integrated
into commercial sites or
homes where a significant
water need exists. They
may drain by gravity or be
pumped.
Residential cistern An example of a large surface tank
Subsurface Storage and Water Reuse

Subsurface systems can be larger and more elaborate than

rain barrels. These systems are typically pumped and may

be used to supply water to sprinkler systems. Because the
cisterns are below the surface, they do not interfere with
the landscape. These systems have higher initial costs
than rain barrels and are appropriate for commercial and
institutional sites.
Figure 7.2: Subsurface Storage and reuse

is possible using a cistern
7 - 10
7.2

Water Features in Public and Institutional
Landscapes
Architectural designs have incorporated water

storage into site design. Features such as water
fountains and ponds capture stormwater from design
storms to provide water sources for these landscape
features. The photographs below show the water
features created at the Oregon Convention Center,
which capture roof runoff and integrate it into the
landscape design.
Mayor / Reed
Mayor / Reed
Oregon Convention Center rainfall water features Oregon Convention Center rainfall water features
Reusing Stormwater for Indoor Use

Roof runoff can be captured and stored for reuse in washing machines, and for showering purposes if
properly filtered, treated, and tested. Roof runoff used in toilets does not need to meet portable water
standards. A rain barrel or cistern can be directly connected to the plumbing of a residential or commercial
site; however, plumbing for non-potable rainwater reuse should be separate from potable plumbing. With
more extensive treatment, rainwater may be used for drinking purposes. For more information on reusing
rainwater for potable purposes refer to the Texas Guide to Rainwater Harvesting.
Texas Guide to Rainwater Harvesting

Figure 7.3: Rain water reuse
7 - 11
7.2
Components of Rain Barrels,
Cisterns, and Tanks
Rain barrels, cisterns, and tanks all require the following
basic components:
• a roof leader or other means of conveying roof runoff to

the storage element,
• a screen to prevent debris and mosquitoes from
entering,
• a storage element,
• a slow release mechanism or pump, a reuse opportunity,
or infiltration area, and
• an overflow mechanism to bypass larger storms.
Adapted from Composters.com

Roof Leader
The gutter and roof leader system collects rooftop runoff
and conveys it to the rain barrel, cistern, or other storage
element. In most cases conventional roof leaders and
downspouts can be used for this purpose. Figure 7.4: Components of a rain barrel
Screen
A screen keeps leaves and other debris from entering and
clogging the storage element. A screen also prevents
mosquitoes from breeding in the rain barrel. A screen is
typically placed at the end of the roof leader, before flow
enters the rain barrel. A leaf strainer may also be placed
where the gutter connects to the roof leader.
Storage Element
The storage element is the barrel, cistern, or tank itself.
District of Columbia Water and Sewer Authority

Rain barrels are typically made of plastic. Underground
cisterns may be poured concrete or prefabricated plastic
tanks similar to septic tanks. Proprietary products that store
water in a variety of structures are also available. Some of
these are designed to bear the weight of vehicles. With
the addition of an impervious liner, many of the designs
discussed in the section Subsurface Infiltration (such
as gravel beds) can be modified to serve as subsurface
storage elements. Tanks larger than rain barrels may be
used above or below ground.
Slow Release Mechanism or Pump

For the storage element to serve its stormwater control
District of Columbia Water and Sewer Authority
function, it must be completely drained between most wet

weather events. Rain barrels are typically drained in one of
two ways. A gardener may use the barrel to fill a watering
can; however, this must be done on a regular basis and
completely drain the storage element to provide effective
stormwater management. Another solution is to use a
soaker hose to slowly release stored water to a garden or
infiltration area. Larger surface tanks may drain by gravity
or may be pumped.
7 - 12
7.2

Subsurface systems and systems where stormwater
is reused for needs other than irrigation are typically
pumped. To perform effective stormwater control,
the rate of use must be sufficient to empty the
storage between most storms.
Reuse Opportunity or Infiltration Area

For rain barrels, cisterns, and other tanks to provide
effective stormwater management, an opportunity
for reuse or infiltration of the stormwater must exist.
This opportunity might be provided by a garden or
landscaped area that needs to be watered, or an
opportunity to reuse stormwater for non-potable
uses. Water stored for emergency purposes, such
as fire protection is not a suitable reuse opportunity, Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
because the storage volume will not be emptied

between each storm.
Overflow Mechanism
The storage capacity of rain barrels, cisterns, and
other tanks will be exceeded in large storms. In rain
barrels, a flexible hose is provided at an elevation
near the top of the barrel. The diameter of the hose
is at least equal in size to the roof leader to allow
runoff to flow unimpeded during large events. The
overflow from cisterns and larger tanks can occur
through a hose, weir, pipe, or other mechanism.
The discharge from the overflow is directed to

the same place flow from the roof leader would
be directed if there were no rain barrel, cistern, or Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
storage tank.
Rosa Mannion
Figure 7.5: Diagram of a rain barrel and irrigation hose watering a garden
7 - 13
7.2
• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements on the site. See
Section 4.3: Manage Remaining Stormwater. Small sites that are installing rain barrels voluntarily
may skip this step.
• Identify opportunities and areas where water can be reused for irrigation, released to an infiltration
area, or meet indoor use needs. Estimate the rate at which water can be reused. If the process of
reuse is proposed to meet the Water Quality requirement, the water quality volume must be use in
the first 72 hours after the storm event. For irrigation or garden use, determine the water needs of
the plants; an assumption of 1 inch per week over the soil area may be used for approximate results.
Identify potential infiltration areas where water may be discharged to at a slow rate. For toilet use,
calculate volume based on number of flushes per day times 1.6 gallons per flush (new toilet). If a small
rain barrel is discharging to a lawn through a soaker hose, detailed calculations are not necessary.
Cahill Associates
Figure 7.6: Underground cistern design schematic
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site, and determine what portion of the sizing requirements
will be met by rain barrels, cisterns, or storage tanks (see Section 4.0: Site Design). Consider more
than one tank if additional storage is required, making sure that there is sufficient demand for the water.
For small sites installing rain barrels voluntarily, skip this step.
Table 7.2: Suggested Storage Design Values for Rain Barrels

Rain Barrel 50 – 135 gallons
Cistern 500 – 7,000 gallons
Larger Above Ground Tank 3,000 – 12,000 gallons
7 - 14
7.2

Rain Barrels
• Identify roof leaders where rain
barrels can be installed.
• Decide whether to purchase

commercial rain barrels or
construct rain barrels. If
constructing a rain barrel, follow
one of the references listed at the
end of this section.
• Choose between a faucet and a

soaker hose. Position the outlet
as low on the barrel as the design
will allow to maximize storage
volume. It is recommended that
the design allow retention of 1
to 2 inches at the bottom of the
barrel to help trap sediment and
provide stability.
• Consider placing the barrel on

cinder blocks to increase head at
ground level.
• It is easiest to install soaker hoses on the ground surface. The hoses can then be easily reconfigured and
moved whenever necessary. However, underground soaker hoses provide greater irrigation benefits for
gardens, because the water does not evaporate. If buried, soaker hoses should be placed 2-4 inches
under soil or 1-2 inches under mulch. Soaker hoses that are buried too deep can be difficult to monitor
and are more prone to damage from root growth.
• If emptying the barrel manually, develop a plan so that it is completely emptied on average every 72
hours or less. This is necessary so that the entire storage capacity is available at the beginning of most
storms.
• Position the overflow hose to discharge larger storms. The overflow should be discharged to a pervious
area if possible. However, roof leaders might need to be connected to a storm sewer or gutter to prevent
flooding or property damage in some cases.
Cisterns (Subsurface or Surface)
• Identify which roof leaders can drain to the cistern,

and the area of roof draining to each leader.
• Estimate the storage needed. A rough estimate may

be obtained by performing a weekly water balance
of rainfall and water reuse. The table below lists
average monthly rainfall amounts at the Philadelphia
International Airport. Estimate the difference on a

weekly basis between rainfall depth and water depth
needed. Multiply this deficit by the roof drainage area
to obtain an estimate of the cistern volume needed.
The Design Professional may choose to do a more
rigorous analysis using a long-term daily or hourly
rainfall record, or using a dryer than average year.
7 - 15
7.2
Table 7.3: Average Monthly Rainfall at the Philadelphia International Airport
Average Temperature
Average Potential
Precipitation High Low Evaporation
Month (in) (oF) (oF) (in/month)

January 3.3 39.2 24.4 2.1*
February 2.9 42.1 26.1 2.1*
March 3.6 50.9 33.1 2.1
April 3.4 63 42.6 4.5
May 3.5 73.2 52.9 5.4
June 3.6 81.9 61.7 6.3
July 4.1 86.4 67.5 6.6
August 4.3 84.6 66.2 5.7
September 3.4 77.4 58.6 4.2
October 2.8 66.6 46.9 2.7
November 3.0 55 37.6 2.1
December 3.3 43.5 28.6 2.1*
• Determine the pumping requirements or design a gravity system to meet water reuse requirements.
The cistern must drain within 72 hours to maximize available storage at the beginning of each storm.
A detailed discussion of pumping and outlet hydraulics is beyond the scope of this manual.
Materials and Construction Guidelines

Rain Barrels
• Rain barrels are commonly pre-fabricated

structures constructed with plastic, wood or
steel.
• The container should be made of a opaque

material to prevent algae growth in the stored
water.
USEPA National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
• Debris screen to keep leaves and other debris

from entering and clogging the storage element.
• For a detailed list of materials and methods

used to construct a rain barrel at home, see the

references at the end of this section.
Cisterns
• Cisterns may be constructed of fiberglass,

concrete, plastic, brick, or other materials. Figure 7.7: Runoff cistern
• For a detailed discussion of cistern materials and

construction, see one of the references at the
end of this section.
7 - 16
7.2

As with other stormwater management practices (SMPs), these stormwater storage systems require regular
maintenance to ensure a prolonged life. The following table suggests maintenance activities to perform on
rain barrels, cisterns, or vertical storage.
Table 7.4: Rain Barrels & Cisterns Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Occasional cleaning may be necessary to remove debris, such as As needed
leaves, coming off the drainage area.
• Flush cisterns to remove sediment.
• Brush the inside surfaces and thoroughly disinfect. Annually

• To avoid structural damage, the rain barrel should be drained prior to
freezing weather.
• Maintain records of all inspections and maintenance activity. Ongoing
Note:
Design of rain barrels and cisterns is not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
Do-it yourself Rain Barrels:

Low Impact Development Center. 2005. Website: http://www.lid-stormwater.net/index.html (February 14,
2005).
Maryland Environmental Design Program. “Build a Simple Rain Barrel.”

http://www.dnr.state.md.us/ed/rainbarrel.html. (April 27, 2005).
South River Federation. August 2002. “How to Build and Install a Rain Barrel.” University of Wisconsin.
Website: http://www.cwp.org/Community_Watersheds/brochure.pdf. (April 27, 2005).
Tookany/Tacony-Frankford Watershed Partnership. “Rain Barrel Implementation Assistance Resource

Center.” Website: http://www.phillywater.org/Tacony-Frankford/Rain%20Barrel%20Project%20Web/Rain_
Barrel_Project.html.
Whatcom County Master Composter Recycler Program. “Make you own rain barrel.” Washington State
University.. Website: http://whatcom.wsu.edu/ag/compost/rainbarrel.html. (April 19, 2005).
Commercially Available Rain Barrels:

Aaron’s Rain Barrels and More. 2005. Irrigations Systems. Website:
http://www.ne-design.net/rain-barrel-irrigation.html. (March 11, 2005).
Composters.com. April 16, 2005. Rainbarrels Website: http://www.composters.com/docs/rainbarrels.html.

(April 19, 2005).
Stormwater Manager’s Resource Center. April 19, 2005. “Pollution Prevention Fact Sheet: Rain Barrels.”
http://www.stormwatercenter.net/Pollution_Prevention_Factsheets/rain_barrels.html. (April 27, 2005).
7 - 17

7.3
filter strips
7.3 Filter
strips
are densely vegetated lands that treat sheet flow

stormwater from adjacent pervious and impervious
areas. They function by slowing runoff, trapping
sediment and pollutants, and in some cases
infiltrating a portion of the runoff into the ground. Filter
strips are a sensible and cost-effective stormwater
management pretreatment option applicable to a
variety of development sites including roads and
highways.
key elements :
• Filters strips are only considered a viable pretreatment option for other SMPs.
• Sheet flow across the vegetated filter strip is mandatory for proper filter strip function.
.
• Filter strip length is a function of slope, vegetation type, soil type, drainage area, and
desired amount of pretreatment.
• Level spreading devices are recommended to provide uniform sheet flow conditions at
the interface of the filter strip and the adjacent land cover.
• The longest flow path to a filter strip, without the installation of energy dissipaters and/
or flow spreaders, is 75 feet for impervious ground covers and 150 feet for pervious
ground covers.
• Filter strip slope should never exceed 8%. Slopes less than 5% are generally
preferred.
• Maximum contributing drainage area is less than 5 acres, and should also never
exceed a drainage area to filter strip area ratio of 6:1.
• Maximum contributing drainage area slope is generally less than 5%, unless energy
dissipation and/or flow spreaders are provided.
• Construction of filter strips shall entail as little disturbance to existing vegetation at the
site as possible.

Commercial: Yes* Infiltration: No
Ultra Urban: Limited* Volume Reduction: No
Industrial: Limited* (no infiltration)
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection: N/A
Highway Road: Yes Flood Control: N/A
*if designed without an underdrain

N/A
7 - 19
7.3
filter strips
Filter Strips in the Urban Landscape
Filter strips are effective at slowing runoff velocities, removing pollutant loads, and promoting infiltration
of runoff produced by both impervious and pervious areas.
Filter strips are suitable for many types of development projects. Filter strips can be used as pretreatment
facilities for other SMPs in residential, commercial, and light industrial development; roads and highways;
and parking lots.
Filter strips are recommended for use as a pretreatment component of other SMPs including but not
limited to: bioretention, constructed wetlands, detention, filters, ponds/wet basins, porous pavement,
and vegetated swales. The use of a properly maintained

filter strip extends the life of the associated SMPs
and decreases its hydraulic residence time. It also
increases the amount of time before these structures
need maintenance.
Components of a Filter Strip Figure 7.8: Filter strip in forested area

System
Inlet Control
Filter strips are typically combined with a level spreader
or flow control device. A flow control device functions to
lessen the flow energy of stormwater prior to entering
the filter strip area. Concentrated flow rates can have an
erosive effect that can damage the filter strip, rendering
the strip ineffective. Curb openings combined with a
gravel level spreader are a common type of flow control.
See Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls for more
information. Slotted or depressed curbs installed at
the edge of the impervious area should ensure a well-
distributed flow to the filter strip. These slotted openings
should be spaced along the length of the curb.
Filter strip providing pretreatment from a parking
Vegetation lot to a bioretention system at Villanova University
The vegetation for filter strips may be comprised of
turf grasses, meadow grasses, shrubs, and native
vegetation. It can include trees or indigenous areas of Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
woods and vegetation. Vegetation adds aesthetic value

as well as water quality benefits. The use of indigenous
vegetated areas that have surface features that disperse
runoff is encouraged, as the use of these areas will also
reduce overall site disturbance and soil compaction.

The use of turf grasses will increase the required length
Figure 7.9: Filter strip with gravel trench level
of the filter strip compared to other vegetation options.
spreader
Retentive Grading
Filter strip effectiveness may be enhanced by installing

retentive grading perpendicular to the flow path. A
pervious berm allows for a greater reduction in both
runoff velocity and volume, thus improving pollutant
removal capabilities by providing a temporary (very
shallow) ponded area. The berm should be constructed
according to the design provided in Section 7.7: Berms
and Retentive Grading. Figure 7.10: Filter strip with curb opening
7 - 20
7.3
filter strips
Check Dams
Filter strips with slopes that exceed 6% should implement
check dams to encourage ponding and prevent scour
and erosion of the filter strip area. More information on
check dams is available in Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Virginia Stormwater Management Manual

Controls.
Recommended Design
Procedure
• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Check dams
Flood Control requirements for the site. See Section 4.3: *Note channel storage capacity created by check
dams. Notched center allows safe overflow without
Manage Remaining. scour around sides.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine what portion of the sizing requirements
filter strips will accommodate (for pretreatment purposes). See Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design.
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration according to soil and vegetative conditions in the area proposed for
the filter strip. If infiltration is feasible, determine the of saturated vertical infiltration rate. See Appendix B:
Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures.
• Examine size and slope of the drainage area. The maximum contributing drainage area to a filter strip area
shall never exceed 5 acres, and should also never exceed a drainage area to filter strip area ratio of 6:1.
• If the slope of the filter strip parallel to the proposed flow path is ≥ 5%, energy dissipater and/or flow
spreaders must be installed.
• Design an inlet control to meet energy dissipation requirements. See Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Controls.
• A flow spreader which stretches the entire length (perpendicular to flow path) of the contributing
drainage area should be designed to limit flow velocity to prevent erosion and to spread the flow
equally across the filter strip. If necessary, a bypass should be installed to prevent excessive,
damaging flows.
• Create a conceptual design for the pretreatment filter strip.
Table 7.5: Suggested Starting Design Values for Filter Strip Length
Strip Length Perpendicular to Flow Path Largest feasible on site
Strip Length Parallel to Flow Path 4* - 150 feet

* The minimum pretreatment filter strip value is based on the length of the receiving flow path. The graph
below shows how the minimum length requirement changes as both flow path and filter strip slope change.
• Determine the longest flow path length for the contributing drainage area.
• For contributing drainage areas with flow paths < 30 feet use the following graph to help determine
the filter strip length parallel to the flow path.
7 - 21
7.3
filter strips
Adapted from the Seattle Stormwater BMP Manual

20.0
15.0
F ilter Str ip L ength (feet)

Flowpath
= 30 feet
10.0
20 feet
5.0 10 feet
0.0
0% 5% 10%
F ilter Str ip Slope
Figure 7.11: Suggested Design Specifications for Narrow Pretreatment Filter Strips with Flow Paths < 30 feet
Note: The filter strip length requirements reflected in the above graph are scaled from dimensions of a grassy vegetative swale
for the same slope and flow conditions mention in the table above.
• For filter strips with contributing flow paths > 30 feet, use the suggested flow characteristics for
maximum velocity and depth as design restrictions. When choosing an initial filter strip length, the
suggested minimum starting design value is 10 feet.
Table 7.6: Suggested Maximum Velocities and Water Depths for Filter Strip Area
Maximum Velocity (ft/s) 1.0, Less than 0.5 preferred
Maximum Water Depth (in.) 1.0, Less than 0.5 preferred

The values for both maximum Velocity and Water depth were taken from the US DOT Stormwater
Best Management Practices (BMPs)in an Ultra-Urban Setting: Selection and Monitoring and the
Seattle BMP Manual.
• Adjust filter strip design characteristics to provide desired amount of pretreatment.
• When considering retentive grading, use the infiltration area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate
of the native soil to estimate how long the surface ponding will take to drain. The maximum drain down
time for the ponded volume is 72 hours, but a drain down time of 24 – 48 hours is recommended. If
ponded water does not drain in the time allowed, adjust water surface depth, soil depth, and/or surface
area. Adjust the design until the volume and drainage time constraints are met.
• All retentive grading techniques should encourage soil stabilization and erosion control with vegetative
growth. See Section 7.7: Berms and Retentive Grading.
• Choose plants and trees appropriate and compatible with the site conditions. See Section 8: Landscape
Guidance.
• Filter strips may not be used in high use areas unless precautions are taken to minimize disturbance
(i.e. signage, placement of sidewalks or paths to minimize disturbance of the filter strip).
• Determine final contours of the filter strip.

7 - 22
7.3
filter strips
Materials
• Recommendations for plant materials and soils can be found in Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
• Areas for filter strips shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to avoid soil disturbance and
compaction during construction.
• In areas where soil is compacted, tilling to depths of 12-18 inches is necessary. A minimum of
6 inches of top soil must be added into the tilled soil column, and small trees and shrubs with
capabilities for deep root penetrations should be introduced to maximize the soil infiltrative capacity.
See Section 8: Landscape Guidance, for more specification on soil types and preferred plantings.
• Provide erosion and sedimentation control protection on the site such that construction runoff is directed
away from the proposed filter strip location.
• Complete site elevation and retentive grading, if proposed. Stabilize the soil disturbed within the limit of
earth disturbance.
• Install energy dissipaters and flow spreaders. Refer to Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls for more
detailed construction information.
• The slope (parallel to the flow path) of the top of the filter strip, after the flow spreading device,
should be very small (less than 1 %) and gradually increase to designed value to protect from
erosion and undermining of the control devise.
• Construct inlet protection as specified in the design.
• Seed and plant vegetation (plants, shrubs, and trees) as indicated on the plans and specifications listed
in Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
• Once site vegetation is stabilized, remove erosion and sediment control protection.
7 - 23
7.3
filter strips
All areas of the filter strip should be inspected after significant storm events for ponding that exceeds
maximum depth and duration guidelines. Corrective measures should be taken when excessive ponding
occurs.
Table 7.7: Filter Strips Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Mowing and/or trimming of vegetation (not applicable to all filter strips). Filter
strips that need mowing are to be cut to a height no less than 4 inches. Greater As needed
than 5 inches is preferred.
• Inspect all vegetated strip components expected to receive and/or trap debris
and sediment for clogging and excessive debris and sediment accumulation; Quarterly
remove sediment during dry periods.
• Vegetated areas should be inspected for erosion, scour, and unwanted growth.
This should be removed with minimum disruption to the planting soil bed and
remaining vegetation.
Biannually
• Inspect all level spreading devices for trapped sediment and flow spreading
abilities. Remove sediment and correct grading and flow channels during dry
periods.
• When correcting grading of a flow spreading device, use proper erosion and sediment control precautions
in the concentrated area of disturbance to ensure protection of the remaining portion of the filter.
• Disturbance to filter strips should be minimal during maintenance. At no time should any vehicle be
driven on the filter strip. In addition, foot traffic should be kept to a minimum.
• If the filter strip is of the type that needs mowing (i.e., turf grass and possibly other native grasses),
the lightest possible mowing equipment (i.e., push mowers, not riding mowers) should be used. The
filter strip should be mowed perpendicular to the flow path (however not exactly the same path every
mowing) to prevent any erosion and scour due to channeling of flow in the maintenance depressions.
• When establishing or restoring vegetation, biweekly inspections of vegetation health should be

performed during the first growing season or until the vegetation is established. For more information
on vegetative maintenance, refer to Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
• Bi-weekly inspections of erosion control and flow spreading devices should be performed until soil
settlement and vegetative establishment has occurred.
Note:
Design of filter strips are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful stormwater
7 - 24
7.4
filters
7.4
Filters
Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual, 2006

are structures or excavated areas
containing a layer of sand, compost,
organic material, peat, or other filter
media. They reduce pollutant levels in
stormwater runoff by filtering sediments,
metals, hydrocarbons, and other
pollutants. Filtered stormwater may
be infiltrated or released to a sewer or
receiving water. Depending on design, Figure 7.12: Filter with infiltration
the filter media may provide significant
detention time or may be combined with
an outlet control.
key elements:
• Acceptable technique on sites where vegetated systems are impractical.
• Surface ponding that drains down in no more than 72 hours.
• Filter
medium (typically sand, peat, or a mixture) removes pollutants and provides
some travel time.
• Underdrain allowed on sites where infiltration is infeasible, or where a filter is used in

combination with other practices.
• Flow splitter or positive overflow bypasses large storms.

• Maintenance required to maintain capacity of system.

Residential Subdivision: Limited Water Quality:
Commercial: Yes Infiltration: Yes
Ultra Urban: Yes Volume Reduction: No
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection:
Low/Medium
Highway Road: Yes Flood Control: Low/Medium

• Filter strips
• Appropriate prefabricated and proprietary designs
• Swales
• Sediment forebays
• Bioretention
• Planter boxes
7 - 25
7.4
filters
Stormwater Filters in the
Urban Landscape
Stormwater filters are suitable for sites without
sufficient surface area available for vegetated
University of Minnesota Extension Service
bioretention basins. Filters are designed to

either infiltrate or to treat and convey runoff to a
disposal point. The only difference between a
filter and a bioretention basin, as defined in this
manual, is surface vegetation. Vegetated basins
often include a filtering layer that may be designed
according to the guidelines in this section. Filters
are recommended as a viable SMP for use in:
• Parking lots
• Roadways and Highways
Figure 7.13: Sand filter with underdrain.
• Light Industrial sites
Underdrains and liners should only be
used when infiltration is not possible or • Marina areas
prohibited. • Transportation facilities
• Fast food and shopping areas
• Waste Transfer Stations
• Urban Streetscapes
Filters may be visible from the surface, for example in photograph below, or completely subsurface as
shown in Figure 7.16. They may be designed as a single large chamber (often with a smaller chamber
for pretreatment) or as a long, narrow trench at the perimeter of a parking lot (Figure 7.15).
Components of a Stormwater Filter System

Stormwater filters can be designed
to infiltrate all or some of the flow.
Components of stormwater filter
system include:
• Excavation or container Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual, 2004
• Pretreatment
• Flow entrance/inlet
• Surface storage (ponding area)
• Filter media
• Underdrain, if required
• Positive overflow
Excavation or Container
The filter media may be contained in a simple trench lined with a geotextile, or it may be contained in a
more structural facility such as concrete. In either case, the container may be designed either to allow
infiltration or to collect flow in an underdrain system.
Flow Entrance/Inlet
Flow may be introduced to a filter through any of the controls discussed in Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Controls. If stormwater does not enter as sheet flow, a flow spreader is required.
7 - 26
7.4
filters
Adapted from City of Boise
Adapted from City of Boise
Figure 7.14: Surface sand filter
Surface Storage (ponding area)
The filter allows water to pond during intense storms
as water flows slowly through the filter media.
Filter Media
Stormwater flows onto filter media where sediments
and other pollutants are separated from the stormwater.
Filter materials such as sand, peat, granular activated
Stormwater Management, Inc. carbon (GAC), leaf compost, pea gravel and others are
Left to right: Granular leaf used for water quality treatment. Coarser materials
compost, perlite and granular allow faster transmission, but finer media filters
activated carbon (GAC)
particles of a smaller size. Sand has been found to be
a good balance between these two criteria (Urbonas,
1999), but different types of media remove different
pollutants. While sand is a reliable material to remove
TSS, (Debusk and Langston, 1997) peat removes
slightly more TP, Cu, Cd, and Ni than sand. Depending
on the characteristics of the stormwater runoff, a
combination of these filter materials will provide the best

quality results. In addition to determining the degree
of filtration, media particle size determines travel time
in the filter and plays a role in meeting release rate
requirements.
Underdrain (if required)

Infiltration is required where feasible unless the filter is
combined with another facility that provides infiltration.
Filters that do not infiltrate collect water through an
Vegetated peat filter in Carlisle, PA underdrain system.
7 - 27
7.4
filters Positive Overflow
Filters must be designed to allow overflow or bypass
of larger storm volumes. Flow splitters, diversion
chambers, or proprietary devices can be used to
divert a portion of flow to a filter in an off-line design.
Georgia Stormwater Management Manual

A design that is considered on-line allows water to
flow across the surface of the filter before being
discharged over a weir or other control.
Perimeter filter inspection
Recommended Design Procedures

• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements for the site. See
Section 4.3: Manage Remaining Stormwater.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine what portion of the stormwater control
requirements the filters will meet. See Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design.
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration in the area proposed for the stormwater filter. If infiltration is
feasible, determine the saturated vertical infiltrate rate. See Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing
Procedures. Design proceeds differently depending on the feasibility of infiltration.
• Create a conceptual design for the stormwater filter.

Adapted from New Jersey Stormwater Best Management Practices Manual
Figure 7.15: Typical schematic of perimeter filter design. Note filters can be
designed to infiltrate or to treat and convey via an outlet pipe.
7 - 28
7.4
filters
City of Boise
Figure 7.16: Large subsurface filter. Note this system can also be designed to infiltrate
directly into the soil or to connect to another infiltration BMP.
7 - 29
7.4
filters • The filter area may be estimated initially using Darcy’s Law, assuming the soil media is saturated.
Af = (V x d) / [k x t (h + d)]
Af = Surface area of filter (square feet)
V = Volume to be managed (cubic feet)
d = Depth of filter media (feet)
t = Drawdown time (days)
h = Head (average in feet)
k = Saturated hydraulic conductivity (feet/day)
k Design values: sand = 3.5 feet/day; peat = 2.5 feet/day; leaf compost = 8.7 feet/day
• For filters designed for infiltration, estimate the total storage volume and adjust area and/or depths as
needed to provide required storage.
Table 7.8: Suggested Starting Design Values for Ponding and Media Depths
Average Ponding Depth 3 – 6 inches
Filter Media Depth 18 – 30 inches
• Using stormwater filter area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the filter media, estimate the
drainage time for ponded surface water. The saturated vertical infiltration rate may be based on the
estimated saturated hydraulic conductivity of the proposed filter materials. The maximum drain down time
for the entire storage volume is 72 hours, but a surface drain down time of 24-48 hours is recommended.
If storage does not drain in the time allowed, adjust pretreatment depth, filter media depth, and surface
area. Adjust the design until the volume and drainage time constraints are met.
• Consider an underdrain only under one of the following conditions:
• in areas with separate storm sewers or direct discharge to receiving waters where infiltration is
infeasible (See Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures) and the filter system is needed
only to provide water quality treatment;
• in areas with combined sewers where sufficient detention or travel time can be designed into the
system to meet release rate requirements; or
• in combination with other SMPs where the system as a whole meets storage and release criteria.
• Design underdrains to minimize the chances of clogging. Pea gravel filters can be used for this purpose.
Pea gravel filters should include at least 3 inches of gravel under the pipe and 6 inches above the
pipe.
• In areas where infiltration is infeasible due to a hotspot or unstable fill that threatens an existing structure,
specify an impervious liner.
• Check that any release rate requirements (including release through any underdrain) are met by
the system as designed. For filters with underdrains, release rate is a function of travel time. See
Section 5.3: Acceptable Calculation Methods, for a discussion of travel time calculations in porous
media.
• Design a pretreatment facility.
• Design an inlet control for the filter media chamber to meet energy dissipation requirements. See
Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls.
• Design a bypass or overflow control for larger storms.
7 - 30
7.4
filters
• Design any structural components required.
Materials
Stone Storage (if used)
• Stone used to provide additional storage shall be uniformly-graded, crushed, washed stone meeting
the specifications of AASHTO No. 3 or AASHTO No. 5.
• Stone shall be separated from filter medium by a non-woven filter fabric or a pea gravel filter.
Filter Media
• Peat shall have ash content <15%, pH range 3.3-5.2, loose bulk density range 0.12-0.14 g/cc.
• Sand shall be clean, medium to fine sand, and have organic material meeting specifications of
AASHTO M-6 (0.02” – 0.04”) or ASTM-C-33.
• Prefabricated filter media shall meet filter design and water quality specifications.
Piping
• Pipe shall have continuous perforations, smooth interior, and minimum diameter of 6 inches. High-
density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe shall meet specifications of AASHTO M252, Type S or AASHTO
M294, Type S.
• Areas for stormwater filters shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to avoid soil disturbance
and compaction during construction.
• Permanent filters should not be installed until site is stabilized. Excessive sediment generated during
construction can clog filter and prevent its function prior to post-construction benefits.
• Structures such as inlet boxes, reinforced concrete boxes, inlet controls, and outlet structures should
be constructed in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines or Engineer’s guidance.
• Excavated filters or structural filters that infiltrate should be excavated in such a manner as to avoid
compaction of the sub-base. Structures should be set on a layer of clean, lightly compacted gravel
specified as AASHTO No. 57.
• A layer of permeable non-woven geotextile should underlie infiltration filters.

• Place underlying gravel/stone in minimum 6 inch lifts and lightly compact. Place underdrain pipes in
gravel during placement (if applicable).
• Wrap and secure non-woven geotextile to prevent gravel/stone from clogging with sediments.
7 - 31
7.4
filters
For filters located entirely underground, unobstructed access for must be provided over the entire sand
filter, including inlet and outlet pipe structures, by either doors or removable panels. Ladder access is
required for vault heights greater than 4 feet.
Table 7.9: Filter Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Rake filter media surface for the removal of trash and

debris from control openings.
As needed
• Repair of leaks from the sedimentation chamber or
deterioration of structural components.
• Inspect filter for standing water (filter drainage is not

optimal) and discoloration (organics or debris have Quarterly
clogged filter surface).
• Removal of the top few inches of filter media and

cultivation of the surface when filter bed is clogged.
• Clean out accumulated sediment from filter bed chamber. Annually
• Clean out accumulated sediment from sedimentation

chamber.
• Maintain records of all inspections and maintenance

Ongoing
activity.
In areas where the potential exists for the discharge and accumulation of toxic pollutants (such as
metals), filter media removed from filters must be handled and disposed of in accordance with all State
and Federal Regulations.
Winter concerns
Pennsylvania’s low temperature dips below freezing for about four months out of every year, and surface
filtration may not take place as well in the winter. Peat and compost may hold water, freeze, and become
impervious on the surface. Design options that allow direct sub-surface discharge into the filter media
during cold weather may help overcome this condition.
Note:
Design of stormwater filters are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful stormwater
7 - 32
7.5
bioinfiltration/bioretention
7.5 Bioinfiltration /
Bioretention
systems use surface storage, vegetation,
a select growing medium, flow controls,
and other components to meet
stormwater management goals. These
systems may be referred to by a variety
of names such as bioinfiltration areas,
biofilters, rain gardens, or recharge
gardens. On a small scale, these
systems may be contained inside planter
boxes. This section will refer to all these
systems as bioretention.
key elements:
R. Traver
• Preferred stormwater management design that replicates natural hydrologic
processes.
• Flexible in size and configuration; can be used for a wide variety of applications.
• Water Quality volume that drains down in no more than 72 hours.
• Modified soil that provides temporary stormwater storage and enhances plant growth.
• Native plantings that provide evapotranspiration of stormwater, remove pollutants, and
enhance the landscape.
• Positive overflow limits inundation depth.

• Maintenance of vegetation is required.

Ultra Urban: Yes Volume Reduction: Yes
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection:
Highway Road: Yes Medium
Flood Control: Low/Medium
*if designed without an underdrain
• Energy dissipation to prevent erosion
and scour of SMP
7 - 33
7.5
Bioretention in the Urban Landscape
Bioretention systems are shallow, vegetated
depressions used to promote absorption and infiltration
of stormwater runoff. This management practice is
very effective at removing pollutants and reducing
runoff volume. Stormwater flows into the bioretention
area, ponds on the surface, infiltrates into the soil bed,
and is used by plants and trees in the system.
Bioretention areas are suitable for many types and

sizes of development, from single-family residential
to high-density commercial projects. Bioretention
areas are generally capable of managing stormwater
from areas of up to about 1 acre, but they can also
be integrated throughout a site to manage larger
areas. Flexible and easy to incorporate in landscaped
areas, bioretention facilities are ideal for placement in
roadway median strips and parking lot islands. They
can also provide water quality treatment from pervious
areas, such as golf courses.
In highly urbanized watersheds, bioretention is often

one of the few retrofit options that can be cost-
Figure 7.17: Profile of flow-through planter box
effectively employed by modifying existing landscaped
areas, converting islands or under-used parking
areas, or integrating into the resurfacing of a parking
lot. Applications of bioretention systems in urban
environments include planter boxes, residential on-
lot landscaping, parking lots, roadways, and industrial
and commercial applications, which can capture both
site and roof runoff. The application of bioretention
systems is not limited to this list; however, examples highlights:
for each of these alternatives are provided below. • Can store and treat runoff.
Planter Boxes
• Can be used for infiltration or to
A flow-through the planter box is designed with an
meet the Water Quality requirements
impervious bottom or is placed on an impervious
where infiltration is not feasible.
surface. Pollutant reduction is achieved as the water
filters through the soil. Flow control is obtained by
• Use vegetation to filter and transpire.
storing the water in a reservoir above the soil and
detaining it as it flows through the soil. This planter
can be used adjacent to a building if the box is properly • Contribute to better air quality, water
lined. quality and help reduce urban heat
island impacts.
Residential On-lot
Landscaped garden areas can be designed with • Can improve property value through
bioretention systems to create decorative features, attractive landscaping.
habitat, and stormwater treatment at a residential
site. The design can be as simple as incorporating
a planting bed into the lowest point on a site. It is
recommended that downspouts be directed into these
systems after appropriate pre-treatment.
7 - 34
7.5
Parking lot recharge garden

Tree Wells
Bioretention principles can be incorporated into a tree well design to create mini-treatment areas throughout
a site. Care should be taken to ensure that the ponding area depth is appropriate to the tree size and
species.
Parking Lots
Parking lots are an ideal location for bioretention systems. Bioretention can be incorporated as an island,
median, or along the perimeter of the parking area. Bioretention areas can enhance the aesthetics of a
parking lot while managing stormwater
from the site. Site grading must not
result in erosive velocities.
Roads and Highways

Linear bioretention basins can be
constructed alongside roads or
highways, in roadway medians, or
in bump-outs that double as traffic
calming devices. The system will
manage runoff from the street and
help to control automotive pollutants.
The systems can also help to control
roadway flooding.
Commercial/Industrial/Institutional
At commercial, industrial, and
institutional sites, areas for stormwater
management and green space
Prince George’s County, MD
are often limited. At these sites,

bioretention systems serve the multiple
purposes of stormwater management
and landscaping. Bioretention areas
can be used to manage runoff from
impervious site areas such as parking
lots, sidewalks, and rooftops.
Figure 7.18: Tree Pit Bioretention
7 - 35
7.5
Components of a Bioretention System
Bioretention systems can be designed to infiltrate all or some of the flow that they treat. The primary
components of a bioretention system are:
• Pretreatment if the site will generate high sediment loads

• Flow entrance/inlet
• Surface storage (ponding area)
• Organic layer or mulch
• Planting soil and filter media
• Native plantings
• Sand bed or stone filter and underdrain, if required
• Stone storage for additional storage, if needed
• Positive overflow
Figure 7.19: Example of a bioretention system

with varied plant materials
Pretreatment
Pretreatment is not required for all bioretention systems because the soil-plant system provides treatment.
However, pretreatment is recommended for bioretention systems on sites that generate high sediment
loads. Additional pretreatment may prolong the life of the system by reducing sediment and other pollutant
loads.
Flow Entrance / Inlet

It is recommended that runoff is conveyed to a
curbless bioretention area via sheet flow over
a grass or gravel filter strip. This is not always
possible due to site constraints or space limitations.

On sites where curb removal is not an option or
where flow is concentrated by the time it reaches
the bioretention area, curb openings coupled with
Prince George’s County, MD
energy dissipaters provide an alternative runoff

inlet.
Roof leaders that flow into bioretention areas also

require energy dissipaters to prevent erosion in
the bed. Refer to Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Flow enters the bioretention system via
Controls for details about energy dissipaters. a curb opening inlet that is protected
with an energy dissipater (stones).
7 - 36
7.5
Surface Storage (Ponding Area)
Surface storage provides temporary storage of stormwater runoff before infiltration, evaporation, and uptake
can occur within the bioretention system. Ponding time provides water quality benefits by allowing larger
debris and sediment to settle out of the water. Recommended ponding design depths are provided in
order to reduce hydraulic loading of underlying soils, minimize facility drainage time, and prevent standing
water.
Planting Soil and Filter Media

The planting soil acts as a filter between the surface storage and the native soil. The prepared planting soil
provides additional storage while the water infiltrates into the native soil. Storage area is a function of both
soil depth and bioretention surface area. The planting soil also provides a medium suitable for plant growth.
(see Section 8: Landscape Guidance for planting soil specifications.)
Native Plantings
The plant material in a bioretention system removes nutrients and stormwater pollutants through vegetative
uptake, removes water through evapotranspiration, and creates pathways for infiltration through root
development and plant growth. A varied plant community is recommended to avoid susceptibility to insect
and disease infestation and to ensure viability. A mixture of groundcover, grasses, shrubs, and trees is
recommended to create a microclimate that can ameliorate urban stresses as well as discourage weed
growth and reduce maintenance. Section 8: Landscape Guidance contains information on native plant and
tree selection and landscape design. Do not use invasive species listed in Section 8.
Organic layer or mulch

The organic layer or mulch provides a medium for biological growth, decomposition of organic material,
adsorption, and binding of heavy metals. The mulch layer can also serve as a sponge that absorbs water
during storms and retains water for plant growth during dry periods.
Sand bed or stone filter and Underdrain (if necessary)

An underdrain is a perforated pipe that collects water at the bottom of the system and conveys it quickly
to the system outlet. Underdrains eliminate most infiltration because they provide a preferential pathway
for flow. A sand layer or gravel filter should surround the underdrain to filter sediment and facilitate flow to
the underdrain. If a sand layer is used, the underdrain should be surrounded by a non-woven filter fabric
to prevent clogging.
Stone Storage (if necessary)

A stone storage layer can be included to provide higher void space storage if needed in addition to the
surface and soil storage.
Positive Overflows
A positive overflow must be provided
at the maximum ponding depth.
When runoff exceeds system storage
capacity, the excess flow leaves the
system through the positive overflow.
If additional stormwater controls are
required on the site, the overflow can

connect to a system that will provide

channel protection or peak rate
control. If no additional stormwater
controls are required, the overflow
can be connected to storm sewer,
combined sewer, or receiving water,
as appropriate for the site. Types of
overflow structures are discussed
in Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Controls.
Surface inlet
7 - 37
7.5
Design of bioretention systems is somewhat flexible. The area, depth, and shape of the system can be
varied to accommodate site conditions and constraints. The following design procedures are general
guidelines that designers can follow.
• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements for the site. See
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine what portion of the stormwater
management requirements bioretention will meet and what the drainage area will be. See Section 4.0:
Integrated Site Design.
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration in the area proposed for bioretention. If infiltration is not feasible,
consider an underdrained bioretention system or an alternate location for the bioretention area. If
infiltration is feasible, determine the saturated vertical infiltration rate. See Appendix B: Soil Infiltration
Testing Procedures.
• Create a conceptual design for the bioretention basin.
Table 7.10: Suggested Starting Design Values for Areas and Depths
Area (surface area and infiltration area) Largest feasible on site
Typical Ponding Depth* 6-12 inches
Soil Depth 2 – 3 feet
* Note pond depth may not exceed 2 feet
• Estimate the total storage volume and adjust area and/or depths as needed to provide required
storage.
• Estimate how long the surface ponding and soil storage will take to drain based on the infiltration area
and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the native soil. The maximum drain down time for the entire
storage volume (surface, planting soil, and gravel if used) is 72 hours, but a surface drain down time
of 24 – 48 hours is recommended. If storage does not drain in the time allowed, adjust surface depth,
soil depth, and/or surface area. Adjust the design until the volume, drainage time, and site constraints
are met.
• In areas with separate storm sewers or direct discharge to receiving waters where infiltration is
infeasible (See Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures) and the bioretention system is
being designed to provide only water quality treatment;
• In areas with combined sewers where sufficient detention or travel time can be designed into the

• In combination with other SMPs where the system as a whole meets storage and release rate
criteria.
• If soil depth is a minimum of 3 feet.
• Design underdrains to minimize clogging. Pea gravel filters can be used for this purpose. Pea gravel
filters should include at least 3 inches of gravel under the pipe and 6 inches above the pipe.
• In areas where infiltration is infeasible due to a hotspot or unstable fill that threatens an existing structure,
specify an impervious liner.
7 - 38
7.5
• Check that any release rate requirements (including release through any underdrain) are met by the
system as designed. See Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls.
• Choose plants, trees, and either mulch or seeding appropriate to the site. (See Section 8)
• Choose a soil mix and depth appropriate for plant growth. Soil depth shall be the larger of what is needed
for storage or healthy plant growth.
Table 7.11: Suggested Minimum Soil Depths for Plant Growth

Soil Depth for Herbaceous Species 24 inches
Soil Depth for Woody Species 4 inches deeper than largest root ball
• Design an inlet control to meet energy dissipation requirements and provide pretreatment if required. See
• Design a positive overflow for large storms.
• Given the design area and average depths, determine the final contours of the basin.
Table 7.12: Suggested Maximum Ponding Depths and Side Slopes*

Maximum Ponding Depth 2 feet
Side Slopes 3 horizontal to 1 vertical recommended; 2:1 maximum
*These decisions affect safety and appearance rather than stormwater function; acceptable dimensions are ultimately a
decision to be made jointly by the Engineer and Owner.
Materials
Planting Soil
• See Section 8: Landscape Guidance for soil specifications
Mulch
• Organic mulch shall be aged, double-shredded hardwood bark mulch or composted leaf mulch.
• Mulch shall be free of weeds.
• Organic mulch shall be placed on bioretention surface to a depth of 2-3 inches.

Plants
• It is critical that plant materials are appropriate for soil, hydrologic, light, and other site conditions.
Select bioretention plants from the list of native species in Section 8: Landscape Guidance. Take
ponding depth, drain down time, sunlight, salt tolerance, and other conditions into consideration when
selecting plants from this list. Although plants will be subject to ponding, they may also be subject to
drought especially in areas that get a lot of sunlight or are in otherwise highly impervious areas.
Storage Stone (if used)

• Stone shall be separated from soil medium by a non-woven filter fabric or a pea gravel filter.
7 - 39
7.5
• Areas for bioretention shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to avoid soil disturbance and
compaction during construction.
• Provide erosion and sedimentation control protection on the site such that construction runoff is
directed away from the proposed bioretention location. Proposed bioretention areas may only be used
as sediment traps during construction if at least two feet of soil are removed and replaced.
• Complete site elevation grading and stabilize the soil disturbed within the limits of disturbance. Do not
finalize bioretention excavation and construction until the drainage area is fully stabilized.
• Excavate bioretention area to proposed invert depth and manually scarify the existing soil surfaces.
Do not compact in-situ soils. Heavy equipment shall not be used within the bioretention basin. All
equipment shall be kept out of the excavated area to the maximum extent possible.
• If using an underdrain and/or a gravel storage bed, place filter fabric or pea gravel filter, then place the
rock, and set the underdrain according to the plans.
• If an underdrain and/or gravel storage are not used, rototill 2-3 inches of sand into the base of the
facility, then rototill 3-4 inches of planting soil into the sandy subgrade to create a gradation zone.
• Backfill the excavated area as soon as the subgrade preparation is complete to avoid accumulation of
debris. Place bioretention soil in 12-18 inches lifts and tamp lightly. Slight overfilling might be necessary
to account for settlement. Presoak soil at least one day prior to final grading and landscaping to allow
for settlement.
• After allowing for settlement, complete final grading within about 2 inches of the proposed design
elevations, leaving space for top dressing of mulch or mulch/compost blend.
• Seed and plant vegetation as indicated on the plans and specifications.
• Place mulch and hand grade to final elevations.
• Install bioretention energy dissipaters as specified on the plans (if applicable).
• Water vegetation at the end of each day for two weeks after planting is completed.
• Water vegetation regularly during first year to ensure successful establishment.

Georgia Stormwater Management Manual
Landscape maintenance of a bioretention basin
7 - 40
7.5
Properly designed and installed bioretention systems require little maintenance. During periods of extended
drought, bioretention systems may require watering approximately every 10 days.
Table 7.13: Bioinfiltration/Bioretention Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Water vegetation at the end of each day for two
weeks after planting is completed. First year after
• Water vegetation regularly to ensure successful installation
establishment.
• Remulch void areas.
• Treat diseased trees and shrubs. As needed
• Keep overflow free and clear of leaves.
• Inspect soil and repair eroded areas.
• Remove litter and debris. Monthly
• Clear leaves and debris from overflow.
• Inspect trees and shrubs to evaluate health,
replace if necessary.
Biannually
• Inspect underdrain cleanout.
• Verify drained out time of system.
• Add additional mulch.

• Inspect for sediment buildup, erosion, vegetative Annually
conditions, etc.
• Maintain records of all inspections and

Ongoing
maintenance activity.
Note: Design of bioretention systems are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful

Glencoe Elementary’s newly planted bioretention garden 7 - 41


7.6
detention basins
7.6 Detention
Basins are
constructed to provide temporary storage of
runoff and function hydraulically to attenuate
stormwater runoff peaks. Detention basins
provide temporary storage on the surface or
subsurface either by impoundment of a natural
depression of excavation of soil. Traditional
detention basins function primarily to provide
Virginia Stormwater Manual

water quantity control. The designer should
note that detention basins can also be
configured to provide water quality treatment.
These designs are referred to as dry extended
detention basins. More information on dry
extended detention basins can be found in the
Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual.
key elements :
• Detention basins should completely drain in 72 hours.
• Most basins are designed to provide Channel Protection and Flood Control only.
• A sediment forebay helps decrease maintenance and prolong design life of the
basin.
• Vegetation stabilizes the soil in the basin.

• Outlet structure design is critical and determines how the basin meets stormwater
control requirements.


Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection: High
Highway Road: Limited
Flood Control: High

• Sediment forebays
• Filter strips
• Vegetated swales
7 - 43
7.6
detention basins
Detention Basins in the Urban Landscape
Detention basins are suitable for large developments and high-density commercial projects. They require
substantial open space; however, they can often be designed for use between storm events, creating an
open space available for recreational purposes.
Components of a Detention Basin

Detention basins are typically comprised of the following components:
• Sediment forebay
• Vegetation
• Micropool
• Outflow structure
Sediment Forebay
Supplementing a dry pond design with a
sediment forebay is required to increase the
treatment efficiency. The sediment forebay
improves pollutant reduction by trapping larger
particles near the inlet of the pond. The forebay
should include a permanent pool to minimize
the potential for scour and re-suspension. A
sediment forebay will enhance the removal
rates of particulates, decrease the velocity
of incoming runoff, and reduce the potential
for control structure failure due to clogging.
Sediment forebays should be designed for ease
of maintenance. Forebays must be accessible
to heavy machinery. Those constructed with
Sediment forebay a bottom made or concrete or other solid
materials make sediment removal easier and
more accessible by heavy machinery.
Vegetation
Surface vegetation in the basin provides erosion
control and sediment entrapment. Side slopes,
berms, and basin surface should be planted
with appropriate native species. Appropriate
species can be found in Section 8: Landscape
Guidance.
Micropool at the Outlet (Optional)

Applying a micropool design to a detention basin
can maximize water quality performance. The

micropool is typically shallow and permanently
inundated. Its function is to concentrate finer
Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual sediment and reduce re-suspension. The
Athletic field to be used as a detention basin micropool is normally planted with wetland
vegetation species such as cattails.
Outflow Structure
The outlet structure determines the performance
of the basin. By installing a multi-stage riser,
the basin can be designed to meet both Water
Quality and Flood Control requirements.
7 - 44
7.6
detention basins
A gate valve or orifice plate should regulate the drawdown time. In general, the outflow structure should
have a trash rack or other acceptable means of preventing clogging at the entrance to the structure. See
Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls for more information.
Maximum Elevation
of Safety Storm
Maximum Elevation
of ED Pool Emergency
Spillway
Existing
Vegetation Retained
Rip-Rap Pilot Channel Aquatic

Bench
Inflow
Sediment
Forebay Outfall
Safety Bench
Main
tena
nce
Access
to M
icrop
ool
Plan View
Embankment
Flood Control Emergency

Spillway
Overbank Flood Control
Channel Protection
Water Quality
Connecticut Stormwater Management Manual
Hood
Stable
Inflow Outfall
Micropool
Barrel
Forebay
Section Anti-Seep Collar or
Filter Diaphragm
Figure 7.20: Extended detention basin schematic
7 - 45
7.6
detention basins
• Determine the stormwater management requirements for the site. See Section 4.3: Manage
Remaining Stormwater.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine what portion of the control requirements
the detention basin will meet.
• Consider a dry extended detention basin to provide water quality treatment if infiltration is
infeasible on the site.
• Detention basins may not be built on steep slopes. Slopes may not be significantly altered
or modified to reduce the steepness of the existing slope. See Section 4.0: Integrated Site
Design.
• Extended detention basins shall not be constructed within jurisdictional waters, including
wetlands.
• Create a conceptual design for the basin. Estimate required basin size according to an approved
calculation method in Section 5.3: Acceptable Methods for Calculations.
Table 7.14: Starting Design Parameters for Detention Basins

Detention time for water quality volume 24-hour minimum
Water depth 10 feet (Maximum)
Width 10 feet (Minimum)
• To maximize length of stormwater flow
Shape pathways.
• To minimize short-circuited inlet-outlet systems.
2:1 (Minimum - recommended to maximize
Length to width ratio
sedimentation)
• Design an outlet structure (or multiple structures) that provides the level of control required. (A multi-
stage outlet structure will be required in most cases.)
• Energy dissipaters are to be placed at the end of the primary outlet to prevent erosion.
• If the basin discharges to a channel with dry weather flow care shall be taken to minimize tree
clearing along the downstream channel, and to reestablish a forested riparian zone between the
outlet and natural channel.
• The hydraulic design of all outlet structures must consider any significant tailwater effects of
downstream waterways.
• The primary and low flow outlet shall be protected from clogging by an external trash rack.
• On sites that have the potential for accidental spills, the outflow structure should be fitted with
a valve so that discharge from the basin can be halted. This same valve also can be used to
regulate the rate of discharge from the basin.
• The detention basin must provide an emergency overflow capable of passing the 100-year design
storm. This spillway may not direct emergency flows toward neighboring properties.
7 - 46
7.6
detention basins
• Determine the final contours of the basin.
Table 7.15: Contour Design Parameters for Detention Basins
Lowest basin elevation 2 feet above seasonal high water table (Minimum)
Basin shape Irregularly shaped to appear more natural
Only use where there is a concern for severe ponding due to

native soils
Always vegetate with a maximum slope of 3% to encourage

Low flow channels
sedimentation
Consider other SMPs such as wet ponds, constructed

wetlands or bioretention
Less than or equal to 3 feet in height (Recommended)
Vegetated embankments 15 feet in height (Maximum)*
Maximum slope 3:1 (Horizontal to vertical)
Basin freeboard Minimum 1 foot above the 100-yr design storm
*15 feet or higher or that which will impound more that 50 acre-feet of runoff during high-water condition will be regulated
as dams by PADEP. Consult chapter 105 on the Pennsylvania State Code.
• Design an inlet control and a sediment forebay. The sediment forebay volume may be considered to meet
a portion of the water quality volume.
Table 7.16: Inlet Control and Sediment Forebay
Forebay length 10 feet (Minimum)
Storage Designed to trap sediment over a period of 2 to 10 years
• Verify that the basin meets all control requirements concurrently as designed.
• Choose appropriate vegetation using the guidelines in Section 8: Landscape Guidance. Fertilizers and
pesticides shall not be used.
7 - 47
7.6
detention basins
Materials
Basin Soil
• A minimum of 6 inches of planting soil is recommended. Soil shall be a high-quality topsoil with
a loam or sandy loam texture.
• Clay cores may be necessary in basins designed to withstand excessive pressures and seepage
forces.
Plants
Select plants from the list of native species in Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
• Trees and shrubs shall be freshly dug and grown in accordance with good nursery practice.
• Perennials, grass-like plants, and groundcover plants shall be healthy, well-rooted specimens.
• Plantings shall be designed to minimize the need for mowing, pruning, and irrigation.
• Install all temporary erosion and sedimentation controls. The area immediately adjacent to the basin
must be stabilized in accordance with the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
(PADEP) Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual (2000 or latest edition) prior to
basin construction.
• Prepare site for excavation and/or embankment construction.
• All existing vegetation should remain if feasible and shall only be removed if necessary for
construction.
• Care should be taken to prevent compaction of the basin bottom.
• If excavation is required, clear the area to be excavated of all vegetation. Remove all tree roots,
rocks, and boulders only in excavation area.
• Excavate bottom of basin to desired elevation (if necessary).
• Install surrounding embankments and inlet and outlet control structures.
• Grade subsoil in bottom of basin, taking care to prevent compaction. Compact surrounding
embankment areas and around inlet and outlet structures.
• Apply and grade planting soil.
• Apply geotextile and other erosion-control measures.
• Seed, plant, and mulch according to Planting Plan.
7 - 48
7.6
detention basins
• Maintenance is required for the proper operation of detention basins. Plans for detention basins should
identify owners, parties responsible for maintenance, and an inspection and maintenance schedule for
extended storage detention basins.
Table 7.17: Detention Basin Maintenance Guidelines
Activity Schedule
• Remove trash and debris.
• Remove invasive plants.
• Grassed areas require periodic prudent fertilizing,

dethatching and soil conditioning.
As needed
• Trees, shrubs, and other vegetative cover will
require periodic maintenance such as fertilizing,
pruning, and pest control.
• Mow / trim detention basin vegetation.
As needed
• Sediment should be removed from the basin.
(at least once every 5 to 25 years)*
Quarterly and
• Inspect outlet control structure for clogging.
after every storm greater than 1 inch
• Inspect detention basin for potential problems
including: subsidence, erosion, cracking or
tree growth on the embankment; damage to the
emergency spillway; sediment accumulation around
Annually
the outlet; inadequacy of the inlet/outlet channel
erosion control measures; changes in the condition
of the pilot channel; and erosion within the basin
and banks.
Ongoing
activity.
* The frequency of sediment removal depends on site conditions such as soil type and maintenance of site stabilization which
influence the sediment load on the basin.
• In most cases, no specific limitations have been placed on disposal of sediments removed from
detention basins. Studies to date indicate that pond sediments are likely to meet toxicity limits and
can be safely landfilled. On-site sediment disposal is always preferable as long as the sediments are
deposited away from the shoreline to prevent their re-entry into the pond and away from recreation areas
where people could inhale resulting dust. Sediment disposal should be included in the Operations and
Maintenance (O & M) Plan and will be evaluated on a site by site basis.
• Sediments should be tested for toxicants in compliance with current disposal requirements if land uses
in the drainage area include commercial or industrial zones, or if visual or olfactory indications of pollution
are noticed.
7 - 49

7.7
berms & grading

7.7 Berms and retentive grading techniques use a site’s
topography to manage stormwater and avoid erosion. They may function alone in grassy areas or
may be incorporated into the design of other stormwater control facilities such as bioretention and
constructed wetlands. They are landscaped features placed parallel to existing contours that direct
runoff while promoting retention and infiltration of stormwater.
Figure 7.21: Berm cross-section
key elements :
• High quality topsoil in outer layer of berm that provides growing medium for
plants (minimum 4 inches).
• Inner layer of berm constructed of a stable fill material.
• Established vegetation to prevent erosion and improve appearance.
• An overflow weir or runoff bypass mechanism.


Ultra Urban: Limited Volume Reduction: No
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection: N/A
Highway Road: Yes Flood Control: N/A

N/A
7 - 51
7.7
berms & grading
Berms and Retentive Grading
Techniques in the Urban Landscape
Berms are applicable in many urban settings
such as parking, commercial and light
industrial facilities, roads and highways,
residential developments, and vacant lots.
Berms and shallow depressions are well
suited for both small and large projects. It
can be an inexpensive method of reusing soil
on site to manage stormwater.
Pretreatment for other Facilities

A berm and small depression can act as a
sediment forebay before stormwater enters
Prince George’s County, MD a bioretention basin, subsurface infiltration
Figure 7.22: Example of retentive grading used to facility, or other facility.
create a small bioretention basin which can be
vegetated to various extents
Retention and Increased Capacity for other Facilities

A berm placed on the downslope side of a bioretention basin or other facility built on a mild
slope can help retain stormwater in that facility and increase its capacity without additional
excavation.
Retention and Infiltration in a Shallow Depression

A shallow depression can be created behind a berm to provide an infiltration area without the
need for a more complex stormwater facility.
Flow Diversion
A berm can be placed across a slope to divert water to a nearby channel or facility.
Berms in Series
A series of small berms and depressions can be placed along a slope to provide infiltration and
detention while stabilizing the slope.
Figure 7.23: Woodland infiltration berms in series
7 - 52
7.7
berms & grading

Components of Berms and Retentive Grading Techniques
Berms and retentive grading systems are designed to convey and infiltrate all of the stormwater they receive
in small storms. These systems often include the following components:
• Topsoil
• Fill
fill
• Vegetation
• Weir or Bypass Mechanism
top soil
clay (optional)

Figure 7.24: Ideal substrate components of a berm
Topsoil
The outer portion of the berm consists of high quality topsoil to provide a barrier to flow and act as a
growing medium for plants. A berm may consist entirely of high quality topsoil. To reduce cost, only the
top 4 to 8 inches needs to consist of high quality topsoil, with well-drained soil making up the remainder
of the berm.
Fill
A berm may consist entirely of high quality topsoil. However, cost may be reduced by constructing the
inner portion of the berm of a stable fill material. In many cases, soil may be reused from elsewhere
on the site.
Vegetation
Vegetation stabilizes and prevents erosion of the soil layer. Native trees and grasses are encouraged
for aesthetic reasons and because of their deeper root systems, but turf is acceptable.
Weir or Bypass Mechanism

The berm may not be able to retain all flow during large events. An overflow weir may be designed to
allow flow to overtop the berm without causing erosion. In other cases, the contours of the site may
allow excess flow to bypass around the end of the berm.

Traver
The sediment forebay at Villanova University uses a rock and soil

berm as pretreatment for their constructed wetland
7 - 53
7.7
berms & grading
• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements on the site.
See Section 4.3: Manage Remaining Stormwater.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site, and determine what portion of the sizing
requirements berms and retentive grading will help meet. Determine the general location of these
features and the role they will play on the site. See Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design.
• Create a conceptual design for the berm (or berms), including height of berm and depth of
depression.
Table 7.18: Starting Design Values for Berm Areas and Depths
Largest feasible on site (Minimum of 1 square
Area (surface area and
foot of infiltration area for every 5 square feet of
infiltration area)
contributing DCIA recommended.)
Average Ponding Depth 6 – 12 inches
Berm Height 6 – 24 inches
• For a berm-depression system intended to promote infiltration, investigate the feasibility

of infiltration in the proposed location. See Appendix A: Hotspot Investigation Procedures,
Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Guidelines, and Appendix C: Geotechnical Investigation
Procedures for more guidance on requirements. Infiltration testing must be within 25 feet of the
infiltration footprint.
• Estimate runoff reaching the system during the design storm and the maximum water level
reached at the berm.
• Using infiltration area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the native soil, estimate how
long the surface ponding will take to drain. The maximum drain down time for the entire storage
volume is 72 hours, but the Engineer may choose a shorter time based on site conditions and
Owner preference. A surface drain down time of 24 – 48 hours is recommended. If storage does
not drain in the time allowed, adjust berm height and depression depth. Adjust the design until
the volume and drainage time constraints are met.
• Design an overflow or bypass mechanism for large storms.
• Consider maintenance activities when choosing berm materials and shape. Figure 7.25 illustrates
the recommended shape.
• If a berm is to be mowed, the slope should not exceed a

4:1 ratio (horizontal to vertical) in order to avoid “scalping”
by mower blades. If trees are to be planted on berms, the
slope should not exceed a 5:1 to 7:1 ratio. Other herbaceous
plants, which do not require mowing, can tolerate slopes undesirable
of 3:1, though this may promote increased runoff rate and
erosive conditions. Berm side slopes should never exceed
a 2:1 ratio.
recommended
Figure 7.25: Recommended berm shape

7 - 54
7.7
berms & grading

• To minimize cost, check the volume of cut and fill material. Berm height and depression depth
may be adjusted to more closely balance the two.
• Choose vegetation as recommended in Section 8: Landscape Guidance.
Materials
Soil
• Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification
groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW, and SP.
• Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification
groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT.
• Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on the site should be used for fine grading. Topsoil is defined
as the top layer of earth on the site, which produces heavy growths of crops, grass or other
vegetation.
• Soils excavated from on-site may be used for berm construction provided they are deemed
satisfactory as per the above recommendations or by a soil scientist.
Vegetation
Native trees and grasses are strongly recommended but turf grass is acceptable. Select native
plants from the list in Section 8: Landscape Guidance. Take ponding depth, drain down time,
sunlight, and other conditions into consideration when selecting plants from this list. Although
plants will be subject to ponding, they may also be subject to drought.
• Perennials, grass-like plants, and groundcover plants shall be healthy, well-rooted specimens.
• A native grass/wildflower seed mix can be used as an alternative to groundcover planting. Seed
mix shall be free of weed seeds.
• Areas for infiltration berms shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to avoid soil
disturbance and compaction during construction.
• Provide erosion and sedimentation control protection on the site such that construction runoff is
directly away from the proposed infiltration berm location.
• Complete site elevation grading and stabilize the soil disturbed within the limit of disturbance. Do
not finalize berm excavation and construction until the drainage area is fully stabilized.
• Manually scarify the existing soil surfaces of the proposed infiltration berm locations. Do not
compact in-situ soils. Heavy equipment shall not be used within the berm area.
• Backfill the excavated area as soon as the subgrade preparation is complete to avoid accumulation
of debris. Place berm soil in 8 inch lifts and compact after each lift is added according to design
specification. Grade berm area as fill is added.
7 - 55
7.7
berms & grading • Protect the surface ponding area at the base of the berm from compaction. If compaction occurs
scarify soil to a depth of at least 8 inches.
• After allowing for settlement, complete final grading within 2 inches of proposed design elevations.
The crest and base of the berm should be level along the contour.
• Seed and plant vegetation as indicated on the plans and specifications.
• Place mulch to prevent erosion and protect establishing vegetation and manually grade to final
elevations.
• Water vegetation at the end of each day for two weeks after planting is completed.
Infiltration berms have low to moderate maintenance requirements, depending on the design.
Table 7.19: Berm & Grading Maintenance Guidelines
Activity Schedule
• Remove trash and debris.
• Remove invasive plants. As needed
• If desired, mow grass to maintain 2 – 4 inch height.
• Inspect soil for erosion and repair eroded areas. Monthly

Ongoing
activity.
Note:
Design of berms and grading techniques are not limited to the examples shown within this text.
Successful stormwater management plans will combine appropriate materials and designs specific to
each site. Berms may be used within larger basins (e.g., wetlands, wet ponds) to lengthen flow paths;
these applications are discussed in Section 7: SMP Design Guidance for each type of basin.
7 - 56
7.8
swales
7.8 Swales
A swale is an open channel vegetated with a combination of grasses and other herbaceous plants, shrubs,
and trees. A traditional swale reduces peak flow at the discharge point by increasing travel time and friction
along the flow path. A swale provides some infiltration and water quality treatment; these functions can
be enhanced by adding check dams periodically along its length. Swales planted with turf grass provide
some of these functions but turf grass is not as effective as deeper-rooted vegetation at decreasing peaks,
allowing infiltration, and decreasing erosion. A swale can be more aesthetically pleasing than a concrete or
rock-lined drainage system and is generally less expensive to construct.

key elements :
• Open channel design that balances storage, treatment, and infiltration with peak flow
conveyance needs
• Check dams often used to increase storage, dissipate energy, and control erosion
• Native vegetation increases friction and stabilizes soil
• Designed to fit into many types of landscapes in an aesthetically pleasing manner

Ultra Urban: No Volume Reduction: Yes
Industrial: Limited (no infiltration)
Retrofit: Yes Channel Protection: Medium
Highway Road: Yes Flood Control: Medium

Filter strips (Optional)
Sediment Forebay (Optional)
7 - 57
7.8
swales
Swales in the Urban Landscape
Swales are landscaped channels that convey stormwater and reduce peak flows by increasing travel
time and friction. Depending on design, they can effectively reduce runoff volume and improve water
quality. Check dams increase these functions by providing ponding areas where settling and infiltration
can occur. As the number of check dams increases, a swale may resemble a series of bioinfiltration/
bioretention basins while still being designed to convey peak flows. The first ponding area may be
designed as a sediment forebay and function as a pretreatment practice for the remainder of the swale
or other stormwater management facilities.
Swales are applicable in many urban

settings such as parking, commercial
and light industrial facilities, roads
and highways, and residential
developments. For instance, a
swale is a practical replacement for
roadway median strips and parking
lot curb and gutter.
Commercial, Light Industrial, and

Institutional Sites
These facilities often have landscaped
or grassed areas that can also
function as drainage pathways and
infiltration areas.
Roads and Highways

Swales can be installed in some
Curbless driveway drains to stone and vegetated swales median strips and shoulders. In some
cases, these systems may replace
costly curb and gutter systems.
Residential Development
With approved property agreements,
swales can be constructed parallel
to the sidewalks and streets.
Alternatively they can collect
stormwater from multiple properties
and convey it to a shared facility.
Curb opening to grass swale in residential development
7 - 58
7.8
swales
Components of a Swale
Swale systems often include the following components:
• Inlet Control • Check dams

• Pretreatment (Optional) • Stone (Optional)
• Excavated Channel • Underdrain (Limited Application)
• Soil • Vegetation
• Outlet Control
Inlet Control
Runoff can enter the swale through a curb opening, pipe, weir, or other design. Runoff may flow off a
curbless parking lot or road and down a swale slope in a diffuse manner.
Pretreatment (Optional)
Pretreatment is optional but can extend the life of the design. Vegetated or stone filter strips are options for
pretreatment. A sediment forebay may be constructed at the swale inlet, or the first swale segment and a
check dam may be designed as a sediment forebay.
Excavated Channel
The channel itself provides the storage volume and conveyance capacity of the swale. Swale design
balances needs for infiltration and treatment during small storms with needs for conveyance during large
storms.
Soil
The soil provides a growing medium for plants and allows for infiltration. Growing medium may consist of
amended native soils or imported soil.
Check Dams
It is recommended that swale designs
include check dams. Ponding behind check
dams provides storage, increases infiltration,
increases travel time, reduces peaks, and
helps prevent erosion by dissipating energy.
Stone
A crushed stone layer may be added beneath
the soil to increase storage and promote
infiltration. Stone will perform this function
most effectively when placed in ponded
areas.
Underdrain
In some cases, an underdrain and piping
system may be designed to prevent prolonged

ponding of stormwater or to collect and
convey water to another facility such as an
infiltration trench. Underdrained systems may
be appropriate in locations where conditions
are not ideal for infiltration.
Outlet Control
A swale may have an outlet control to convey
water to a sewer or receiving water.
River rock swale with structural check dams that
manages runoff from sloped street
7 - 59
7.8
swales
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site, and determine what portion of the requirements
the vegetated swale will meet. Consider the site’s natural topography in siting the swale; if possible,
locate the swale along contours and natural drainage pathways with slopes of 2-3%. See Section 4.0:
Integrated Site Design.
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration according to conditions in the area proposed for the vegetated
swale. If infiltration is feasible, determine the saturated vertical infiltration rate. See Appendix B: Soil
Infiltration Testing Procedures.
• Create a conceptual design for the vegetated swale.
Vegetated swales at Swarthmore University
Table 7.20: Suggested Swale Starting Design Values
Bottom Width 2-8 feet

Side Slopes 3-4 horizontal to one vertical recommended; 2:1 maximum•
Check Dams Evenly spaced, 6-12 inches high••
•Swales may be trapezoidal or parabolic in shape. Recommended widths and slopes in this table may be used as a
general guide for parabolic channels
••Check dams are recommended for most applications to improve infiltration and water quality. They are strongly
recommended for swales in which flow in combination with soil, slope, and vegetation may result in erosive conditions
7 - 60
7.8
swales
• in areas with separate storm sewers or direct discharge to receiving waters where infiltration is
infeasible (See Appendices B: Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures) and the vegetated swale is needed
only to provide water quality treatment;
• Estimate the portion of Infiltration, Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood Control requirements met
by the design. See Section 4.3: Manage Remaining Stormwater for guidance on these calculations.
• Using infiltration area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the native soil, estimate how long
storage behind check dams will take to drain. The maximum drain down time for the entire storage
volume is 72 hours, but the Engineer may choose a shorter time based on site conditions and Owner
preference. A surface drain down time of 24 – 48 hours is recommended. If storage does not drain in the
time allowed, adjust channel shape, number of check dams, or check dam height. Adjust the design so
that performance and drainage time constraints are met concurrently.
• Check the peak flow capacity of the swale. It is recommended that the swale convey the 10-year, 24-hour
design storm with 6 inches of freeboard, an average ponding depth of 12 inches or less, and a maximum
ponding depth of 18 inches or less. Flow over check dams may be estimated using a weir equation. For
rock weirs that allow flow through the weir, an equation is suggested in Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Controls. Ultimately, the level of service provided on the site during large events is a joint decision of the
Engineer and Owner based on safety, appearance, and potential property damage.
• Choose soil mix and swale vegetation. A minimum of 6 inches of prepared soil is recommended for the
channel bottom and slopes.
• Check resistance of the swale to erosion. It is recommended that the swale convey the 2-year, 24-hour
design storm without erosion. The PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual
(2000 or latest edition) is recommended as a reference for these calculations. Adjust soil mix, vegetation,
and temporary or permanent stabilization measures as needed.
• Design inlet controls, outlet controls, and pretreatment if desired.
• Check that the design meets all requirements concurrently, and adjust design as needed.
Materials
Soil
• Swale soil shall have a sandy loam, loamy sand, or loam texture per USDA textural triangle.
Vegetation
Select plants from the list of native species in species in Section 8: Landscape Guidance. Take ponding
depth, drain down time, sunlight, salt tolerance, and other conditions into consideration when selecting
plants from this list. Turf grass is generally not recommended but may be acceptable provided the
designer can show it meets all requirements.
Check Dams
• Check dams can be constructed from natural wood, concrete, stone, boulders, earth, or other
materials.
• If a stone check-dam is designed to be overtopped, appropriate selection of aggregate will ensure
7 - 61
7.8
swales stability during flooding events. In general, one stone size for a dam is recommended for ease of
construction. However, two or more stone sizes may be used, provided a larger stone (e.g. R-4) is
placed on the downstream side, since flows are concentrated at the exit channel of the weir. Several
feet of smaller stone (e.g. AASHTO #57) can then be placed on the upstream side. Smaller stone
may also be more appropriate at the base of the dam for constructability purposes.
Storage Stone
• Stone shall be separated from soil medium by a non-woven geotextile or a pea gravel filter.
Non-Woven Geotextile
• Geotextile shall consist of needled non-woven polypropylene fibers and meet the following
properties:
• Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM-D4632) ≥ 120 lbs

• Mullen Burst Strength (ASTM-D3786) ≥ 225 psi
• Flow Rate (ASTM-D4491) ≥ 95 gal/min/ft2
• UV Resistance after 500 hrs (ASTM-D4355) ≥ 70%
• Heat-set or heat-calendared fabrics are not permitted
Pipe
• Pipe used for an underdrain shall be continuously perforated and have a smooth interior with a
minimum inside diameter of 4-inches. High-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe shall meet the
specifications of AASHTO M252, Type S or AASHTO M294, Type S.
• Begin vegetated swale construction only when the up gradient site has been sufficiently stabilized and
temporary erosion and sediment control measures are in place. Vegetated swales should be constructed
and stabilized very early in the construction schedule, preferably before mass earthwork and paving
increase the rate and volume of runoff. (Erosion and sediment control methods shall adhere to the
PADEP Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual, March 2000 or latest edition).
• Rough grade the vegetated swale. Equipment shall avoid excessive compaction and/or land disturbance.
Excavating equipment should operate from the side of the swale and never on the bottom. If excavation
leads to substantial compaction of the subgrade (where an infiltration trench is not proposed), 18
inches shall be removed and replaced with a blend of topsoil and sand to promote infiltration and
biological growth. At the very least, topsoil shall be rototilled into the subgrade in order to penetrate
the compacted zone and promote aeration and the formation of macropores. Following this, the area
should be disked prior to final grading of topsoil.
• Construct check dams, if required.
• Fine grade the vegetated swale. Accurate grading is crucial for swales. Even the smallest non-
conformities may compromise flow conditions.
• Seed and vegetate according to final planting list. Seeding with an annual turf grass is recommended
to provide temporary stabilization. Plant the swale at a time of the year when successful establishment
without irrigation is most likely. However, temporary irrigation may be needed in periods of little rain or
drought. Vegetation should be established as soon as possible to prevent erosion and scour.
7 - 62
7.8
swales
• Concurrent with the previous step, stabilize freshly seeded swales with appropriate temporary or
permanent soil stabilization methods, such as erosion control matting or blankets. If runoff velocities
are high, consider sodding the swale or diverting runoff until vegetation is fully established. Erosion and
sediment control methods shall adhere to the PADEP’s Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program
Manual, March 2000 or latest edition.
• Once the swale is sufficiently stabilized, remove temporary erosion and sediment controls. It is very
important that the swale be stabilized before receiving stormwater flow.
The following schedule of inspection and maintenance activities is recommended:
Table 7.21: Swale Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Remulch void areas.

• Treat or replace diseased trees and shrubs. As needed
• Keep overflow free and clear of leaves.
• Inspect soil and repair eroded areas.

• Remove litter and debris. Monthly
• Clear leaves and debris from overflow.
• Inspect trees and shrubs to evaluate health. Biannually
• Add additional mulch.

• Inspect for sediment buildup, erosion, vegetative Annually
conditions, etc.

Ongoing
7 - 63

7.9
constructed wetlands
7.9 Constructed Wetlands
can be found in the
7 - 65

7.10
ponds & wet basins

7.10 Ponds and Wet Basins
can be found in the
7 - 67

7.11
subsurface vaults
7.11
Subsurface
vaults are underground structures designed
primarily to reduce peak stormwater flows, although in some cases they
may allow infiltration. They are usually constructed of either concrete or
corrugated metal pipe (CMP) and must account for the potential loading
from vehicles. Pretreatment structures can be used at the inlet to treat
stormwater runoff and remove debris. A permanent pool can also be
incorporated to dissipate energy and improve the settling of particulate
stormwater pollutants. Dry systems are primarily used for volume control
or in combination with pretreatment, whereas wet systems include a
permanent pool and provide water quality treatment.
key elements :
• Effective for urban areas with limited space for SMPs.
• More effective in areas of combined sewer than in areas of separate sewers.
• Provides peak rate control.
• Pretreatment may be included to remove sediment and pollutants associated with sediment.
• Traffic loading capabilities.
• Maintenance required periodically to remove sediment and debris.

Retrofit: Yes
Channel Protection: Medium / High
Highway Road: Yes
Flood Control: Medium / High
• Sediment chamber
• Sediment forebay
• Appropriate prefabricated and proprietary designs
7 - 69
7.11
subsurface vaults
Subsurface Vaults in the Urban Landscape
Subsurface vault systems are suitable for projects where space is limited and other stormwater
management systems are not feasible. Subsurface vaults may be used for commercial, industrial, or
roadway projects. The presence of a subsurface vault in most cases does not alter the intended land use
at the surface. The subsurface vault must meet structural requirements for overburden support and traffic
loading to be applicable in urban settings. Some applications of subsurface vaults are provided; however,
examples are not limited to this list.
Components of a Subsurface Vault

Subsurface vault systems contain a combination of the following components:
Inlet Control
The inlet control of a subsurface vault should be connected to the stormwater catchment area. The
subsurface vault should be sized according to the area entering into the system. Parking lots, roadways,
and large rooftop areas are typically the drainage areas contributing to the subsurface vault system. The
inlet control may include a flow splitter to regulate the rate and volume of water entering the vault.
Pretreatment
Pretreatment can include a forebay/grit chamber, sand filter, or water quality inlet. It may also include
features to trap floatables and an oil/water separator. A baffle inserted within the subsurface vault
separates the entire volume into two chambers. A sedimentation chamber is created using a baffle wall.
Storage volume present in a pretreatment structure may be considered part of the total storage volume
required.
Storage Structure
Storage often provided by a concrete structure, a large pipe, or a group of pipes.
Infiltration Feature
Infiltration is typically not a major function of a subsurface vault; however, some designs may allow it. The
designer must consider soil conditions and maximize the ratio of infiltration area to drainage area. For
more information on subsurface infiltration design see Section 7.12: Subsurface Infiltration.
Permanent Pool
A permanent pool of water may be incorporated to dissipate energy and improve the settling of particulate
pollutants. When a permanent pool is incorporated in a design, the design may be referred to as a
“wet vault”. This design provides a benefit similar to that of a surface wet pond, with the exception of
evaporation and functions improved by vegetation.
Slow Release Structure

The slow release structure regulates the rate of outflow for storms up to the design capacity. The storage
volume and slow release together allow a subsurface vault to meet channel protection and peak release
rate criteria.
Overflow Structure
An overflow structure allows storms in excess of the design storm to pass through the structure without
being detained or receiving treatment. An overflow structure at the outlet, a flow splitter at the inlet, or a
combination may be used to safely convey large storms.
Access Feature
This feature is used for maintenance and inspection purposes and most commonly consists of a panel
leading to the storage area.
7 - 70
7.11
subsurface vaults
Metropolitan Environmental Council
Figure 7.26: Schematic of a subsurface wet vault

• Determine the water quality/recharge, stream bank protection, and peak rate control requirements on the
site. See Section 4.3: Manage Remaining Stormwater.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site, and determine what portion of the sizing requirements
the subsurface vault will meet. See Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design.
7 - 71
7.11
subsurface vaults
• Create a conceptual design for the subsurface vault, including enough volume to meet storage
requirements.
• Estimate the total storage volume and adjust facility sizing as needed to provide required storage. Any
permanent pool areas should not be included in the storage volume estimation.
• Decide whether to include pretreatment, a permanent pool, or a combination. This decision may be
based on which option is more cost-effective; frequency and ease of maintenance desired by the
Owner; land use and expected stormwater constituents.
• Choose and design pretreatment as appropriate. The pretreatment volume is part of the total volume.
By maximizing the flowpath and stabilizing the flow rate from inlet to outlet, residence time and
treatment effectiveness are increased. A baffle oil/water separator can be used to treat incoming flow
from industrial sites or parking lots. In this case, the subsurface vault should include a baffle to create
two chambers within structure. If a baffle is used, the following design is recommended:
• The baffle should extend from a minimum of 1 foot above the design water surface to a minimum
of 1 foot below the invert elevation of the inlet pipe.
• The lowest point of the baffle should be a minimum of 2 feet from the bottom of the vault, and
greater if feasible.
• Permanent pool sizing follows the same procedure explained in the BMP 6.14: Wet Ponds / Retention
Basin of the Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual (PA SBMPM). A minimum depth of 3 feet is
recommended to minimize disturbance of sediment. The shape of the permanent pool should be
designed to promote adequate mixing as follows:
• Maximize the flowpath between inlet and outlet, including the vertical path, to enhance treatment
by increasing residence time.
• The ratio of flowpath length to width from the inlet to the outlet should be at least 3:1.
• All inlets should enter the first cell. If there are multiple inlets, the length-to-width ratio should be
based on the average flowpath length for all inlets.
• Refer to the references for additional shape recommendations.
• Decide whether to design for infiltration. The procedure followed is similar to that in Section 7.12:
Subsurface Infiltration.
• Design a slow release structure. If a gate valve is used, it should be close to the bottom of the vault
but above the sediment storage level. A check valve or other backflow prevention device is often
incorporated. Check that any release rate requirements are met by the system as designed. See
• Design a positive overflow or bypass system for large storms. The outlet structure and design head
should provide adequate flow to avoid overtopping the vault. See Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet
Controls.
• Design a maintenance access door or grate to connect to ground level. A grated access panel is
ideal for air flow. A minimum of 50 square feet of grate is recommended for permanent pool designs.
For vaults in which the surface area is larger than 1250 square feet, 4 percent of the top should be
grated.
• Complete construction plans and specifications. At a minimum, plans should include plan view, cross-
sections, and inlet and outlet details.
7 - 72
7.11
subsurface vaults
The systems must be designed so that the vault can have easy access for inspection and maintenance.
Vault maintenance procedures must meet OSHA confined space entry requirements, which include clearly
marking entrances to confined space areas. This may be accomplished by hanging a removable sign in the
access riser(s), just under the access lid.
Table 7.22: Subsurface Vaults Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Removal of sediment and debris from subsurface
vault sedimentation chamber when the sediment
zone is full. Sediments should be tested for
toxicants in compliance with current disposal As needed
requirements if land uses in the catchment
include commercial or industrial zones, or if
indications of pollution are noticed.
• Inspection of subsurface vault and control
structures.
Quarterly
• Floating debris and accumulated petroleum
products should be removed.
Ongoing
Note:
The designs of subsurface vaults are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful

Kitsap
Ejector truck used for maintenance of subsurface vaults 7 - 73


7.12
subsurface infiltration
7.12
Subsurface
infiltration
systems are designed to provide temporarily below grade
storage infiltration of stormwater as it infiltrates into the
ground. Dry wells, infiltration trenches and beds are a few
examples of these types of systems.
key elements :
• Infiltration testing is required for this SMP.
• Reduce volume of runoff from a drainage area by promoting infiltration though uncompacted
subgrade.
• Flexible design can be sited beneath lawns, parking areas, and recreational areas.
• Maintain minimum distance from building foundation (typically 10 feet down-gradient).
• Open-graded aggregate or other approved material provides storage.
• System must be designed to drain down in less than 72 hours.
• Greater than 2 feet from any limiting zone such as groundwater or bedrock.
• Pre-treatment is required.
• Positive overflow required for large storms.
• Areas of soil contamination or areas of unstable soils should be avoided.


Retrofit: Yes
Channel Protection: Low/Medium
Highway Road: Yes
Flood Control: Low/Medium
• Filter
• Bioretention
• Filter strips
• Appropriate prefabricated and proprietary design
• Sumped inlets with traps
7 - 75
7.12
Subsurface Infiltration in the Urban Landscape
Subsurface infiltration systems are typically stone-
filled beds or trenches beneath landscaped or paved
surfaces. Stormwater flows into the subsurface
infiltration system collects within the aggregate void
space, and slowly infiltrates into surrounding soils.
Subsurface infiltration is a versatile management

practice suitable for many different types of land
uses. Both high-density development and individual
residences can implement subsurface infiltration
systems for stormwater control. Their flexibility
Villanova University
also makes them an option for a stormwater retrofit.
Several example uses for subsurface infiltration are
provided below.
Parking Lots and Roadways Subsurface infiltration occurs beneath this

Stormwater inlets in parking lots or streets can be picnic area
directly connected to subsurface infiltration systems.
Sumped or trapped inlets prevent sediment and
debris from migrating into the infiltration bed. The
inlets can be connected to subsurface infiltration
systems located underneath landscaped areas,
recreation areas, or under the impervious surfaces
themselves.
Lawns and Recreational Areas

Open green spaces can collect, store, and infiltrate
runoff from impervious surfaces.
Direct Connection of Rooftops

Downspouts can be connected to subsurface
infiltration beds at both residential and commercial Subsurface infiltration beds were installed at
sites. Small subsurface infiltration areas that the Penn-Alexander School in Philadelphia
manage roof runoff from residential roofs or that
are distributed around a larger building to manage
runoff from smaller sections of roof are often called
dry wells. Although roofs do not often generate high
sediment loads, sumped cleanouts should be located
between the roof and the infiltration area. The roof
leader connects to perforated piping when it reaches
the subsurface infiltration area.
Figure 7.27: Direct connection of a roof into a subsurface

infiltration bed
7 - 76
7.12
Components of a Subsurface Infiltration System
There are many variations of subsurface infiltration systems, but they are often comprised of these
components: • Inflow/Pretreatment
• Storage
• Observation well
• Infiltration/Outflow
New York Stormwater Manual

Figure 7.28: Intermediate sump box and dry well
Inflow/Pretreatment
Subsurface infiltration systems are capable of intercepting stormwater inflow from many sources, including
rooftops, parking lots, roads, sidewalks, and driveways. It is important to prevent coarse sediments and
debris from entering subsurface infiltration systems, because they could contribute to clogging and failure
of the system. The following are acceptable forms of pretreatment.
• Roof leader sump, or an intermediate sump box
• Roof gutter guard (may required additional sump unit depending on structure design).
• Filter Strips, see Section 7.3
• Vegetated Swales, See Section 7.8

Storage
The storage component of a subsurface infiltration area is typically
provided by a stone filled, level-bottomed bed or trench. The void

spaces between the stones stores stormwater until it can percolate into
surrounding soils.
Alternative subsurface storage products may also be used to provide

temporary storage. These include a variety of proprietary, interlocking
plastic units with much greater storage capacity than stone fill (up to
Infiltrator System Inc.
96% void space). Perforated pipe in a stone bed can also increase the
effective void space of the system. The higher void ratio requires a
smaller footprint and can allow more flexibility in an urban environment,
but proper analysis should be completed to ensure that the in-situ soils
will adequately drain with the additional loading and that loading ratio Prefabricated storage
and effective head maximums are not exceeded.
7 - 77
7.12
subsurface infiltration Observation Well
An observation well should be located at the center of the trench to monitor water drainage from the
system. In a subsurface infiltration system, the water level is the primary means of measuring infiltration
rates and drain-down times. A lockable above ground cap is recommended. Adequate inspection and
maintenance access to the observation well should be provided. Observation wells not only provide
necessary access to the system, but they also provide a means through which pumping of stored runoff
can be accomplished in a failed system.
Infiltration/Outflow
Outflow occurs via infiltration through subsurface soil surrounding the infiltration storage area. A bypass
system should be implemented for all infiltration systems to convey high flows around the system to
downstream drainage systems. Depending on the level of stormwater management required at the site,
overflows can connect to an approved discharge point or other SMPs.

• Determine the Water Quality, Channel Protection, and Flood
Control requirements on the site. See Section 4.3: Manage
Remaining Stormwater.
• Must be greater than 10 feet down-gradient and 100 feet

up-gradient.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine
what portion of the sizing requirements subsurface infiltration
will meet. See Section 4: Integrated Site Design. Infiltration testing
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration in the area proposed for a subsurface infiltration system. See
Appendix A: Hotspot Investigation Procedures, Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Guidelines, and
Appendix C: Geotechnical Investigation Procedures for more guidance on requirements. Infiltration
testing must be within 25 feet of the infiltration footprint.
• Create a conceptual design for the subsurface infiltration system.
Table 7.23: Starting Design Values for Subsurface Infiltration Areas and Depths
Largest feasible in moderately sloped areas of the site
Area (surface area and infiltration area) (Minimum of 1 square foot of infiltration area for every
5 square feet of contributing DCIA recommended.)
2 feet of effective head. (2 cubic feet of storage
Maximum Storage Depth
volume per square foot of infiltration area.)
Minimum distance above limiting zone 2 feet
Maximum drain down time 72 hours
• Estimate the total storage volume and adjust area and/or depths as needed to provide required storage.
Open-graded aggregate sub-base may be assumed to have 40% void space for storage.
• Using infiltration area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the native soil, estimate how long the
surface ponding and soil storage will take to drain. The maximum drain down time for the entire storage
preference. If storage does not drain in the time allowed, adjust the depth and/or surface area. Adjust
the design until the volume and drainage time constraints are met.
7 - 78
7.12
• Design a positive overflow or bypass system for larger design storms. All systems must design overflow
structures and pipes to convey at least the 10-year storm.
• Include acceptable form(s) of pretreatment into design.
• Observation well to be designed with 4 inch diameter perforated plastic pipe, and placed at the invert of
inflation bed with a lockable above-ground cap.
Materials
Storage Stone
• Stone used for subsurface storage shall be uniformly-graded, crushed, washed stone meeting the
specifications of AASHTO No. 3.
• Stone shall be separated from soil by a non-woven geotextile filter fabric or a pea gravel filter.
properties:

Pipe
• Pipe used within the subsurface system shall be continuously perforated and have a smooth
interior with a minimum inside diameter of 4-inches. High-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe shall
meet the specifications of AASHTO M252, Type S or AASHTO M294, Type S.
• Any pipe materials outside the SMP are to meet City Plumbing Code Standards.

Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP
Installation of a subsurface infiltration trench
7 - 79
7.12
• Areas for proposed subsurface infiltration systems shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to
avoid soil disturbance and compaction during construction. If areas are compacted during construction
additional infiltration testing may be required.
• Provide erosion and sedimentation control protection on the site such that construction runoff is directed
away from the proposed subsurface infiltration system.
• If the infiltration area is being used as a sediment basin during construction the bottom elevation of the
sediment basin must be a minimum of 2 feet above the infiltration bed invert elevation.
• Complete site elevation grading and stabilize the soil disturbed within the limit of disturbance. Do not
finalize the subsurface infiltration system’s excavation and construction until the drainage area is fully
stabilized.
• Excavate subsurface infiltration area to proposed invert depth and manually grade and scarify the
existing soil surface. The bottom of the infiltration bed shall be at a level grade.
• Existing subgrade shall NOT be compacted or subject to excessive construction equipment prior to
placement of geotextile and stone bed. If it is essential that equipment be used in the excavated area,
all equipment must be approved by the Engineer. Use of equipment with narrow tracks or tires, rubber
tires with large lugs, or high pressure tires will cause excessive compaction and shall not be used.
Should the subgrade be compacted during construction additional testing of soil infiltration rates and
system redesign may be required.
• Place geotextile and recharge bed aggregate immediately after approval of subgrade preparation to
prevent accumulation of debris or sediment. Prevent runoff and sediment from entering the storage bed
during the placement of the geotextile and aggregate bed.
• Place geotextile in accordance with manufacturer’s standards and recommendations. Adjacent strips
of filter fabric shall overlap a minimum of 16 inches. Fabric shall be secured at least 4 feet outside of
bed.
• Install aggregate course in lifts of 6-8 inches. Lightly compact each layer with equipment, keeping
equipment movement over storage bed subgrades to a minimum. Install aggregate to grades indicated
on the drawings.
• Complete surface grading above subsurface infiltration system, using suitable equipment to avoid
excess compaction.
7 - 80
7.12
As with all infiltration practices, subsurface infiltration systems require regular and effective maintenance
to ensure prolonged functioning. The following table describes minimum maintenance requirements for
subsurface infiltration systems.
Table 7.24: Subsurface Infiltration Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Regularly clean out gutters and catch basins to reduce

sediment load to infiltration system. Clean intermediate
As needed
sump boxes, replace filters, and otherwise clean
pretreatment areas in directly connected systems.
• Inspect and clean as needed all components of and

connections to subsurface infiltration systems.
Biannually
• Evaluate the drain-down time of the subsurface
infiltration system to ensure the drain-down time of 24-
72 hours.

Ongoing
activity.
Note:
Design of subsurface infiltration systems are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
7 - 81

7.13
porous pavement
7.13 Porous
pavement

provides the structural support of conventional
pavement, but allows stormwater to drain directly
through the surface into the underlying base
and soils, thereby reducing stormwater runoff.
There are porous varieties of asphalt, concrete,
and interlocking pavers. Porous pavements are
designed with an open graded subbase that
allows water to pass through to the native soil and
provides temporary storage
key elements :
• Pervious structural surface with high infiltration rate.
• Porous surface and stone sub-base suitable for design traffic loads. Can be used on
most travel surfaces with slopes less than 5%.
• Uncompacted, level sub-grade allows infiltration of stormwater.

• Open-graded aggregate sub-base provides storage.
• Additional storage and control structures can be incorporated to meet channel
protection and flood control.
• Positive overflow prevents system flooding.

Retrofit: Yes Low/Medium
Channel Protection:
Highway Road: Limited Low/Medium
Flood Control:

• Maintenance
7 - 83
7.13
porous pavement
Porous Pavement in the Urban Landscape
Porous pavement systems are used to promote infiltration of stormwater runoff. This technique is
very effective in removing pollutants and reducing the volume of stormwater entering a sewer system.
During a rain event, stormwater flows through the porous surface, drains into the crushed stone subbase
beneath the pavement, and remains stored until stormwater can infiltrate into the soil. Porous asphalt and
concrete mixes are similar to their impervious counterparts, but do not include the finer grade particles.
Interlocking pavers have openings that are filled with stone to create a porous surface.
Porous pavement systems are suitable for any type

of development. They are especially well suited for
parking lots, walkways, sidewalks, basketball courts, and
playgrounds. Proper training of maintenance staff will help

to prolong the life of the system.
Alternate for Paved Surfaces

Almost any surface that is traditionally paved with
an impervious surface can be converted to a porous
pavement system. Porous surfaces are particularly useful
in high density areas where there is limited space for other
stormwater management systems. Porous pavement can
be used for parking lots, basketball courts, playgrounds, Porous pavement parking lot in Radnor Township
and plazas. Interlocking porous pavers can be used to
provide an interesting aesthetic alternative to traditional
paving. Porous pavement can be designed to meet the
loading requirements for most parking lots and travel
surfaces. However, for lots or loading areas that receive
a high volume of heavy traffic, porous pavement can be

used for parking stalls and conventional asphalt for travel
lanes if the impervious surfaces are graded toward the
porous surfaces.
Direct connection of roof leaders and/or inlets

The subbase storage of porous pavement systems can
be designed with extra capacity, and roof leaders and
inlets from adjacent impervious areas can be tied into the
subbase to capture additional runoff. These beds can
Porous asphalt playground at the Penn-
be sized to accommodate runoff from rooftops via direct Alexander Partnership
connection or to supplement other SMPs. Pretreatment
may be necessary to prevent particulate materials from
these surfaces from clogging the subbase of the porous
pavement system. If roof leaders or inlets are connected
into the bed, the porous asphalt cannot be considered
disconnected and a positive overflow must be provided.
Direction of Impervious Runoff to Porous Pavement

Adjacent impervious surfaces can be graded so that
the flow from the impervious area flows over the porous
pavement and into the subbase storage below if sufficient
capacity is created. If impervious runoff is directed onto
porous pavement, it cannot be considered disconnected
and a positive overflow must be provided.
Porous pavement at Pennsylvania State
University, Berks Campus
7 - 84
7.13
porous pavement
Components of a Porous Pavement System
Different porous surfaces are used for porous pavement systems, but all rely on the same primary
components:
• Inflow/Surfacing
• Storage
• Infiltration/Outflow
Inflow/Surfacing
There are many different types of structural surfaces that allow water to
flow through void spaces in the surface. Any of these alternatives serve as
a form of conveyance and filtration for the storage bed below. Several of
the most commonly used porous structural surfaces are described below,
but this does not represent an exhaustive list of the porous surfaces
appropriate for stormwater management applications.
Porous concrete
Porous concrete was developed by the Florida Concrete Association
and has seen the most widespread application in Florida and other
Porous Concrete
southern areas. Like porous asphalt, porous concrete is produced by
substantially reducing the number of fines in the mix in order to establish
voids for drainage. Porous concrete has a coarser appearance than its
conventional counterpart.
Porous asphalt
Porous asphalt pavement was first developed in the 1970s and
consists of standard bituminous asphalt in which the fines have been
screened and reduced, allowing water to pass through very small
voids. Recent research in open-graded mixes for highway application
has led to additional improvements in porous asphalt through the use
Percolation of water through of additives and binders. Porous asphalt is very similar in appearance
porous concrete at Villanova to conventional, impervious asphalt.
University
Permeable pavers
Permeable pavers are interlocking units (often concrete) with openings
that can be filled with a pervious material such as gravel. These units
are often very attractive and are especially well suited to plazas, patios,
small parking areas, etc. There are also plastic grids that can be filled
with gravel to create a fully gravel surface that is not as susceptible

to rutting and compaction as traditional gravel lots. Gravel used in
interlocking concrete pavers or plastic grid systems must be well-
graded to ensure permeability.
Porous pavers
Reinforced turf
Reinforced turf consists of interlocking structural units with openings
that can be filled with soil for the growth of turf grass and are suitable
for traffic loads and parking. They are often used in overflow or event
parking. Reinforced turf grids are made of concrete or plastic and are
underlain by a stone and/or a sand drainage system for stormwater
management. While both plastic and concrete units perform well for
stormwater management and traffic needs, plastic units may provide
better turf establishment and longevity, largely because the plastic will
Rag Flats in Philadelphia, where not absorb water and diminish soil moisture conditions.
grass pavers filter stormwater
before it flows into subsurface
storage and infiltrates
7 - 85
7.13
porous pavement Storage
In addition to distributing mechanical loads, coarse aggregate laid beneath porous surfaces is designed
to store stormwater prior to infiltration into soils. The aggregate is wrapped in a non-woven geotextile to
prevent migration of soil into the storage bed and resultant clogging. The storage bed also has a choker
course of smaller aggregate to separate the storage bed from the surface course. The storage bed can
be designed to manage runoff from areas other than the porous surface above it, or can be designed with
additional storage and control structures that meet the Channel Protection requirements and/or meet the
Flood Control requirements.
Positive Overflow
Positive overflow must be provided for porous pavement systems that manage runoff from additional
impervious surfaces. Positive overflow conveys runoff from larger storms out of the system and prevents
flooding. A perforated pipe system can convey water from the storage bed to an outflow structure.
The storage bed and outflow structure can be designed to control the Channel Protection and/or Flood
Control requirement. Inlets can be used to provide positive overflow if additional rate control is not
necessary. More information about large underground storage systems can be found in Section 7.12:
Subsurface Infiltration.

Design of porous pavement systems is somewhat flexible. The area and shape are dependent on the site
design and selection of the surface material is dependent on intended site uses and desired appearance.
The depth of the stone base can be adjusted depending on the management objectives, total drainage
area, traffic load, and soil characteristics. The following design procedures are general guidelines that
designers can follow.
• Create a Conceptual Site Plan for the entire site and determine what portion of the sizing requirements
porous pavement will meet. See Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design.
• Investigate the feasibility of infiltration in the area proposed for a porous pavement. See Appendix A:
Hotspot Investigation Procedures, Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Guidelines, and Appendix C:
Geotechnical Investigation Procedures for more guidance on requirements. Infiltration testing must be
within 25 feet of the infiltration footprint..
• Create a conceptual design for the porous pavement system.
Table 7.25: Suggested Starting Porous Pavement Design Values

Area (surface area and infiltration area) Largest feasible on site
Choker/Aggregate Bed Depth 8 - 36 inches

• Estimate the total storage volume and adjust area and/or depths as needed to provide required storage.
Assume a void ratio of approximately 40% for AASHTO No 3 stone.
• Design system with a level bottom; use a terraced system on slopes.
• Using infiltration area and the saturated vertical infiltration rate of the native soil, estimate how long the
surface ponding and soil storage will take to drain. The maximum drain down time for the entire storage
preference. If storage does not drain in the time allowed, adjust aggregate depth and/or surface area.
Adjust the design until the volume and drainage time constraints are met.
7 - 86
7.13
porous pavement
• in systems that manage runoff from surrounding impervious areas.
• Design distribution and overflow piping to minimize chance of clogging.
• Check that any release rate requirements (including release through any underdrain) are met by the
system as designed. See Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls.
Materials
Subsurface Storage Beds
• All aggregates within infiltration beds shall meet the following:
1. Maximum wash loss of 0.5%

2. Minimum Durability Index of 35
3. Maximum abrasion of 10% for 100 revolutions and maximum of 50% for 500 revolutions.
• Choker course aggregate shall meet the specifications of AASHTO No. 57.
Table 7.26: Required Choker Course Gradation

U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 ½” (37.5 mm) 100
1” (25 mm) 95 – 100
½” (19 mm) 25 – 60
4 (4.75 mm) 0 – 10
8 (2.36 mm) 0–5
• Storage stone should meet the specifications of AASHTO No. 3. Additional storage materials are
further discussed in Section 7.12: Subsurface Infiltration.
Table 7.27: Required Stone Storage Gradation

2 ½ “ (63 mm) 100
2” (50 mm) 90 – 100
1 ½” (37.5 mm) 35 – 70
1” (25 mm) 0 – 15
½” (12.5 mm) 0–5
Porous Bituminous Asphalt
• Bituminous surface shall be laid with a bituminous mix of 5.75% to 6% by weight dry aggregate. In
accordance with ASTM D6390, drain down of the binder shall be no greater than 0.3%. Aggregate
grain in the asphalt shall be a minimum 90% crushed material and have the following gradation.
7 - 87
7.13
porous pavement
Table 7.28: Porous Bitumainous Aggregate Gradation
½ (12.5 mm) 100
3/8 (9.5 mm) 92 - 98
4 (4.75 mm) 34 – 40
8 (2.36 mm) 14 – 20
16 (1.18 mm) 7 – 13
30 (0.60 mm) 0-4
200 (0.075 mm) 0-2
• Neat asphalt binder modified with an elastomeric polymer to produce a binder meeting the
requirements of PG 76-22 as specified in AASHTO MP-1. The elastomer polymer shall be
styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS), or approved equal, applied at a rate of 3% by weight of the
total binder.
• Hydrated lime should be added at a dosage rate of 1% by weight of the total dry aggregate
to mixes containing granite. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 977. The
additive must be able to prevent the separation of the asphalt binder from the aggregate and
achieve a required tensile strength ratio (TSR) of at least 80% on the asphalt mix when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 283. The asphaltic mix shall be tested for its resistance to stripping
by water in accordance with ASTM D-1664. If the estimated coating area is not above 95 percent,
anti-stripping agents shall be added to the asphalt.
• The asphaltic mix shall be tested for its resistance to stripping by water in accordance with ASTM
D-3625. If the estimated coating area is not above 95 percent, anti-stripping agents shall be
added to the asphalt.
Porous Concrete
• Portland Cement Type I or II conforming to ASTM C 150 or Portland Cement Type IP or IS

conforming to ASTM C 595:
• No. 8 coarse aggregate (3/8 to No. 16) per ASTM C 33 or No. 89 coarse aggregate (3/8 to no.
50) per ASTM D 448.
• An aggregate/cement ratio range of 4:1 to 4.5:1 and a water/cement ratio range of 0.34 to
0.40 should produce pervious pavement of satisfactory properties in regard to permeability, load
carrying capacity, and durability characteristics.
Paver and Grid Systems
• Paver and grid systems shall conform to manufacturer specifications.

• A minimum flow through rate of 5 in/hr or a void percentage of no less than 10%.
properties:

7 - 88
7.13
porous pavement
Pipe
• Distribution pipe within bed shall be continuously perforated and have a smooth interior with a
minimum inside diameter of 4-inches. High-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe shall meet the
specifications of AASHTO M252, Type S or AASHTO M294, Type S.
The construction guidelines for the installation of the subsurface infiltration beds are applicable to all porous
pavement systems. Guidelines are also provided specifically for porous asphalt.
• Areas for porous pavement systems shall be clearly marked before any site work begins to avoid soil
disturbance and compaction during construction.
• Excavate porous pavement subsurface area to proposed depth. Where erosion of subgrade has caused
accumulation of fine materials and/or surface ponding, this material shall be removed with light equipment
and the underlying soils scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches with a York rake or equivalent and light
tractor.
• Existing subgrade shall NOT be compacted or subject to excessive construction equipment prior to
placement of geotextile and stone bed. If it is essential that equipment be used in the excavated area, all
equipment must be approved by the Engineer. Use of equipment with narrow tracks or tires, rubber tires
with large lugs, or high pressure tires will cause excessive compaction and shall not be used.
• Bring subgrade of stone infiltration bed to line, grade, and elevations indicated in the Drawings. Fill and
lightly regrade any areas damaged by erosion, ponding, or traffic compaction before placing the stone.
The bottom of the infiltration bed shall be at a level grade.
• Place geotextile and recharge bed aggregate immediately after approval of subgrade preparation to
prevent accumulation of debris or sediment. Prevent runoff and sediment from entering the storage bed
during the placement of the geotextile and aggregate bed.
• Place geotextile in accordance with manufacturer’s standards and recommendations. Adjacent strips of
filter fabric shall overlap a minimum of 16 inches. Fabric shall be secured at least 4 feet outside of bed.
This edge strip should remain in place until all bare soils contiguous to beds are stabilized and vegetated.
As the site is fully stabilized, excess geotextile can be cut back to the edge of the bed.
• Install aggregate course in lifts of 6-8 inches. Compact each layer with equipment, keeping equipment
movement over storage bed subgrades to a minimum. Install aggregate to grades indicated on the
drawings.
Guidelines for Installation of Porous Asphalt

• Install and compact choker course aggregate evenly over surface of stone bed. Choker base
course shall be sufficient to allow for even placement of asphalt, but no thicker than 1-inch in
depth.
• Appropriate vehicles with smooth, clean dump beds shall be used to transport the asphalt mix to
the site. Control cooling of asphalt by covering mix. Porous asphalt mix shall not be stored for
more than 90 minutes before placement.
7 - 89
7.13
porous pavement • The porous bituminous surface course shall be
laid in one lift directly over the storage bed and
stone base course and compacted to a 2½-inch
finished thickness.
• Compaction of the surface course shall take

place when the surface is cool enough to resist
a 10-ton roller. One or two passes is all that is
required for proper compaction. More rolling
could cause a reduction in the surface porosity
and permeability, which is unacceptable
• After rolling asphalt, no vehicular traffic is

Aggregate is placed in the infiltration bed permitted on the surface until cooling and
hardening has taken place (minimum 48
hours).
• After hardening, test pavement surface by

applying clean water at a rate of at least 5 gpm
over surface. The water applied to the surface
should infiltrate without creating puddles or

runoff.
• Do not use the porous pavement area for

equipment or materials storage; no soil shall be
deposited on porous pavement surfaces.
Unexcavated earthen berms between terraced bottoms
As with most SMPs, porous pavement systems require regular maintenance to extend their life. The
following table displays maintenance recommendations for porous pavement systems.
Table 7.29: Porous Pavement Maintenance Guidelines

Activity Schedule
• Mow grass in paver or grid systems that have been planted with grass. As needed
• Vacuum porous asphalt or concrete surface with commercial cleaning

unit (pavement washing systems and compressed air units are not
recommended).
Biannually
• Clean out inlet structures within or draining to the subsurface bedding

beneath porous surface
Sediment Control
Superficial dirt does not necessarily clog the voids in porous surfaces. However, dirt that is ground in
repeatedly by tires can lead to clogging. Therefore, trucks or other heavy vehicles should be prevented
from tracking or spilling dirt onto the pavement. Furthermore, all construction or hazardous materials
carriers should be prohibited from entering a porous pavement lot.
Winter Maintenance
7 - 90
7.13
porous pavement
Winter maintenance for a porous parking lot may be necessary, but is usually less intensive than that
required for a standard asphalt lot. By its very nature, a porous pavement system with subsurface aggregate
bed has better snow and ice melting characteristics than standard pavement. Once snow and ice melt, they
flow through the porous pavement rather than refreezing. Therefore, ice and light snow accumulation are
generally not as problematic. However, snow will accumulate during heavier storms. Abrasives such as
sand or cinders shall not be applied on or adjacent to the porous pavement. Snow plowing is acceptable,
provided it is done carefully (i.e. by setting the blade about one inch higher than usual). Salt is acceptable
for use as a deicer on the porous pavement, though non-toxic, organic deicers, applied either as blended,
magnesium chloride-based liquid products or as pretreated salt, are preferable. Any deicing materials
should be used in moderation.
Repairs
Potholes are not common; though settling might occur if a soft spot in the subgrade is not removed during
construction. Damaged areas that are smaller than 50 square feet can be patched with a porous or standard
asphalt mix, depending on the location within the porous area. In many cases the loss of porous surface
will be insignificant. If an area greater than 50 square feet is in need of repair, approval of patch type must
be sought from either the engineer or owner. Porous pavement must never be seal coated under any
circumstances. Any required repair of drainage structures should be done promptly to ensure continued
proper functioning of the system.
Note:
Design of porous pavement systems are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
7 - 91

7.14
pre-fabricated
7.14 Prefabricated and Proprietary Designs
can be found in the
7 - 93

7.15
inlet & outlet controls

7.15 Inlet
&Outlet
Controls
are the structures or landscape features that
manage the flow into and out of a stormwater
management facility. Flow splitters, level spreaders,
curb openings, energy dissipaters, traditional
inlets, and curbless design are all examples and
elements of inlet controls. Outlet controls regulate
the release of stormwater from a management
facility. Examples of outlet controls include risers
and orifices, underdrains, permeable weirs,
positive overflows, and impervious liners. Outlet
control structures limit flow to meet release rate
requirements and bypass larger flows to prevent
re-suspension of sediment, hydraulic overload, or
erosion of management practices.
key elements :
• Inlet Controls: Flow splitters divert a portion of the storm hydrograph to a
management facility, while allowing the remainder of the flow to bypass the facility.
• Inlet Controls: Curbless roads, streets, and parking lots allow stormwater to sheet
flow into a SMP.
• Inlet Controls: Curb openings allow water to flow through a curb that would otherwise
block the flow.
• Inlet Controls: Level spreaders spread out concentrated flow and release it as low-
velocity, non-erosive diffuse flow.
• Inlet Controls: Large-scale energy dissipaters slow down and spread flow from
culverts and steeper slopes.
• Outlet Controls: Risers and orifices release ponded water at a reduced rate.
• Outlet Controls: Positive overflows allow stormwater to safely flow out of an SMP.
• Outlet Controls: Underdrains collect water that has filtered through a porous medium
and convey it to an outlet.
• Outlet Controls: Impervious liners prevent water from infiltrating the soil where
infiltration is not desirable.
• Outlet Controls: Permeable weirs allow water to flow slowly through smaller
openings and more quickly over the top of the weir.
7 - 95
7.15
Inlet Controls
Flow Splitter
Flow splitting devices are used to direct a fraction of runoff into a stormwater management facility,
while bypassing excess flows from larger events around the facility into a bypass pipe or channel.
The bypass typically connects to another stormwater management facility or to the receiving drainage
system, depending on the design and management requirements. This type of inlet control can also
serve as the positive overflow for the SMP.
Flow splitters can be constructed by installing diversion weirs in stormwater control structures such as
inlets and manholes. On a larger scale, they can be constructed using concrete baffles in manholes.
Example designs for larger-scale flow splitters are shown in Figures 7.30 and 7.31. Smaller-scale
designs operate using a similar concept.
Design Criteria
There are two basic components involved in the design of flow splitters: the elevation of the
bypass weir, which is based on the maximum ponding elevation in the SMP, and capacity of
the pipe to and from the SMP, which controls the maximum flow the SMP can receive and
discharge.
Bypass Elevation:
The elevation of the bypass baffle or
weir dictates the maximum elevation
of the water in the SMP. The bypass
elevation can be selected by setting it
equal to the design storage elevation in
the SMP. Flow will only start to bypass
the SMP once it exceeds the design
storage level of the SMP. The water
level in the SMP may exceed the design
level for large infrequent storms that
utilize the bypass, so the SMP should
provide adequate freeboard to prevent
overflow.
Pipe Capacity:
The capacity of the influent and effluent
pipes can also limit flow into and out
of the SMP. Controlling flows in this
fashion can help to minimize erosion
and scour in the SMP and at the outlet
structure. At a minimum, all pipes must
convey the peak runoff from the 10-year,
Ontario Ministry of the Environment
24-hour rainfall with an NRCS (Natural

Resources Conservation Service) Type
II distribution without surcharging (as
specified within §14.1603.1 Stormwater
controls, of the Philadelphia Code).
Adequate bypass capacity should
be provided for conveyance of larger
storms.
Figure 7.29: Flow splitting device
7 - 96
7.15

King County Department of Natural Resources
7 - 97
7.15
King County Department of Natural Resources
7 - 98
7.15

Curbless Design
Curbless designs allow stormwater to flow directly from the impervious source to the SMP. This
type of design discourages concentration of flow and reduces the energy of stormwater entering a
management facility. Curbless designs are often used with bioretention islands or roadside swales.
Curb Openings
Curb openings provide an alternative inlet control when
a curbless design is not possible. Bioretention and
landscaped islands in curbed parking lots or roadways
often use curb openings as inlet controls.
If flow is to be introduced through curb openings, the

City of Seattle, WA
pavement edge should be slightly higher than the elevation

of the vegetated areas. Curb openings should be at least
12 -18 inches wide to prevent clogging (CA Stormwater
Curbless street design in Seattle, WA. Manual). Small rock or stone should be used at the inlet
of the curb openings to provide erosion protection.
Prince George’s County, MD City of Portland, OR City of Portland, OR

Flow enters the bioretention system Curb openings allow flow to enter Curb openings in a parking lot allow
via a curb opening inlet the bioretention system in the choker flow to enter a bioretention island
Level Spreaders
Level spreaders are inlet controls that are designed to uniformly distribute concentrated flow over a
large area. There are many types of level spreaders that can be selected based on the peak rate of
inflow, the duration of use, and the site conditions. Level spreaders help reduce concentrated flow,
thereby reducing erosion and increasing the design life of many stormwater facilities.
All level spreader designs follow the same principles:
• Concentrated flow enters the spreader at a single point such as a pipe, swale, or curb opening.
• The flow is slowed and energy is dissipated.
• The flow is distributed throughout a long linear shallow trench or behind a low berm.
• Water then flows over the berm or edge of trench uniformly along the entire length.
The following considerations are important when designing and constructing level spreaders:
• It is critical that the edge over which flow is distributed is exactly level. If there are small variations
in height on the downstream lip small rivulets will form. Experience suggests that variations of more
than 0.25 inches can cause water to re-concentrate and potentially cause erosion downstream of
the level spreader. The site selected for the installation of a level spreader must be nearly level
before construction. Changes in ground elevation greater than 4 inches across the entire length of
the level spreader can begin to make level construction difficult.
7 - 99
7.15
inlet & outlet controls • The downslope side of the level spreader should be clear of debris. After construction, debris
such as soil, wood, and other organic matter might accumulate immediately downstream of the
level spreader. This effectively blocks water as it flows out of the level spreader, forcing it to re-
concentrate.
• The downstream side of the level spreader should be fully stabilized before the level spreader is
installed. If a level spreader is installed above a disturbed area without sufficient vegetative cover
or other ground cover such as mulch or construction matting, erosion rills will quickly form. Even
sheet flow can cause significant downstream erosion on disturbed areas.
• Do not construct level spreaders in newly deposited fill. Undisturbed earth is much more resistant
to erosion than fill. Erosion is even likely to occur over a well-established young stand of grass
planted on fill.
• Level spreaders should not be considered to be sediment removal facilities. Significant sediment
deposition in the spreader can render it ineffective.
Types of Level Spreaders

Rock lined Channel
Rock-lined channels function as level
spreaders when the lower (downslope)
lip of the channel is level. The channel
must be dug along an elevation contour,
which helps make the downstream lip
level. Rock-lined channel depths and
widths are typically about 6-12 inches. NC DOT Worksheet
The depth of the channel depends on the Figure 7.32: Cross-section of rock-lined channel
flow. Rock-lined channels do not serve
as detention devices.
Concrete Troughs and Half Pipes

Concrete troughs 4-12 inches deep can be used as level spreaders. Half sections of pipe can
also be used for the same function. The depths of the trough or pipe will depend on the flow.
Concrete troughs are a more expensive level spreader alternative; however, they are easy to
maintain and have a longer design life. If sediment or debris accumulates in the trough or pipe, it
can be easily removed. Concrete level spreaders have design lives of up to 20 years while other
level spreader designs may be able to effectively function for a period of 5-10 years. Accordingly,
long term maintenance and replacement costs should be lower if installed properly.
Treated Lumber
Treated lumber is not recommended as a level spreading device dues to issues with deformation
and decomposition.
Level Spreader System Configuration

A typical level spreader system consists of pre-treatment (e.g., a forebay), principal treatment
(e.g., a level spreader with grassed buffer), and emergency treatment (e.g., a reinforced grassy
swale downslope of spreader). A stilling area such as a forebay is particularly useful upstream
of a level spreader, because flow energy should be dissipated before the flow enters a level
spreader. The forebay will periodically fill with sediment, which must be removed. A detailed
design example for a level spreader, by Hunt, et al. from North Carolina State University, can be
found at the following website: www.bae.ncsu.edu/cont_ed/main/handouts.html (Current June
17, 2007)
7 - 100
7.15

Energy Dissipaters
Energy dissipaters are large-scale engineered devices such as rip-rap aprons or concrete baffles
designed to reduce the velocity, energy, and turbulence of the flow. These structures can be employed
when highly erosive velocities are encountered at the end of culverts or at the bottom of steep slopes
where aesthetics are not a concern. A standard reference for design of these structures is U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Hydraulic Engineering Center Circular 14 (HEC-14).

Figure 7.33: Filter strip with gravel trench level spreader.
Riprap Aprons
Riprap aprons are commonly used for energy dissipation, due to their relatively low cost and ease
of installation. A flat riprap apron can be used to prevent erosion at the transition from a pipe or box
culvert outlet to a natural channel. Riprap aprons will provide adequate protection if there is sufficient
length and flare to dissipate energy by expanding the flow.
Riprap Basins
A riprap outlet basin is a pre-shaped scour hole lined with riprap that functions as an energy
dissipater.
Baffled Outlets
A baffled outlet is a boxlike structure with a vertical hanging baffle and an end sill, as shown in Figure
7.36. Energy is dissipated primarily through the impact of the water striking the baffle and through
the resulting turbulence.
Inlets and Catch Basins

Traditional inlets and catch basins may be used as an inflow device for stormwater facilities where
curb and gutter design is desired or required. The disadvantage of traditional inlets is that the inverts
of the outlet pipes are relatively deep, and excavation of stormwater facilities may need to be deeper
than with curb openings or a curbless design. A standard reference for designing traditional drainage
systems is U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Hydraulic Engineering Center Circular 22 (HEC-22). Any
inlet or catch basin that connects to a SMP must have at least a one (1) foot sump.
7 - 101
7 - 102
7.15
Manual for Sediment and Erosion Control in Georgia, 1995
Figure 7.34: Riprap apron

HEC-14, 1983
Figure 7.35: Details of riprap outlet basin
7 - 103
7.15

7.15
Figure 7.36: Schematic of a baffled outlet U.S. Dept. of the Interior
Maintenance Concerns for Inlet Controls

Table 7.30: Inlet Maintenance Guidelines
Activity Schedule
• Inletcontrol devices should be inspected after several storms to
ensure that they are functioning properly and that there are no erosion
problems developing.
As needed
• Source of sediment contamination should be identified and controlled
when native soil is exposed or erosion channels are present.
• Inspected for sediment and debris buildup. Sediment buildup

exceeding 2 inches in depth or that begins to constrict the flow path
should be removed. Biannually
• Clean out leaves, trash, debris, etc.
7 - 104
7.15

Outlet Controls
Risers and Orifices
An orifice is a circular or rectangular opening of a prescribed shape and size that allows a controlled
rate of outflow when the orifice is submerged. When it is not submerged, the opening acts as a weir.
The flow rate depends on the height of the water above the opening and the size and edge treatment
of the orifice. A riser is a vertical structure with one or more orifices that provide the controlled release
in combination. A standard reference for discharge through a submerged orifice is Brater and King’s
Handbook of Hydraulics (1996).
Control structures may consist of several orifices and weirs at different elevations to meet stormwater
management requirements. Multiple orifices may be necessary to meet the channel protection and
flood protection performance requirements for a detention system. Orifices may be located at the
same elevation if necessary to meet performance requirements.
Flow through multiple orifices, such as the perforated plate shown in Figure 7.37, can be computed
by summing the flow through individual orifices. For multiple orifices of the same size and under the
influence of the same effective head, the total flow can be determined by multiplying the discharge
for a single orifice by the number of openings.
Design of a control structure with multiple orifices is an iterative process. An orifice is designed
and positioned to meet each control requirement independently (e.g., channel protection and flood
control). Calculations are then performed on the two orifices together, and the design is adjusted
to meet all requirements concurrently without oversizing the basin. The Outlet Structures section of
the Georgia Stormwater Management Manual at www.georgiastormwater.com/ (current August 12,
2005) is recommended for detailed instructions on design of multi-stage outlet structures.

Georgia Stormwater Manual
Figure 7.37: Orifice definitions and perforated riser
7 - 105
7.15
Small orifices are sometimes needed when a stormwater management systems must meet low flow
rate requirements. Control structures with small orifices must meet the following requirements:
• The orifice diameter should always be greater than the thickness of the orifice plate.
• The minimum recommended diameter for an orifice is 3 inches. A waiver must be submitted for use
of an orifice smaller than 3 inches in diameter. The required waiver form can be found in Appendix
F.4: Special Circumstances and Waiver Requests or downloaded at
• Protection from clogging is required for any orifice smaller than 3 inches in diameter.
Protection from Clogging

Small orifices used for slow release applications can be susceptible to clogging, which prevents
the structural control from performing its function and potentially causing adverse impacts. Design
measures can be taken to prevent clogging. These measures are most effective when used in
combination with periodic inspection and maintenance. These measures are summarized below; the
Design Professional is encouraged to consult the original sources for more information.
Since sediment will tend to accumulate around the lowest stage outlet, the inside of the outlet
structure for a dry basin should be depressed below the ground level to minimize clogging due to
sedimentation. Depressing the outlet bottom to a depth below the ground surface at least equal to
the diameter of the outlet is recommended.
The Georgia Stormwater Management Manual recommends the following measures:
• The use of a reverse slope pipe attached to a riser for a stormwater pond or wetland with a
permanent pool. The inlet is submerged 1 foot below the elevation of the permanent pool to
prevent floatables from clogging the pipe and to avoid discharging warmer water at the surface
of the pond. See Figure 7.38 for an example.
• The use of a hooded outlet for a stormwater pond or wetland with a permanent pool. See Figure
7.39 for an example.
• Internal orifice protection through the use of an over-perforated vertical stand pipe with ½-inch
orifices or slots that are protected by wire cloth and a stone filtering jacket. See Figure 7.40 for
an example.
• Use of trash racks on larger outlets. See Figure 7.41 for an example.
7 - 106 Figure 7.38: Reverse slope pipe outlet

Figure 7.41: Trash racks
Figure 7.39: Hooded outlet orifice protection
Figure 7.40: Internal control for orifice protection

7 - 107
7.15

7.15
inlet & outlet controls Positive Overflows
A positive overflow permits stormwater to flow out of the SMP
when the water level reaches a maximum design elevation
in a subsurface feature or a maximum ponding depth in a
surface feature. Flow through the positive overflow can either
connect to another SMP or an approved point of discharge.
A multi-stage outlet control may include a number of orifices
for controlled flow and a positive overflow to quickly pass
flow during extreme events. Overflow structures should be
sized to safely convey larger storms from the SMP. If flow
reaches the SMP via a flow splitter, this structure can provide
the positive overflow.
Surface inlet for overflows in a

bioretention system.
Underdrains
Underdrains are conduits, such as perforated pipes and/or gravel filled trenches that intercept, collect,
and convey stormwater that has percolated through soil, a suitable aggregate, and/or geotextile.
Perforated underdrains are an outlet control because they collect water and convey it to a system
outlet. Underdrains may be used in combination with other techniques such as layering of porous
media to regulate outflow. They can also be connected to an outlet structure that then controls the
ponding elevation or release rate through weirs or orifices. Design of underdrains must meet the
follow criteria:
• A permeable filter fabric is placed between the gravel layer and surrounding soil to prevent sediment
contamination.
• Clean out access must be provided for all underdrain systems.
• Underdrain pipes are spaced a maximum of 10 feet on center.
Georgia BMP Manual

Figure 7.42: Sand filter with underdrain implemented
Impervious Liners
Impervious liners are considered an outlet control because they prevent water from infiltrating and
thus crossing a system boundary. Impervious liners may be selected from the following four types:
compacted till liners, clay liners, geomembrane liners, and concrete liners.
The Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington is recommended for more information
on choosing and designing impervious liners.
7 - 108
7.15

Permeable Weirs
Permeable weirs are typically constructed from treated lumber stacked with spaces between each
timber to provide long, narrow openings that slowly pass stormwater. They have the appearance of a
wooden fence. Under low flow conditions, water ponds behind the permeable weir and slowly seeps
through the openings between the timbers, functioning like a dry extended storage pond. Under high
flow conditions, water flows both over and through the weir.
Permeable weirs are generally used in wetland areas or constructed water quality treatment ponds.
They promote sedimentation by slowing flow velocities as water ponds behind the weir. They also
provide a means of spreading runoff as it is discharged, helping to decrease concentrated flow and
reduce velocities as the water travels downstream.
Permeable weirs are most often used in large drainage areas as regional SMPs. The permeable weir
concept could be applied to smaller sites, where the permeable weir would act as a wooden check
dam, placed in a ditch or swale.
Klein, 1997
Figure 7.43: Typical permeable weir section
7 - 109
7.15
Maintenance Concerns for Outlet Controls
Table 7.31: Outlet Maintenance Guidelines
Activity Schedule
• Outlet control devices should be inspected after several storms to

ensure that they are functioning properly and that there are no erosion
problems developing
As needed
• Source of sediment contamination should be identified and controlled
when native soil is exposed or erosion channels are present.
• Inspected for sediment and debris buildup. Sediment buildup

exceeding 2 inches in depth or that begins to constrict the flow path Biannually
should be removed. (Quarterly for small
orifice designs)
• Clean out leaves, trash, debris, etc.
Note:
Design of inlet and outlet controls are not limited to the examples shown within this text. Successful
Sediments should be tested for toxicants in compliance with current disposal requirements if land uses
in the drainage area include commercial or industrial zones, or if visual or olfactory indications of pollution
are noticed.
7 - 110
8 Landscape Guidance
8.0 Introduction


8. Landscape Guidance
8.0 Introduction
Landscaping is a critical element to improve both the function and appearance of stormwater management
practices (SMPs). Integrated stormwater landscapes can provide many benefits such as construction cost
savings, reduced maintenance, aesthetic enhancement, and the improved long-term functionality. A well-
designed and established landscape will also prevent post-construction soil erosion. Additionally, these
approaches can help mitigate urban heat island effects, improve air quality, and reduce atmospheric carbon
levels.
Vegetated stormwater management systems are a preferred practice. SMPs can be integrated within
planned landscape areas, with minor modifications to conventional landscape design. It is essential that
impervious surfaces be graded toward the vegetated areas that are used as SMPs and that these SMPs
are depressed to allow for flow and/or surface ponding. Guidance for the design of inlets to vegetated
SMPs can be found in Section 7.15: Inlet and Outlet Controls. Since these design approaches are still new
to many construction contractors it is advisable to clearly show these details in cross section and plan view
drawings. Additional guidance can be found in Section 4.0: Integrated Site Design as well as in Section
7: SMP Design Guidelines of this Manual.
This section provides landscaping criteria and plant selection guidance for effective SMPs and is organized
as follows: Section 8.1: Planting Guidance contains general guidance that should be considered when
landscaping any SMP. Section 8.2: SMP Specific Landscaping Requirements includes specific planting
and site preparation information for selected SMPs. Section 8.3: Native and Recommended Non-invasive
Plants lists appropriate plants for use in SMPs in this region. Key information useful for the selection of plant
material for stormwater landscaping is presented, including National Wetland Indicator Status, preferred
hydrologic zones, and aesthetic considerations. Finally, Section 8.4: Prohibited Non-native Invasive Plants
lists prohibited invasive plants.

General guidance for all SMP plantings:
Plant selection and arrangement
• Existing native and non-invasive vegetation should be preserved where possible.
• Noxious weeds and invasive species shall not be specified or used.
• Plant stream and water buffers with trees, shrubs, ornamental grasses, and herbaceous materials
where possible, to stabilize banks and provide shade. This will help to reduce thermal warming,
reduce erosion, increase roughness and protect habitat.
• Avoid plantings that will require routine or intensive chemical applications (i.e. turf area). Use low
maintenance ground cover as an alternative to turf.
• Stressors (e.g. wind, exposure, exposure to deicing salt, salt tolerance, insects, drought and inundation
tolerance, and disease), micro-climates, and sunlight conditions should also be considered when
laying out the planting plan.
• Aesthetics and visual characteristics should be a prime consideration. Plant form, texture, color,
bloom time and fragrance are important to the overall feel of the site. Plants can be used to enhance
and frame desirable views or screen undesirable views. Care should be taken to not block views at
entrances, exits, or along difficult road curves.
• Trees and shrubs should be placed in a manner that restricts pedestrian access to steep pools or
slopes without blocking maintenance access.

• Existing and proposed utilities must be identified and considered.
Maintenance considerations
• The designer should carefully consider the long-term vegetation management strategy for the SMP,
keeping in mind the maintenance legacy for the future owners. The SMP maintenance agreement
must include requirements to ensure vegetation cover in perpetuity.
• Provide signage to help educate the public about SMPs and to designate limits of mowing (wildflower
areas, meadows, etc.).
Embankments, spillways, dams, and orifices
• Planting of trees, shrubs, and/or any type of woody vegetation is not allowed on structural
embankments.
• All emergency spillways should be stabilized with plant material that can withstand strong flows.
Root material should be fibrous and substantial but lack a taproot.
• Trees or shrubs known to have long taproots should not be planted within the vicinity of an earthen
dam or subsurface drainage facilities.
• Plant trees and shrubs at least 25 feet away from a principal spillway structures.
• Plant trees and shrubs at least 15 feet away from the toe of slope of a dam.
Soils
SMP soils should provide adequate infiltration rates and be suitable for healthy tree and
vegetation growth. Soil analysis shall be conducted within the SMP area to determine
appropriate levels and types of soil amendments.
If topsoil exists on site and is stockpiled for re-use, appropriate erosion control measures as
required by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) Erosion and
Sediment Pollution Control Manual, shall be used. Soil analysis tests shall be performed on
stockpiled soil if it will be used within the SMP area. See Section 7 for SMP specific soil
requirements.
Site Selection, Preparation and Grading
When selecting a location for the SMP, take into consideration the physical variables of the
site and the effects they will have on the SMP. Some variables to consider include amount of
sunlight received and solar orientation, wind speed and direction, temperature gain and surface
character. For example: sites facing northeast receive morning sun and tend to be cooler and
wetter than those facing southwest; runoff from asphalt will be hotter than that from concrete;
etc. Combinations of these variables create different micro-climates and should be taken into
account when placing the SMP and selecting plants.
Unwanted vegetation in the SMP area shall be removed during site preparation with equipment
appropriate for the type of material encountered and site conditions. It is recommended that
the maximum amount of pre-existing native vegetation be retained and protected.
No material storage or heavy equipment is allowed within the SMP area after site clearing and
grading has been completed, except to excavate and grade as needed to build the SMP. No
compaction of infiltration areas should occur during this excavation.

After the SMP area is cleared and graded, any necessary soil amendments should be added and
tilled into the existing soil to the depth specified for each SMP. No tilling shall occur within the
drip line of existing trees. After tilling is complete, no other construction traffic shall be allowed
in the area, except for planting and related work. Where topsoil is needed, (for example swales
and dry detention basins) it should be spread to a depth of 4-8 inches and lightly compacted to
minimum thickness of 4 inches. This provides organic matter and important nutrients for the
plant material. The use of topsoil allows vegetation to become established faster and roots to
penetrate deeper. This ensures quicker and more complete stabilization, making it less likely
that the plants will wash out during a heavy storm.
Mulch
The mulch layer helps maintain soil moisture and avoid surface sealing which reduces
permeability. Mulch helps prevent erosion, and provides a micro-environment suitable for soil
biota at the mulch/soil interface. It also serves as a pretreatment layer, trapping the finer
sediments which remain suspended after the primary pretreatment. Approved mulching
materials include organic materials such as compost, bark mulch, leaves, as well as small
river gravel, pumice, or other inert materials. Grass clippings should not be used as mulch.
For ground cover plantings, the mulch shall be applied to cover all soil between plants. Care
should be exercised to use the appropriate amount of mulch – any more than 3-4 inches can
negatively impact growing conditions and cause excessive nutrients to leach into the SMP.
Mulch shall be weed-free. Manure mulching and high-fertilizer hydroseeding are prohibited in
a SMP area during and after construction.
Irrigation
Newly installed plant material requires water in order to recover from the shock of being
transplanted. Be sure that some source of water is provided during establishment of the SMP,
especially during dry periods. This will reduce plant loss and provide the new plant materials
with a chance to establish root growth.
Permanent irrigation systems are allowed, but designers are encouraged to minimize the need
for permanent irrigation. Innovative methods for watering vegetation are encouraged, such as
the use of cisterns and air conditioning condensate.
SMP Screening
SMP elements such as chain link fences, concrete bulkheads, outfalls, rip-rap, gabions, large
steel grates, steep side slopes, manhole covers/vault lids, berm embankments planted only
with grasses, exposed pipe, banks, retaining walls greater than 2 feet high, and access roads
are generally not aesthetically pleasing. When these elements face public right-of-way or
other private property, The Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) recommends that they be
screened with plant materials. Designers are strongly encouraged to integrate aesthetically
pleasing landscape design with SMPs.
Pollution Prevention
Stormwater pollution prevention practices related to landscaping can be categorized into two
broad categories: Toxic Substance Use Reduction and Pollutant Source Reduction.
Toxic Substance Use Reduction

Projects shall be designed to minimize the need for toxic or potentially polluting materials
such as herbicides, pesticides, fertilizers, or petroleum based fuels within the SMP area
before, during, and after construction. Use of these materials creates the risk of spills,
misuse, and future draining or leaching of pollutants into facilities or the surrounding
area.
Pollutant Source Reduction

Materials that could leach pollutants or pose a hazard to people and wildlife shall not
be used as components of a SMP. Some examples of these materials are chemically
treated railroad ties and lumber and galvanized metals. Many alternatives to these
materials are available.
SMP Establishment and Maintenance
Establishment procedures should include: control of invasive weeds, prevention of damage from
animals and vandals, use of erosion control mats and fabrics in channels, temporary diversion
of flows from seeded areas until stabilized, mulching, re-staking, watering, and mesh or tube
protection replacement, to the extent needed to ensure plant survival. To ensure landscape
plant survival and overall stormwater facility functional success, the design and construction
documents must include elements that help achieve these results. Construction specifications
and details need to include staking, irrigation schedule, soil amendments, plant protection, over
planting, and potentially mycorrhizal inoculation.
Table 8.1: Planting Specifications
Specification Element Elements
Describe site preparation activities, soil amendments, etc.; address

Sequence of Construction erosion and sediment control procedures; specify step-by-step
procedure for plant installation through site clean-up.
Specify the contractors responsibilities, such as watering, care of

Contractor’s
plant material during transport, timeliness of installation, repairs
Responsibilities
due to vandalism, etc.
Specify the materials to be installed, the type of materials (e.g., B&B,

Planting Schedule and bare root, containerized); time of year of installations, sequence of
Specifications installation of types of plants; fertilization, stabilization seeding, if
required; watering and general care.
Specify inspection periods; mulching frequency (annual mulching

is most common); removal and replacement of dead and diseased
Maintenance vegetation; treatment of diseased trees; watering amount and
schedule after initial installation (once per day for 14 days is
common); repair and replacement of staking and wires.
All systems should contain a 2 year warranty. Specifications should

Warranty contain the warranty period, the required survival rate, and expected
condition of plant species at the end of the warranty period.

The planting recommendations shown under this section are based on research, local experience and/
or standard landscape industry methods for design and construction. It is critical that selected plant
materials are appropriate for soil, hydrologic, and other site conditions. SMPs shall use appropriate
native and recommended non-invasive species from the Recommended Plant Lists in Table 8.2.
The design for plantings shall minimize the need for herbicides, fertilizers, pesticides, or soil

amendments at any time before, during, and after construction and on a long-term basis. Plantings
should be designed to minimize the need for mowing, pruning, and irrigation. Grass or wildflower
seed shall be applied at the rates specified by the suppliers. If plant establishment cannot be achieved
with seeding by the time of substantial completion of the SMP portion of the project, the contractor
shall plant the area with wildflower sod, plugs, container plants, or some other means to complete the
specified plantings and protect against erosion.
Green Roof Landscaping Requirements
Plantings used on green roofs shall be self-sustaining, with little to no need for fertilizers or
pesticides. Shrubs, herbs, succulents, and/or grasses shall be used to cover most of the
green roof. See Section 7.1: Green Roofs for more specific information on green roof
requirements.
Planter Box Landscaping Requirements
The following quantities per 100 square feet of planter box area are suggested:
• 4 - Large shrubs/small trees 3-gallon containers or equivalent.

• 6 - Shrubs/large grass-like plants 1-gallon containers or equivalent
• Ground cover plants: 1 per 12 inches on center, triangular spacing. Minimum container:
4-inch pot. Spacing may vary according to plant type.
Note: Container planting requires that plants be supplied with nutrients that they would otherwise
receive from being part of an ecosystem. Since they are cut off from these processes they
must be cared for accordingly.
Note: Tree planting is not required in planters, but is encouraged where practical. Tree planting
is also encouraged near planters.
Infiltration and Filter System Recommendations
Infiltration and filter systems either take advantage of existing permeable soils or create a
permeable medium such as sand for water quality and groundwater recharge volume. In some
instances where permeability is high, these facilities may be used for the Channel Protection
requirement as well. The most common systems include infiltration trenches, infiltration basins,
sand filters, and organic filters. When properly planted, vegetation will thrive and enhance the
Illustration provided by Heidi Natura of the Conservation Research Institute
Figure 8.1: Cross-section of root zone. Shown at far left is the shallow
root system of Kentucky bluegrass, a frequently used turf
grass. The preferred herbaceous species have much deeper
roots, which aid in stormwater infiltration.
functioning of these systems. For example, pre-treatment buffers will trap sediment that is
often bound with phosphorous and metals. Vegetation planted in the SMP will aid in nutrient
uptake and water storage. Additionally, plant roots will create macropores for stormwater to
permeate soil for groundwater recharge (see Figure 8.1). Finally, successful plantings provide
aesthetic value and wildlife habitat, making these facilities more desirable to the public.
Design Constraints:
Along with the guidelines listed at the start of this section, the following should be adhered to:
• Determine areas that will be saturated with water and water table depth so that
appropriate plants may be selected (hydrology will be similar to bioretention facilities,
see Figure 8.2 and associated tables for planting material guidance).
• Plants shall be located so that access is possible for structure maintenance.
Vegetated Swale Landscaping Requirements
The following quantities per 200 square feet of swale area are suggested:
• 1 Evergreen or Deciduous tree:

- Evergreen trees: Minimum height: 6 feet.
- Deciduous trees: Minimum caliper: 1 ½ inches at 6 inches above base.
- Multi-stem trees: Minimum root ball diameter: 20 inches
• Grass: Seed or sod is required to completely cover the swale bottom and side slopes.
• (Shrubs are optional)
Vegetation or ground cover within the swale should be suitable for expected velocities. For the
swale flow path, approved native grass mixes are preferable. The applicant shall have plants
established at the time of SMP completion (at least 3 months after seeding). No runoff should
be allowed to flow in the swale until grass is established. Native wildflowers, grasses, and
ground covers are preferred to turf and lawn areas. These type of landscape can be designed
to require mowing only once or twice annually.
Vegetated Infiltration Basin and Dry Detention Pond Landscaping

Requirements
Vegetation increases evapotranspiration, helps improve infiltration functions, protects from rain
and wind erosion and enhances aesthetic conditions. The following quantities per 300 square
feet of basin area are suggested:
• 1 Evergreen or Deciduous tree:

- Evergreen trees: Minimum height: 6 feet.
- Deciduous trees: Minimum caliper: 1 ½ inches at 6 inches above base.
- Multi-stem trees: Minimum root ball diameter: 20 inches
• 4 Large shrubs/small trees 3-gallon containers or equivalent.
• 6 Shrubs/large grass-like plants 1-gallon containers or equivalent
• Ground cover plants: 1 per 12 inches on center, triangular spacing, for the ground cover
planting area only, unless seed or sod is specified. Minimum container: 4-inch pot. At
least 50 percent of the SMP shall be planted with grasses or grass-like plants.
Native wildflowers, grasses, and ground covers are preferred to turf and lawn areas.
These type of landscape can be designed to require mowing only once or twice annually.
Appropriate plants should be selected based on ponding depth and drain-down time in the
basin. Infiltration systems will be dry much of the time and should be vegetated with drought
tolerant species especially if they will not be irrigated.

Bioretention Landscaping Requirements

Planting Soil Bed Characteristics
The characteristics of the soil for the bioretention system are perhaps as important as the
facility location, size, and treatment volume. The soil must be permeable enough to allow
runoff to filter through the media, while having characteristics suitable to promote and sustain
a robust vegetative cover crop. In addition, much of the nutrient pollutant uptake (nitrogen and
phosphorus) is accomplished through adsorption and microbial activity within the soil profile.
Therefore, the soils must balance soil chemistry and physical properties to support biotic
communities above and below ground. Planting soil should meet the following specifications:
• Clay content: less than 5%

• Sand content: 50 – 60%
• Leaf compost or aged leaf mulch: 20 – 30%
• High quality topsoil: 20 – 30%
• Bioretention soil can be created by amending existing soil. Depending on the quality of the
soil, combine 20-30% native soil with 20-30% compost and 50% sand.
• Have a permeability of at least 1.0 feet per day (0.5 inches per hour).
• Be free of stones, stumps, roots, or other woody material over 1 inch in diameter. It should
also be free of brush or seeds from noxious weeds. Placement of the planting soil should
be in lifts of 12-18 inches, loosely compacted (tamped lightly with a dozer or backhoe
bucket).
Planting Plan Guidance
• Perennials, grass-like plants, and ground-cover plants shall be healthy, well-rooted

specimens.
The following quantities per 100 square feet of bioretention area are suggested:
• 1 large tree per 100 square feet of bioretention area

• 2-4 small trees or shrubs per 100 square feet of bioretention area
• 6 ferns or grass-like plants per 100 square feet of bioretention area (1-gallon containers)
• Groundcover plantings and wildflower plugs on 12 inch centers with triangular spacing.
• A native grass/wildflower seed mix can be used as an alternative to groundcover planting.
Seed mix shall be free of weed seeds.
Plant material selection should be based on the goal of simulating a terrestrial forested
community of native species. Bioretention simulates an ecosystem consisting of an upland-
oriented community dominated by trees, but having a distinct community, or sub-canopy, of
understory trees, shrubs and herbaceous materials. The intent is to establish a diverse, dense
plant cover to treat stormwater runoff and withstand urban stresses from insect and disease
infestations, drought, temperature, wind, and exposure.
The proper selection and installation of plant materials is key to a successful system. There are
essentially three zones within a bioretention system (Figure 8.2). The lowest elevation supports
plant species adapted to standing and fluctuating water levels. The middle elevation supports
a slightly drier group of plants, but still tolerates fluctuating water levels. The outer edge is
the highest elevation and generally supports plants adapted to dryer conditions. However,
plants in all the zones should be drought tolerant. Plants should also have high salt tolerance
if bioretention area receives runoff from ground level impervious surfaces.

Figure 8.2: Hydrologic zones of a bioretention basin
Lowest Zone (Hydrologic zones 2-4):

Plant species adapted to standing and fluctuating water levels. Frequently used native
plants include*:
asters (Aster spp.) winterberry (Ilex verticillata)
goldenrods (Solidago spp.) arrowwood (Viburnum dentatum)
bergamot (Monarda fistulosa) sweet pepperbush (Clethra alnifolia)
blue-flag iris (Iris versicolor) bayberry (Myrica pensylvanica)
sedges (Carex spp.) buttonbush (Cephalanthus occidentalis)
ironweed (Vernonia noveboracensis) swamp azalea (Rhododendron viscosum)
blue vervain (Verbena hastata) elderberry (Sambucus canadensis)
joe-pye weed (Eupatorium spp.) green ash (Fraxinus pennsylvanica)
swamp milkweed (Asclepias incarnata) river birch (Betula nigra)
switchgrass (Panicum virgatum) sweetgum (Liquidambar styraciflua)
shrub dogwoods (Cornus spp.) northern white cedar (Juniperus virginiana)
swamp rose (Rosa palustris) red maple (Acer rubrum)
* Refer to the plant list for a complete listing
Middle Zone (Hydrologic zones 4-5):

This zone is slightly drier than the lowest zone, but plants should still tolerate fluctuating
water levels. Some commonly planted native species include*:
black snakeroot (Cimicifuga racemosa) spicebush (Lindera benzoin)

switchgrass (Panicum virgatum) hackberry (Celtis occidentalis)
spotted joe-pye weed (Eupatorium maculatum) willow oak (Quercus phellos)
cutleaf coneflower (Rudabeckia lacinata) winterberry (Ilex verticillata)
frosted hawthorn (Crataegus pruinosa) slippery elm (Ulmus rubra)
marginal wood fern (Dryopteris marginalis) viburnums (Viburnum spp.)
ironwood (Carpinus caroliniana) witch-hazel (Hamamelis virginiana)
serviceberry (Amelanchier canadensis) steeplebush (Spiraea tomentosa)
obedient plant (Physostegia virginiana) blueberry (Vaccinium spp.)

Outer Zone (Hydrologic zones 5-6):

Generally supports plants adapted to drier conditions. Examples of commonly planted
native species include*:
many grasses & wildflowers juniper (Juniperus communis)

basswood (Tilia americana) sweet-fern (Comptonia peregrina)
white oak (Quercus alba) eastern red cedar (Juniperus virginiana)
scarlet oak (Quercus coccinea) smooth serviceberry (Amelanchier laevis)
black oak (Quercus velutina) american holly (Ilex opaca)
american beech (Fagus grandifolia) sassafras (Sassafras albidum)
black chokeberry (Aronia melanocarpa) white pine (Pinus strobus)
Constructed Wetlands and Wet Ponds Landscaping Requirements
Refer to the Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Best Management Practices Manual for
additional guidance regarding constructed wetlands and wet ponds.
Filter Strip Landscaping Requirements
It is critical that plant materials are appropriate for soil, hydrologic, light, and other site conditions.
Select vegetation from the list of native species found in this section (Table 8.2). Take soil
infiltration capacities, sunlight, pollution tolerances, root structure, and other considerations
into account when selecting plants from this list.
Filter strips should be planted with meadow grasses, shrubs, and native vegetation (including
trees) from the list provided in Section 8.3: Native and Recommended Non-invasive Plants.
For the filter strip, approved native grass mixes are preferable. Seed shall be applied at the
rates specified by the supplier. The applicant shall have plants established at the time of SMP
completion (at least 3 months after seeding). No runoff shall be allowed to flow across the filter
strip until the vegetation is established. Trees and shrubs may be allowed in the flow path if the
filter strip exceeds the minimum length and widths specified.
Filter strips often make a convenient area for snow storage. Therefore, filter strip vegetation
should be salt-tolerant, and the maintenance schedule should involve removal of sand build-up
at the toes of the slope. If the filter strip cannot provide pretreatment in the winter due to snow
storage or vegetation choice, other pretreatment should be provided.
Vegetation cover should be maintained at 85 percent. If vegetation is damaged, the damaged

areas should be reestablished in accordance with the original specifications or according to a
new design approved by the Water Department. In all design cases where vegetation is to be
established, the planting regime should be as dense as the soil conditions can sustain. This
is especially true at the top portions of the filter strip where the highest sheet flow velocities
are found. Soils that can sustain higher quantities and qualities of vegetation may need to
be added to insure thick vegetative densities needed for sustainable filter strip performance.
All vegetation deficiencies should be addressed without the use of fertilizers and pesticides if
possible.

Figure 8.3: Balled & Burlapped (B&B) tree and shrub planting diagram
Figure 8.4: Containerized tree and shrub planting diagram

Native plant species are recommended over exotic foreign species because they are well adapted to
local climate conditions. This will result in less replacement and maintenance, while supporting the
local ecology.
The pages at the end of this section present a list of herbaceous, tree and shrub plants native to
Philadelphia and Pennsylvania and suitable for planting in stormwater management facilities (Table
8.2). The list is intended as a guide for general planting purposes and planning considerations.
Knowledgeable landscape designers and nursery suppliers may provide additional information for
considering specific conditions for successful plant establishment and accounting for the variable
nature of stormwater hydrology. Because individual plants often have unique growing requirements
difficult to convey in a general listing, it will be necessary to research specific information on the plant
species proposed in order to ensure successful plant establishment.
Table 8.2 lists native and recommended plants, trees, shrubs, and grasses and is organized by
Type and Latin name. Additional information given for each species includes: Common name,
National Wetland Indicator Status, hydrologic zone, inundation tolerance, drought tolerance, salt
tolerance, mature canopy spread, mature height, light requirements, nativity, commercial availability,
and notes to provide guidance for application and selection. For example, some trees are well suited
to landscaped areas that will receive stormwater runoff, while others may not tolerate the additional
moisture.
Hydrologic Zones
For planting within a SMP, it is necessary to determine what hydrologic zones will be created.
Hydrologic zones describe the degree to which an area is inundated by water (see Figure 8.2
for an example of hydrologic zones in a bioretention basin). Plants have differing tolerances to
inundation and as an aid to landscape designers, these tolerance levels have been divided into
six zones and corresponding plant species have been identified. In Table 8.2 each plant species
has a corresponding hydrologic zone provided to indicate the most suitable planting location for
successful establishment. While the most common zones for planting are listed in parenthesis,
the listing of additional zones indicates that a plant may survive over a broad range of hydrologic
conditions. Just as plants may, on occasion, be found outside of their hardiness zone, they may
also be found outside of their hydrologic zone. Additionally, hydrologic conditions in a SMP
may fluctuate in unpredictable ways; thus the use of plants capable of tolerating wide varieties
of hydrologic conditions greatly increases a successful planting. Conversely, plants suited for
specific hydrologic conditions may perish when hydrologic conditions fluctuate, thus exposing
the soil and increasing the chance for erosion.
Wetland Indicator Status
The Wetland Indicator Status (from Region 1, Reed, 1988) has been included to show “the
estimated probability of a species occurring in wetlands versus non-wetlands” (Reed, 1988).
Reed defines the indicator categories as follows:
• Obligate wetland (OBL): Plants, which nearly always (more than 99% of the time) occur
in wetlands under natural conditions.
• Facultative Wetland (FACW): Plants, which usually occur in wetlands (from 67 to 99%
of the time), but occasionally found in non wetlands.
• Facultative (FAC): Plants, which are equally likely to occur in wetlands and non wetlands
and are found in wetlands from 34 to 66% of the time.
• Facultative Upland (FACU): Plants, which usually occur in non wetlands (from 67 to
99% of the time), but occasionally found in wetlands.
• Upland (UPL): Plants, which almost always (more than 99% of the time) under natural
conditions occur in non wetlands.
• A given indicator status shown with a “+” or a “-” means that the species is more (+) or
less (-) often found in wetlands than other plants with the same indicator status without
the “+” or “-” designation.
Inundation Tolerance
Since the Wetland Indicator Status alone does not provide an indication of the depth or duration
of flooding that a plant will tolerate, the “Inundation tolerance” column is designed to provide
further guidance. If a plant is capable of withstanding permanent saturation, the depth of this
saturation is listed (for example, “saturated” indicates the soil can be moist at all times, “sat,
0-6”“ indicates that the species can survive in constantly moist soil conditions with up to 6” of
standing water). Conversely, a plant may only tolerate seasonal inundation – such as after a
storm event – or may not tolerate inundation at all. This type of plant would be well suited for
an SMP that is expected to drain quickly or in the drier zones of the SMP.
Drought Tolerance (N=none; L=low; M=medium; H=high)
The drought tolerance column is meant to provide a way for SMP designers to select appropriate
native plants that can survive in hot summer conditions, with a minimum of irrigation. Drought
tolerance is defined as the relative tolerance of the plant to drought conditions compared to
other plants in the same region (USDA, 2005).

Salt Tolerance (N=none; L=low; M=medium; H=high; U=unknown)

This column ranks the relative tolerance of a species to salt content in the soil. If U (unknown)
is displayed, no research was found for that particular species.
Mature Canopy Spread
This column gives the SMP designer a rough estimate of the diameter (or spread) of a tree
species’ branching when it has matured. This information indicates what the light conditions
will be like beneath the tree for understory plantings; how much space should be left open
between the tree planting pit and any vertical structures, such as buildings; how far apart the
trees should be planted; and it gives an idea, along with the mature height of the species, of the
tree’s growth habit. The mature canopy spread also provides a rough idea for how much leaf
surface area will be available to intercept stormwater before it reaches the ground.
Mature Height
This column provides the approximate mature height of plant species in optimal growing
conditions. This height may be reduced dramatically in the urban environment where light,
space, and other factors may not be as readily available as in a forest or field setting. However,
by providing as much space as possible for a plant to grow and by choosing appropriate
species for a planting area, improved – if not optimal - growing conditions can be achieved.
For example, a tree planted in a sidewalk pit measuring 4 feet x 4 feet may only reach half its
mature height, while a tree planted in a 4 foot wide “trough” style planting bed will grow taller
and live longer, because it will have greater access to air and water.
Light Requirement
The light requirements for each species are listed as ranges between full shade and full sun.
At the bottom of the range – full shade – plants thrive in conditions where they receive filtered,
or dappled, light for the entire day (such as under an oak tree). In the middle of the range are
plants that grow best in part shade, where they are in full shade for 2-3 hours during midday.
Plants that require full sun should be sited so that they receive 5 or more hours of direct sun
during the growing season. Some plants requiring full sun may still do well in a part shade
environment, depending on the quality and duration of the light the plants receive when they
are not in the shade.
Nativity
A native plant is an indigenous species that occurred in the region prior to settlement by the
Europeans. In this column, each species is located within a range of nativity to Philadelphia.
Plants known to have existed in Philadelphia County are native to Philadelphia, while a
wider geographic range lists plants native to the state, but not necessarily to the county. The
widest geographic range lists a few species native to the United States, but not necessarily
to Pennsylvania. The plants listed that are not specifically native to Philadelphia are included
because of their demonstrated success within SMPs.
Commercial Availability (C=container; P=plug; S=seed)
Wildflower and grass species often come in a form known as a plug. These are often grown
and sold in trays of 50 of the same species. They are essentially very small container plants,
with a root/soil mass about an inch wide and 2-4 inches long. Most species available in plug
form are also sold as seed. Often, a combination of plugs and seed will be used to establish a
SMP quickly and provide immediate visual interest and stabilization.

Container-grown plants include trees, shrubs, wildflowers, ferns, grasses, and sedges. This is
an excellent alternative to the far more expensive balled-and–burlapped (B&B) form of trees
and shrubs, although the size of the tree is almost always smaller. Nurseries often provide a
few container sizes for each species.
Notes
PWD has included the recommendations for street trees in the notes section of the native plant
list and recommended non-invasive plants, trees, shrubs, and grasses list to assist designers
in selection of vegetation most appropriate for the harsh conditions which are often associated
in close proximity to streets. It is likely that most these areas will be hot in summer months until
the trees become established.

8 - 14
Table 8.2: Native and Recommended Non-invasive Plants
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **
Inundation tolerance
Mature canopy spread
National Wetland Indicator *

Commercial availability (C=container; P=plug;
Drought tolerance(N=none; L=low; M=medium;

Salt tolerance (N=none; L=low; M=medium; H=high;
fern Adiantum pedatum maidenhair fern FAC- 4, 5, 6 no L N 1-3' part shade-full shade Philadelphia County C slightly acidic soils
fern Dennstaedtia punctilobula hayscented fern UPL 4, 5, 6 no L U 1-2' part sun-shade Philadelphia County C groundcover; grows easily in poor soils
fern Dryopteris marginalis marginal wood fern FAC+ 4, 5, 6 no L U 1-2' part sun-shade Philadelphia County C evergreen
fern Onoclea sensibilis sensitive fern FACW (3, 4) 5 saturated N U 1-2' sun-shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; needs consistent moisture
fern Osmunda cinnamomea cinnamon fern FACW 2 (3, 4) saturated M N 2-4' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S acidic soils
fern Osmunda regalis royal fern OBL 2 (3, 4) saturated L N 2-4' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; acidic soils
fern Polystichum acrostichoides christmas fern FACU- 6 no M U 1-3' part shade-full shade Philadelphia County C groundcover; evergreen; silvery fiddleheads
fern Thelypteris noveboracensis new york fern FAC (3, 4) 5 saturated M N 1-2.5' part shade-shade Pennsylvania C groundcover; delicate fronds spread rapidly in moist areas
forb Acorus americanus sweet flag OBL 3, 4 sat, 0-6" L M 4' full sun Pennsylvania P,S occurs in shallow water of ponds
forb Anaphalis margaritacea pearly everlasting 5, 6 no M N 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S attractive white, globular flowers
forb Aquilegia canadensis columbine FAC (4, 5) 6 no M N 2' part sun-shade Philadelphia County P,S flowers with scarlet sepals and yellow petal blades; very adaptable
forb Asarum canadense wild ginger FACU- 4, 5, 6 seasonal L N 1' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; semi-evergreen spreads rapidly; small purple/brown flowers
forb Asclepias incarnata swamp milkweed OBL 2 (3, 4) sat, 0-6" N N 2-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S pink-rose purple flowers in several umbels
forb Asclepias syriaca common milkweed FACU- 5, 6 no M N 2-6' full sun Philadelphia County P,S fragrant brownish-pink flowers in umbels
forb Asclepias tuberosa butterfly-weed 5, 6 no H N 2-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S bright orange flowers in umbels
forb Aster cordifolius blue wood aster 5, 6 no M L 1.5-4' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S blue-violet to rose disk and ray flowers
forb Aster divaricatus wood aster 4 (5, 6) no M L 1-3' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S white rays, center yellow and reddish-purple
forb Aster novae-angliae new england aster FAC (3, 4) 5 seasonal M L 2-8' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S rays bright pink or purple
forb Aster novi-belgii new york aster FACW+ (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N 1-4' full sun Philadelphia County P,S violet to blue rays with yellow disks
forb Baptisia australis blue false indigo 4, 5, 6 seasonal H N 3-6' full sun Pennsylvania P,S showy blue flowers; shrub-like; nitrogen fixer; adaptable
forb Baptisia tinctoria wild indigo 5, 6 no H N 2-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S sandy, acidic soils; yellow pea-like flowers; dark blue-green leaves
forb Bidens aristosa tickseed sunflower FACW- 4, 5, 6 seasonal L N 1-3' full sun US S daisy-like yellow flower
forb Bidens cernua bur marigold OBL 3, 4, 5 saturated L N 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County S many flowers crowded together into a head
forb Bidens frondosa beggars-ticks FACW 5, 6 no L N 1-4' full sun Philadelphia County S orange flowers; adaptable
forb Caltha palustris marsh marigold OBL 2, 3, 4 sat, 0-6" N N 1-2' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S ideal for wetland gardens; clump-forming

forb Chamaecrista fasciculata partridge-pea FACU 4, 5, 6 no M L to 3' full sun Philadelphia County S showy yellow flowers; found on stream banks
forb Chelone glabra white turtlehead OBL 3, 4, 6 seasonal L N 2-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S snapdragon-type white flowers
forb Chrysogonum virginianum green and gold 6 no N N 1' part shade Pennsylvania P,S groundcover; golden daisy-like flowers continue until frost; spreads easily
forb Cimicifuga racemosa black snakeroot 4, 5, 6 seasonal L N 3-8' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C woodland edge plant; white, wand-like blooms
forb Dicentra eximia wild bleeding heart 5, 6 no L N 1.5' part shade-shade Pennsylvania C mound of finely-cut foliage; delicate pink hearts
forb Dodecatheon media shooting star FACU 5, 6 no L N 1-2' part shade Philadelphia County C nodding white, pink, or lilac flowers in a terminal umbel
forb Eupatorium coelestinum mist flower FAC 4, 5, 6 seasonal M N 2' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S groundcover; blue flowers on neat foliage; spreads easily
forb Eupatorium fistulosum joe-pye-weed FACW (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N to 10' sun-shade Philadelphia County S many white flowers in large, branching clusters
forb Eupatorium hyssopifolium hyssopleaf thoroughwort 5, 6 no M M 1-4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S white flowers in flat topped terminal clusters
forb Eupatorium maculatum spotted joe-pye-weed FACW (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N to 5' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S light purple flowers; attracts butterflies
forb Eupatorium perfoliatum boneset FACW+ (2, 3) 4 seasonal L U 2-5' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S clusters of grayish-white flowers
forb Eupatorium purpureum joe-pye-weed FAC 3 (4, 5) seasonal L U 6-8' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S vanilla-scented flowers
forb Eupatorium rugosum white snakeroot 5, 6 no M M 1-5' sun-shade Philadelphia County P,S white flowers in large clusters
forb Filipendula rubra queen of the prairie FACW 4, 5, 6 seasonal N U 4-6' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania S prefers well-drained moist soils; foamy clusters of blooms
forb Geranium maculatum wild geranium FACU 5, 6 no M U 1-2' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; rose-purple flowers in small clusters
forb Helenium autumnale sneezeweed FACW+ 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 3-5' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S showy yellow daisy-like flowers; moist meadows; stream banks
forb Helianthus angustifolius swamp sunflower FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal M N 6-8' full sun Pennsylvania S yellow flowers with maroon centers
forb Helianthus giganteus swamp sunflower FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 5-10' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S yellow flowers on red-purple stems
forb Heliopsis helianthoides ox-eye 3, 4, 5, 6 seasonal M U 2-5' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S pale yellow cone-shaped rays with yellow disks
forb Heuchera americana alumroot 5, 6 no M U 1-1.5' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; white airy flowers
forb Hibiscus moscheutos swamp mallow OBL 2, 3 sat, 0-12" N M 3-7' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S large pink, purplish, or white flowers with a dark center
forb Houstonia caerulea bluets FACU 5, 6 no M U 2-8" full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S delicate pale blue flowers with yellow centers
forb Iris versicolor blue-flag iris OBL 2 (3, 4) sat, 0-6" N L 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S blue-violet flowers
forb Liatris spicata spiked gay-feather FAC+ 4, 5 seasonal L L 4-5' full sun Philadelphia County P,S easy to grow; tall spikes of lavender blooms
forb Lillium superbum turk's cap-lily FACW+ 4, 5 seasonal N U 3-8' full sun Philadelphia County S nodding flowers, orange or orange-red with spots
forb Lobelia cardinalis cardinal flower FACW+ 3, 4 saturated M N 2-5' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S brilliant scarlet red flowers
Table 8.2: Native and Recommended Non-invasive Plants (continued)
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **


forb Lobelia siphilitica great-blue lobelia FACW+ 3, 4 saturated N U 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S blue-white flowers
forb Maianthemum racemosum false-solomon's seal 5, 6 no L U 1-3' shade Philadelphia County C creamy-white flowers in branched, pyramidal clusters
forb Mertensia virginica virginia bluebells FACW 5, 6 no L N 1-2' full-part shade Philadelphia County C woodland flower; entire plant dies back by mid-summer
forb Mimulus ringens allegheny monkey-flower OBL 3, 4 saturated N U 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P blue-violet flowers
forb Monarda didyma bee-balm FAC+ (4, 5) 6 no N U 2-5' full sun Philadelphia County C red flowers, scented leaves
forb Monarda fistulosa wild bergamot UPL 5, 6 no N L 2-4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S pink to lavender flowers, scented leaves
forb Monarda punctata horsemint UPL 6 no M U 2-3' full sun Pennsylvania P,C pink, showy bracts and yellow flowers with purple spots
forb Oenothera fruticosa sundrops FAC 5, 6 no L H 1-2' full sun Philadelphia County P,S bright yellow flowers in spike or racemes
forb Peltandra virginica arrow-arum OBL (1, 2) 3 sat, 0-1' N L 1-2' full sun Philadelphia County P,S emergent aquatic; resembles an arrowhead
forb Penstemon digitalis white beardtongue FAC 5, 6 no H M 2-4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S white with purple tinged tubular flowers
forb Phlox maculata wild sweet-william FACW 4, 5 seasonal M N 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S deep pink to rose-purple flower clusters
forb Phlox paniculata summer phlox FACU 4, 5, 6 no M U 2-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P magenta pink flower clusters
forb Phlox subulata moss phlox 6 no M N 3-5" full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C groundcover; evergreen; forms mats; good for hillsides and rocky areas
forb Physostegia virginiana obedient plant FAC+ 4, 5 seasonal L U 1-5' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S tall graceful plant with pink tubular flowers; very tolerant
forb Polygonatum biflorum solomon's seal FACU 5, 6 no L U 1-3' full-part shade Philadelphia County C greenish bell-shaped flowers hang from leaf axils in pairs
forb Polygonum pensylvanicum pennsylvania smartweed FACW 2 (3, 4) sat, 0-6" M L to 6' full sun Pennsylvania S attractive pink flowers; great species for disturbed sites and stream banks
forb Pontederia cordata pickerel-weed OBL (2, 3) 4 saturated N L 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P, C heart-shaped leaves with purple flowers in a spike
forb Rudbeckia fulgida early coneflower FAC 5, 6 no M U 1.5' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S yellow flowers with black eyes
forb Rudbeckia hirta black-eyed susan FACU- 4, 5, 6 no M N 1-3' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S flowers from seed in the first year
forb Rudbeckia laciniata tall coneflower FACW 4, 5 seasonal H N 5-10' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S yellow flowers with drooping rays and green eyes; moist thickets; swamps
forb Rudbeckia triloba three-lobed coneflower FACU 5, 6 no M U 1-3' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S yellow flowers with large, black eyes; moist to dry soils
forb Sagittaria latifolia arrowhead OBL 1, 2, 3 sat, 0-2' N N 1-4' full sun Philadelphia County P,S emergent aquatic, tubers are edible
forb Saururus cernuus lizard's tail OBL 2, 3, 4 sat, 0-1' N U 2-4' sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S emergent aquatic, fragrant white flowers
forb Sedum ternatum wild stone crop 6 no M U 3-8" full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; likes rocky banks
forb Senecio aureus golden ragwort FACW 4, 5 seasonal L N 1-3' sun-shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; flowers in terminal clusters with many golden rays
forb Solidago bicolor silver-rod 5, 6 no M U 1-3' part sun Philadelphia County S only native white goldenrod

forb Solidago nemoralis gray goldenrod 6 no M N 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S dry, sterile soils; yellow flower clusters
forb Solidago odora sweet goldenrod 6 no M U 2-4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S leaves smell and taste like licorice
forb Solidago rugosa wrinkle-leaf goldenrod FAC 3, 4, 5 no M N 3-7' sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S yellow flowers
forb Solidago sempervirens sea-side goldenrod FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal H M 3-5' full sun Philadelphia County P,S showy yellow flowers
forb Tiarella cordifolia foamflower FAC- 5, 6 no L U 1' part sun-full shade Pennsylvania P,S groundcover; spreads rapidly; leaves are evergreen; flowers are small and white
forb Tradescantia virginiana spiderwort FACU 5, 6 no M N 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S long blooming; deep blue-purple or white flower; dry to moist soils
forb Vallisneria americana wild celery OBL 1 sat, 1' min. N N 1' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C tolerant of murky water and high nutrient loads
forb Verbena hastata blue vervain FACW+ 3, 4 saturated N U 2-6' full sun Philadelphia County P,S violet blue flowers in erect spikes
forb Veronia novaborescensis new york ironweed FACW+ 3, 4 saturated M N 5-6' full sun Philadelphia County P,S 30-50 small rose-purple flowers on a head
forb Zizia aptera golden alexander FAC 5, 6 no L U 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C umbels of yellow flowers; all leaves are compound
grass Andropogon gerardii big bluestem FACW+ (4, 5) 6 no H M 3-6' full sun Philadelphia County P,S warm-season grass
grass Andropogon virginicus broom sedge FACU 5, 6 no H N 3-8' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S warm-season grass
grass Chasmanthium latifolium river oats FACU 4, 5 seasonal M N 2-3' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S groundcover; resembles bamboo; dangling "oats"
grass Danthonia spicata poverty grass 6 no L U 1-3' full sun Pennsylvania P,S usually found in poor, dry soils; very tolerant; cool-season
grass Distichlis spicata seashore saltgrass FACW+ 5, 6 no M H 1' full sun Philadelphia County P,S especially useful in saline wetlands; dense roots act as a pollutant filter
grass Eleocharis palustris creeping spike-rush OBL 2, 3, 4 sat, 0-6" L L 1-2' full sun Pennsylvania P,S forms dense tufts; roots fix nitrogen; important food and cover for waterfowl
grass Elymus canadensis Canada rye FACU+ 4, 5, 6 seasonal M M 3-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S cool season, clump-forming grass with wheat-like spikes that remain until winter
grass Elymus virginicus virginia wild rye FACW- 4, 5 seasonal M N 2-3' part shade-shade Philadelphia County P,C spreads easily; good for erosion control; very tolerant
grass Eragrostis spectabilis purple lovegrass UPL 5, 6 no H N 1-2.5' full sun Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; delicate purple flowers seem to float above the plant
grass Glyceria grandis american mannagrass OBL 2, 3, 4 seasonal N U to 5' full sun Philadelphia County S decorative cool-season bunchgrass; purple seed heads
grass Glyceria striata fowl mannagrass OBL (2, 3) 4 seasonal L N 2-4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S clump forming
grass Hordeum jubatum foxtail barley FAC 5, 6 no M M 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County S soft and airy appearance; compaction resistant; often found on roadsides
grass Leersia oryzoides rice cutgrass OBL (2, 3) 4 sat, 0-6" L N 2-5' full sun Philadelphia County P,S single flower clusters slightly drooping
grass Panicum dichotomiflorum smooth panic-grass FACW- 4, 5, 6 seasonal N M 5-7' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County S green or purple inflorescence
grass Panicum virgatum switch-grass FAC (4, 5) 6 seasonal M M 3-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; bluish-green foliage; purple panicle of flowers
8 - 15
8 - 16
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **


grass Schizachyrium scoparium little bluestem FACU 6 no H N 2-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S warm-season grass, tolerates poor, dry soils
grass Sorghastrum nutans indian grass UPL 5, 6 no M M 5-7' full sun Philadelphia County P,S warm-season grass
grass Tridens flavus purpletop FACU 6 no H N 2-5' full sun Philadelphia County P,S groundcover; purple drooping branches
grass Typha angustifolia narrow-leaved cattail OBL 1 (2, 3) sat, 0-1' L M to 6' full sun Pennsylvania P,S provides food and cover for geese, ducks, and spawning fish
grass Typha latifolia broad-leaved cattail OBL 1, 2, 3 sat, 0-1' N L to 10' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania P,S provides food and cover for geese, ducks, and spawning fish
grass Zizania aquatica wild rice OBL 2, 3, 4 saturated N L to 9' full sun Philadelphia County S yellow-red edible grains; found in tidal and nontidal marshes; requires still water
grass-like Alisma subcordatum southern water-plantain OBL 2 sat, 0-1' N N to 4' full sun Philadelphia County S emergent aquatic, slow moving water
grass-like Carex crinita finged sedge OBL 2 (3, 4) saturated L N to 4' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,C groundcover; emergent aquatic, distinctive sedge
grass-like Carex lurida lurid sedge OBL 2, 3, 4 saturated L N to 3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P, C seed heads resemble small sweetgum fruits; remains attractive in warm temps.
grass-like Carex pensylvanica pennsylvania sedge 5, 6 seasonal M N 3-15" part-full shade Philadelphia County P,C slow-spreading
grass-like Carex scoparia broom sedge FACW 3 (4) 5 sat, 0-6" N L 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S green flowers in clusters at the top of the stem
grass-like Carex stricta tussock sedge OBL 1 (2, 3) 4 sat, 0-6" L N to 3' full sun Philadelphia County P,C emergent aquatic
grass-like Carex vulpinoidea fox sedge OBL 1, 2 (3) 4 sat, 0-6" L N to 3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,C seed heads resemble a fox's tail
grass-like Juncus effusus soft rush FACW+ (2, 3) 4 sat, 0-1' M L 2-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,C clump forming
grass-like Juncus gerardii black-grass FACW+ 3, 4 sat, 0-6" N H 1-2' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,C purplish to burgundy flower clusters
grass-like Pontederia cordata pickerel-weed OBL 1, 2, 3 sat, 0-1' N L 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County S emergent aquatic, heart-shaped leaves, purple flowers
grass-like Schoenoplectus (Scirpus) pungens three-square FACW+ 2, 3, 4 sat, 0-6" N H 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,S good bank stabilizer; erosion control; spreads easily
grass-like Scirpus cyperinus wool-grass FACW+ 2 (3, 4) saturated L N to 6' full sun Philadelphia County P,C forms dense tussocks; large inflorescence
grass-like Scirpus polyphyllus bulrush OBL 2, 3, 4 saturated N U to 4' shade Philadelphia County S numerous leaves along stem, flowers at the top of the stem
grass-like Sparganium americanum bur-reed OBL (2, 3) 4 sat, 0-6" N N 1-3' full sun Philadelphia County P,C emergent aquatic
grass-like Sparganium eurycarpum giant bur-reed OBL 1 (2, 3) sat, 0-12" N N 2-4' full sun Philadelphia County P,C emergent aquatic
shrub Alnus serrulata smooth alder OBL (1, 2) 3 sat, 0-3" L N 6-10' 6-10' full sun Philadelphia County C stabilizes stream banks, roots fix nitrogen
shrub Amelanchier canadensis serviceberry FAC 4, 5, 6 seasonal L H 15-20' 6-20' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive
shrub Aronia arbutifolia red chokeberry FACW 3 (4, 5) seasonal L M 3-4' 6-10' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, bank stabilizer, white flowers
shrub Aronia melanocarpa black chokeberry FAC 3 (4, 5) seasonal M M 3-6' 5-10' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, white flowers

shrub Baccharis halimifolia groundsel-tree FACW 4, 5, 6 seasonal L M 6-12' 6-12' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
shrub Cephalanthus occidentalis buttonbush OBL 1 (2, 3) sat, 0-3' M M 4-8' 3-6' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, interesting flowers
shrub Chionanthus virginicus fringetree FAC+ 4, 5 seasonal M N 12-20' 12-25' sun-shade Philadelphia County C white, pendulous, fragrant flowers; gold fall color; very adaptable; acidic soils
shrub Clethra alnifolia sweet pepperbush FAC+ 3, 4, 5 seasonal L M 4-6' 3-8' full sun-shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, acidic soils
shrub Comptonia peregrina sweet-fern 6 no H N 4-8' 2-5' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C very adaptable; aromatic leaves; nitrogen fixer
shrub Cornus amomum silky dogwood FACW (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N 8' 6-10' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, bank stabilizer, white flowers
shrub Cornus racemosa gray dogwood FAC- 3 (4, 5) seasonal M N 10-15' 10-15' full sun-shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, very adaptable, white flowers
shrub Cornus sericea red-osier dogwood FACW+ (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N 8-12' 7-9' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, stream bank stabilizer, red bark
shrub Corylus americana hazelnut FACU- 4 (5, 6) no M N 8-13' 8-10' full sun-light shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, edible nuts
shrub Euonymus americanus hearts-a-burstin' FAC 4, 5, 6 seasonal N N 4-6' 4-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C small brown flowers; fuchsia hearts; green stems add winter interest
shrub Hamamelis virginiana witch-hazel FAC- 4 (5, 6) no L N 15-20' 20-30' full sun-shade Philadelphia County C ornamental, unusual yellow flowers
shrub Hydrangea arborescens wild hydrangea FACU 3, 4, 5 no N U 3-5' 3-5' part-full shade Philadelphia County P,S creamy white flowers; dry to moist soil
shrub Ilex verticillata winterberry FACW+ (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N 3-12' 6-12' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, red berries persist through winter
shrub Itea virginica virginia sweet spire OBL 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 3-5' 3-9' sun-shade Pennsylvania C fragrant white tassels; good fall color
shrub Juniperus communis juniper 6 no H N 7-13' 5-10' full sun Philadelphia County C mounded shrub; deep taproot; high wildlife value; evergreen
shrub Leucothoe racemosa swamp sweetbells FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal L L 3-8' 3-8' part-full shade Pennsylvania C white drooping flowers; evergreen leaves; moist soil
shrub Lindera benzoin spicebush FACW- 3, 4, 5 seasonal L M 6-12' 6-12' full sun-shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, drought sensitive
shrub Lonicera sempervirens trumpet honeysuckle FACU 6 no L N 3-6' 10-20' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County P,S vine with bright orange trumpet-shaped flowers; flood intolerant
shrub Myrica pensylvanica bayberry FAC (3, 4) 5 seasonal H M 5-9' 9' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, roots fix nitrogen, winter fruits
shrub Parthenocissus quinquefolia virginia creeper FACU 4, 5, 6 seasonal H M 5-10' 30-50' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C very adaptable vine; compaction resistant; beautiful red fall color
shrub Physocarpus opulifolius ninebark FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal H N 4-6' 5-10' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
shrub Rhododendron maximum Rosebay FAC 3, 4, 5 seasonal H N 4-25' 4-25' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C acidic soil, compaction sensitive
shrub Rhododendron periclymenoides pinxterbloom azalea FAC 4, 5, 6 seasonal M N 4-7' 4-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C pink flowers open before leaves are out; moist, acid, well-drained soil
shrub Rhododendron viscosum swamp azalea FACW+ (3, 4) 5 saturated M N 6-12' 5-8' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, showy pink and white flowers
shrub Rhus aromatica fragrant sumac 5, 6 no M U 6-10' 2-4' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C spicy smelling leaves; good fall color
shrub Rhus copallina winged sumac 6 no H M 10-20' 7-15' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive; flood intolerant
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **


shrub Rhus glabra smooth sumac 4 (5, 6) no M N 9-15' 9-15' full sun Philadelphia County C grows well in poor soils; flood and compaction intolerant
shrub Rhus typhina staghorn sumac 6 no H M 15-25' 15-25' full sun Philadelphia County C flood intol., compaction sensitive
shrub Rosa carolina pasture rose UPL 5, 6 no H M 5-10' 4-6' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant; flood intolerant
shrub Rosa palustris swamp rose OBL 2 (3, 4) saturated L N 4-6' 6' full sun Philadelphia County C easy to establish
shrub Rosa virginiana wild rose FAC 3 (4, 5) seasonal L N 3-5' 4-6' full sun Philadelphia County C very pretty; low maint; tolerant of poor soils
shrub Rubus allegheniensis common blackberry FACU- 4, 5, 6 no H N 6-12' 3-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant; edible fruit
shrub Rubus occidentalis blackcap raspberry 6 no M N 5-11' 3-4' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C tasty fruits; purple & white stems provide winter interest; forms thickets
shrub Salix discolor pussy-willow FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 10-12' 10-15' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, roots easily from cuttings
shrub Salix exigua sandbar willow OBL 3, 4, 5 seasonal M L 10-15' 10' full sun Philadelphia County C found on sandy, gravelly bars or shores
shrub Salix sericea silky willow OBL 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 10-15' 10' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C found in swamps, bogs, and on stream banks
shrub Sambucus canadensis american elder FACW (3, 4) 5, 6 seasonal M M 5-12' 5-12' full sun-shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
shrub Spiraea tomentosa steeplebush FACW- 4, 5, 6 seasonal M N 3-6' 3-6' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
shrub Vaccinium angustifolium low-bush blueberry FACU- 4, 5, 6 seasonal H N 2' 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive; very sweet berries; very flood tolerant; needs acidic soil
shrub Vaccinium corymbosum highbush blueberry FACW- 3, 4, 5, 6 seasonal L H 8-12' 6-12' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant, acidic soils
shrub Vaccinium pallidum early low blueberry FACU- 4, 5, 6 seasonal H U 2-3' 1-3' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C white flowers; sweet edible fruit; wildlife value; compaction sensitive, very flood tol
shrub Vaccinium stamineum deerberry FACU 6 no H N 5-10' 5-10' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C white flowers; edible fruit; high wildlife value; dry to moist soil
shrub Viburnum acerifolium maple-leaved viburnum UPL 5, 6 no H N 2-4' 4-6' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C creamy white flowers; blue berries; dry to moist soil; wildlife value
shrub Viburnum dentatum southern arrow-wood FAC 3 (4, 5) seasonal M M 6-12' 6-12' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant; heat resistant
shrub Viburnum lentago nannyberry FAC 4, 5, 6 no H N 6-12' 15-18' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C white flowers; sweet black berries; very adaptable; high wildlife value
shrub Viburnum nudum possum haw OBL 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 12-20' 12-20' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C white flowers; glossy leaves; high wildlife value; compaction resistant
shrub Viburnum prunifolium black haw FACU 4, 5, 6 no M N 6-12' 15-20' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C white flowers; black berries; very adaptable; high wildlife value
shrub Viburnum trilobum american cranberry FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal M N 8-12' 8-12' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C white flowers; edible red berries; moist to boggy soil; high wildlife value
tree Acer rubrum red maple FACW 3 (4, 5) seasonal L N 30-50' 40-60' sun-shade Philadelphia County C tolerant of many soils, tolerates acidic soil, rapid growth; suitable street tree
tree Acer saccharinum silver maple FACW 3 (4, 5) seasonal L N 35-70' 50-70' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C very tolerant of poor soils
tree Acer saccharum sugar maple FACU 4, 5, 6 no M N 30-60' 60-75' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C intolerant of crowding, pollution, and drought
tree Amelanchier laevis smooth serviceberry 4, 5, 6 seasonal M M 15-40' 25' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive

tree Asimina triloba paw paw FACU+ 4, 5, 6 no L N 15-30' 15-20' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C unusual maroon flower; very large leaves; moist soil; compaction sensitive
tree Betula lenta sweet birch FACU 4, 5, 6 seasonal M N 40-60' 40-55' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C sensitive to soil compaction
tree Betula nigra river birch FACW (3, 4) 5 seasonal L N 40-60' 40-70' full sun Philadelphia County C good bank stabilizer; acidic soils
tree Betula populifolia gray birch FAC (4, 5) 6 seasonal M N 10-20' 20-40' full sun Philadelphia County C poor soils, short lived tree, early successional species
tree Carpinus caroliniana hornbeam FAC 3 (4, 5) 6 seasonal L N 20-35' 50-75' heavy shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive
tree Carya cordiformis bitternut hickory FACU+ 5, 6 seasonal H N 50-75' 50-75' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C dry, moist, or wet soil; high wildlife value; good fall color; compaction tolerant
tree Carya glabra pignut hickory FACU- 4 (5, 6) no H N 35-50' 50-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive, warm south-facing slopes
tree Carya ovata Shagbark hickory FACU 4 (5, 6) no M N 50-70' 75-100' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant, distinctive peeling bark
tree Celtis occidentalis hackberry FACU 4, 5, 6 no H M 40-60' 40-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C fruit persists into winter; deep-rooting; good street tree
tree Cercis canadensis eastern redbud FACU- 4, 5, 6 no H N 25-35' 20-30' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C not good in acidic soils; nitrogen fixer
tree Chamaecyparis thyoides atlantic white cedar OBL (1, 2) 3, 4 saturated N N 20' 50' part sun-shade Pennsylvania C usually found in areas with fluctuating water tables
tree Cornus florida flowering dogwood FACU- 4, 5, 6 no M N 15-30' 30-50' sun-shade Philadelphia County C understory tree; nice ornamental
tree Crataegus crus-galli cockspur hawthorn FACU 5, 6 seasonal H M 20-25' 20-30' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C keeps berries all winter; tolerant of many soils
tree Crataegus pruinosa frosted hawthorn 4, 5 seasonal M U 20-24' 24' full sun-part shade Pennsylvania C white flowers; adaptable; high wildlife value
tree Fagus grandifolia american beech FACU 4 (5, 6) no H N 40-80' 50-70' sun-shade Philadelphia County C compaction intolerant; intolerant of poorly-drained soils
tree Fraxinus americana white ash FACU 4 (5, 6) no L N 60-80' 50-80' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C well-drained soils; compaction tolerant
good bank stabilizer, compaction resistant; good street tree, but may develop surface
tree Fraxinus pennsylvanica green ash FACW 3, 4, 5 seasonal M L 35-50' 50-60' full sun Philadelphia County C
roots with age
tree Gleditsia triacanthos honeylocust 3, 4, 5 seasonal H L 50-75' 50-75' full sun Philadelphia County C gold fall color; very adaptable; compaction tolerant; taproot; good street tree
tree Ilex opaca american holly FACU 4, 5, 6 no M L 10-20' 40-50' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C acidic well drained soils; intolerant of wind
tree Juglans nigra black walnut FACU 5, 6 seasonal L N 75-100' 50-75' full sun Philadelphia County C flood and compaction tolerant; yellow-green flowers give way to edible nuts
tree Juniperus virginiana eastern red cedar FACU 4, 5, 6 no H M 8-25' 50-75' full sun Philadelphia County C flood and shade intolerant; very tolerant of many soils; beautiful reddish bark
tree Liquidambar styraciflua sweetgum FAC 3, 4, 5 seasonal L M 20-30' 60-75' full sun Philadelphia County C heat and flood tolerant; outstanding fall color; good street tree
tree Liriodendron tulipifera tulip tree FACU 4, 5, 6 no M L 30-50' 70-100' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C heat and compaction sensitive; rapid growth
tree Magnolia virginiana sweetbay magnolia FACW+ 3, 4, 5 seasonal N M 10-20' 10-20' sun-shade Philadelphia County C sandy-peaty acidic soil; attractive, fragrant flowers
8 - 17
Selected Native Plants for BMP's
8 - 18
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **


tree Nyssa sylvatica sourgum FAC 2 (3, 4) 5 seasonal L M 20-30' 30-50' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction tolerant; heat resistant
tree Pinus rigida pitch pine FACU 4, 5, 6 no M M 30-50' 40-60' full sun Philadelphia County C acidic soils; compaction sensitive; heat resistant
tree Pinus strobus white pine FACU 4, 5, 6 no N N 20-40' 50-100' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C heat and compaction sensitive; long-lived; tolerant of poor soils
tree Pinus virginiana scrub pine 5, 6 no H N 10-20' 15-40' full sun Philadelphia County C tolerant of poor sterile soils; beautiful golden foliage in winter
tree Platanus occidentalis sycamore FACW- 3, 4, 5 seasonal L N 75-100' 75-100' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
tree Populus deltoides cottonwood FACU- 3, 4, 5 seasonal L L 35-60' 75-100' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant; pioneer species
tree Populus grandidentata large-toothed aspen FACU- 4, 5, 6 no L N 20-30' 50-70' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive; pioneer species
tree Populus tremuloides quaking aspen FACU 4, 5, 6 seasonal L N 20-30' 35-50' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive; pioneer species
tree Prunus serotina black cherry FACU 4, 5, 6 no M N 30-60' 50-60' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction intolerant; pioneer species
tree Quercus alba white oak FACU 4, 5, 6 no M M 50-80' 50-80' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction very sensitive; acidic soils; long lived
tree Quercus bicolor swamp white oak FACW+ 2, 3, 4, 5 seasonal L L 50-60' 50-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
tree Quercus coccinea scarlet oak 5, 6 no M N 40-50' 50-75' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction intolerant, long lived, nice fall color
tree Quercus falcata southern red oak FACU- 6 no H N 50-60' 70-80' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C high winter wildlife value; found in dry to moist woods
tree Quercus marilandica blackjack oak 5, 6 no H L 15-40' 30-40' full sun Philadelphia County C very flood intolerant; compaction sensitive
tree Quercus palustris pin oak FACW (3) 4, 5, 6 seasonal L N 40-60' 60-70' full sun Philadelphia County C acidic well drained soils; compaction resistant; good street tree
tree Quercus phellos willow oak FACU- (3, 4) 5 seasonal N N 25-50' 40-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C acidic soils; tolerates poor drainage; compaction tolerant
tree Quercus rubra red oak FACU- 5, 6 no M M 50-75' 60-75' full sun Philadelphia County C acidic soils; compaction and pollution tolerant
tree Quercus velutina black oak 5, 6 no L N 40-50' 50-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction intolerant; acidic soils
tree Salix nigra black willow FACW+ (2, 3) 4 seasonal L N 20-35' 35-50' full sun Philadelphia County C compaction resistant
tree Sassafras albidum sassafras FACU 6 no H N 25-40' 30-60' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction intolerant; pioneer species; flood intolerant
tree Tilia americana basswood FACU (4, 5) 6 no M N 30-50' 60-80' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C compaction sensitive; fragrant pale yellow spring flowers
tree Ulmus americana american elm FACW- (3) 4, 5, 6 seasonal H H 50-75' 60-90' full sun Philadelphia County C rare due to Dutch elm disease; new resistant stock; graceful vase form
tree Ulmus rubra slippery elm FAC- (3) 4, 5, 6 seasonal H H 50-75' 60-90' full sun-part shade Philadelphia County C seeds are eaten by birds and small mammals; shade tolerant
* WETLAND INDICATOR (probability of occurring in a wetland):

OBL Obligate wetland species 99%
FACW Facultative wetland species 67-99%
FAC Facultative species 34-66%
FACU Facultative upland species 1-33%
UPL Upland species 1%
(+) indicates that the species occurs in the higher portion of the range
(-) indicates that the species occurs in the lower portion of the range
Those species with no wetland indicator are virtually intolerant of flooding or prolonged soil saturation during the growing season.
** HYDROLOGIC ZONES
Zone 1: Open water - Permanent pool (12 inches - 6 feet)
This zone is best colonized by submergent plants, if at all. This deep water
zone is not usually planted for several reasons: there are few species that can grow
in this zone, and many are not commercially available; open water areas provide
unique habitat; and deep water aquatic plants may clog the stormwater facility
outlet structure. The benefits of planting in this zone include the absorption of
nutrients in the water column; enhanced sediment deposition; improved oxidation;
and the creation of additional habitat.
Zone 2: Shallow water terrace/Aquatic bench (6 inches -1 foot)

This zone offers ideal conditions for a wide variety of emergent wetland plants. These
areas typically fringe the ponding area and are permanently inundated.
Zone 3: BMP Fringe - Low marsh (0-6 inches regular inundation)

This zone is typically the shoreline of a pond or wetland - its width determined by the
Type
Notes
Nativity
S=seed
H=high)
Latin Name
U=unknown)
Mature height
Common Name
Light requirement
Hydrologic zone **


design slope. This zone is usually inundated except during periods of drought and is the
interface between the emergent wetland plantings and the upland plantings. Plants must
be able to withstand periods of inundation as well as periods of drought and should
have some capacity for slope stabilization.
Zone 4: BMP Fringe - High Marsh (periodic inundation, saturated soils)

This zone extends upslope from zone 3 and may be inundated after storms. It constitutes
the majority of the temporary extended detention area. Plants selected should be able
to withstand periodic inundation after storms as well as significant drought during the
summer.
Zone 5: Floodplain terrace (infrequent inundation, temporarily saturated soils)

Zone 5 is infrequently saturated by floodwaters that quickly recede in a day or less.
Plants should be able to withstand infrequent inundation as well as drought and should
offer some slope stabilization.

Zone 6: Upland (never inundated)
This zone extends above the maximum design water surface elevation. Plant
selection should be based on local soil and light conditions, and on the amount
of available space for plantings.
REFERENCES:
The Plants of Pennsylvania: An Illustrated Manual , Ann Rhoads, Timothy Block, Anna Anisko
Fairmount Park Commission: Selected Trees & Shrubs Native to Philadelphia County (brochure)
Fairmount Park Commission: Selected Wildflowers, Ferns, Grasses, Sedges, & Rushes Native to Philadelphia County (brochure)
Website: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service: PLANTS Database http://plants.usda.gov/
Website: The Kemper Center for Home Gardening: PlantFinder http://www.mobot.org/gardeninghelp/plantfinder/Alpha.asp
Website: Plants of the North: http://www.rook.org/earl/bwca/nature/flora.html
Website: NC State University Plant Factsheets http://www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/index.html
Website: University of Connectict Plant Database http://www.hort.uconn.edu/plants/index.html
Website: USDA Forest Service: Silvics of North America http://www.na.fs.fed.us/spfo/pubs/silvics_manual/table_of_contents.htm
8 - 19

Invasive non-native plants reproduce rapidly, degrade and take over natural ecosystems and
have few, if any natural controls to keep them in check. Brought in to new areas by people
for a specific purpose or by accident these species have characteristics that allow them to
grow out of control and usually favor disturbed sites like areas of new construction. Under
no circumstance should they be planted in a SMP. Because of appealing characteristics,
some of these plants are available for sale and care should be taken not to purchase them.
Additionally, the ability to identify and remove them before they can establish themselves is
important as they almost always invade due to their gregarious reproductive strategies. They
can be especially hard to get rid of once they take hold. Table 3 lists common invaders for the
Mid-Atlantic region.
Table 8.3: Common Invasive Species of the Mid-Atlantic Region

Type Latin Name Common Name Availability
forb Hemerocallis fulva Common daylily commercially available
forb Alliaria petiolata Garlic mustard
forb Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed
forb Ranunculs ficaria Lesser celadine
forb Lythrum salicaria Purple loosetrife
forb Cirsium arvense Canada thistle
forb Lespedeza cuneata Chinese lespedeza
forb Heracleum mantegazzianum Giant hogweed
forb Murdannia keisak Marsh dewflower
forb Centaurea biebersteinii Spotted knapweed
grass Bambusa, Phyllostachys, Pseudosassa Bamboo commercially available
grass Microstegium vimineum Japanese stiltgrass
grass Miscanthus sinensis Chinese silvergrass
grass-like Phragmites australis Common reed
grass-like Arundo donax Giant reed- wild cane
shrub Berberis thunbergii Japanese barberry commercially available
shrub Ligustrum spp. Privets commercially available
shrub Euonymus alata Winged burning bush commercially available
shrub Buddleja davidii Butterfly bush commercially available
Japanese spiraea -
shrub Spiraea japonica commercially available
Japanese meadowsweet
shrub Elaeagnus umbellata Autumn olive
shrub Lonicera spp. Bush honeysuckles commercially available
shrub Rosa multiflora Mulitflora rose
shrub Rubus phoenicolasius Wineberry
shrub Rhodotypos scandens Jetbead
Tree Pyrus calleryana ‘Bradford’ Bradford pear commercially available
Tree Acer platanoides Norway maple commercially available
Tree Quercus acutissima Sawtooth oak commercially available
Tree Paulownia tomentosa Princess tree
Tree Ailanthus altissima Tree of Heaven
Tree Albizia julibrissin Silk tree - mimosa tree commercially available
Tree Broussonetia papyrifera Paper mulberry
Tree Morus alba White mulberry
Vine Hedera helix English Ivy commercially available
Vine Wisteria sinensis, W. floribunda Wisteria, exotic commercially available
Vine Eunonymus fortunei Creeping euonymus commercially available
Vine Lonicera japonica Japanese honeysuckle commercially available

Table 8.3: Common Invasive Species of the Mid-Atlantic Region (continued)

Type Latin Name Common Name Availability
Vine Vinca minor Periwinkle commercially available
Vine Pueraria montana v. lobata Kudzu
Vine Polygonum perfoliatum Mile-a-minute
Vine Celastrus orbiculatus Oriental bittersweet
Vine Ampelopsis brevipedunculata Porcelain berry commercially available
Vine Akebia quinata Five-leaved akebia
Vine Cynanchum louiseae Louis’ swallowwort


Appendices
A. Hotspot Investigation Procedures
B. Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures
C. Geotechnical Investigation (Subsurface Stability) Procedures
D. Maps: Zones for Acceptable Practices
E. Worksheets and Checklists
F. Regulatory Guidance
G. Case Studies
H. Abbreviations & Acronyms
I. Glossary
J. References
K. Voluntary Small Sites Checklist
L. Homeowner’s Guide to Stormwater Management


Appendices
A
Hotspot Investigation Procedures


Appendices
Appendix A: Hotspot Investigation Procedures

A.1 Justification
This policy is intended to encourage infiltration on most sites while addressing potential
contamination of groundwater and surface water caused by infiltration on sites with contaminated
soils.
A.2 Required Steps

Step 1: Determine the prior land use at the site to be developed, and review any data on soil
or groundwater quality.
• For larger development sites, a formal Phase I site assessment is often required
by the lender in order to determine if any environmental hazard exists on the site. A
determination of prior land use is part of this assessment.
• On sites where a formal Phase I is not conducted, methods to determine prior land
use may include a title search, aerial photographs, soil surveys, topographic maps, city
and state regulatory databases, and a review of state and local records.
Step 2: Determine the potential for contamination based on available data and prior land
use.
• The following land uses are considered to have a potential for contaminated soil
which may adversely affect the quality of groundwater discharging to surface water.
Infiltration is prohibited on these site unless the applicant can show that there is no
potential for contaminant migration due to infiltration.
• Sites designated as CERCLA (Superfund) sites

• Auto recycler facilities and junk yards
• Commercial laundry and dry cleaning
• Commercial nurseries
• Vehicle fueling stations, service and maintenance areas
• Toxic chemical manufacturing and storage
• Petroleum storage and refining
• Public works storage areas
• Airports and deicing facilities, railroads and rail yards, marinas and ports
• Heavy manufacturing and power generation
• Metal production, plating and engraving operations
• Landfills and hazardous waste material disposal
• Sites on subsurface material such as fly ash known to contain mobile heavy
metals and toxins
Step 3: For sites that do not qualify as hotspots, proceed with design of infiltration facilities
including pre-treatment. For hotspots, proceed with design of water quality treatment
facilities. For sites not identified as a hot spot under Step 2, an infiltration waiver can be
requested if sufficient proof of soil contamination is provided based on soil sampling results.
Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0 1


Appendices
B
Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures


Appendices
Appendix B: Soil Infiltration Testing Procedures

B.1 Justification
This policy is intended to provide standard methods for use in determining the infiltration rate of
liquid into soils.
B.2 Required Steps

Designers are required to use the soil infiltration testing procedures described by American
Standard Testing Methods (ASTM) in their “Standard Test Method for Infiltration Rate of Soils
in Field Using Double-Ring Infiltrometer” or as set forth by the Pennsylvania Stormwater Best
Management Practices Manual.
B.3 Summary of Acceptable Soil Infiltration Testing
The purpose of Appendix B is to provide potential field infiltration testing methods to be utilized for
the design of infiltration facilities. In an effort to maintain congruency between the Pennsylvania
Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) and the Philadelphia Water Department (PWD)
regarding stormwater/infiltration practices, Appendix C: Site Evaluation and Soil Testing of the
Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Manual has been attached and is incorporated into this
document.
There are a variety of field tests available to determine the design field infiltration rate at a given
site. This Appendix outlines the procedures to perform two methods of infiltration: Double-Ring
Infiltrometers and Percolation Tests.
A double-ring infiltrometer test estimates the vertical movement of water through the bottom of the
test area, while a percolation test allows water movement through both the bottom and sides of
the test area. As such, double-ring infiltrometer tests are considered to more accurately model the
potential infiltration capacity of a soil. However, it is understood that for a large site with multiple
test locations, double-ring infiltrometer tests can be cost prohibitive.
Key points for the two methods are summarized below.
Double-Ring Infiltrometer
• Double-Ring infiltrometer testing methodology is provided in ASTM D 3385.
• Two concentric metal rings are driven into the ground and filled with water. The outer ring
helps to reduce lateral movement of water in the soil while the inner ring is used to calculate
an infiltration rate.
• Test holes must be presoaked immediately prior to testing. The presoaking procedure is
intended to simulate saturated conditions in the environment and to minimize the influence
of unsaturated flow.
• The test must be performed for at least 6 hours or a length of time adequate for the
infiltration rate to stabilize.
• It is strongly advised that a double-ring infiltration test be performed instead of a percolation

test for proposed infiltration basins.

Appendices
Percolation Tests
• Percolation test methodology is based on the criteria written in Chapter 73 of the

Pennsylvania Code. The procedure is also included in the Pennsylvania Stormwater
Manual included with this Appendix.
• A percolation test allows water movement through both the bottom and sides of the test
area. Percolation tests are generally utilized in areas where both horizontal and vertical
infiltration is expected.
• Percolation tests carried out betwen June 1 and December 31 should use a 24 hour
presoaking before the testing.
• All test holes should be presoaked immediately prior to testing. The presoaking procedure
is intended to simulate saturated conditions in the environment and to minimize the
influence of unsaturated flow.
• The test infiltration rate from a percolation test is obtained by dividing the percolation rate
by the appropriate reduction factor. This calculation is explained in detail in the following
section.
Generally, a minimum of two tests should be performed per infiltration area. At least one test
should be conducted at the proposed bottom elevation of an infiltration BMP. More tests may be
warranted if the results for the first two tests are substantially different. The highest infiltration rate
from the test results should be discarded when more than two are employed for design purposes.
The geometric mean should be used to determine the average rate following multiple tests.
The presence of massive rock in relatively close proximity to the point of infiltration may result
in lateral, as opposed to vertical infiltration if the rock is not sufficiently jointed and/or fissured to
infiltrate. This can potentially result in water migrating and then reappearing at topographic low
areas. Therefore, if rock is present within 5 feet of the proposed base of the infiltration basin, the
designer must provide adequate information to document that the water is infiltrating vertically and
not traveling laterally along the top of rock surface.
Other testing procedures may be used if site conditions make double-ring infiltrometer and
percolations tests infeasible. In such cases, a waiver requesting approval of an alternate testing
procedure must be submitted. It is recommended that this waiver be submitted before the testing
is performed. Refer to http://www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview for the most recent
waiver forms.
2 Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

Pennsylvania Stormwater
Best Management Practices
Manual
Appendix C – Site Evaluation and Soil Testing
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006

Pennsylvania Stormwater Best Management Practices Manual Appendix C
Protocol 1
Site Evaluation and Soil Infiltration Testing
A. Purpose of this Protocol
The purpose of the Site Evaluation and Soil Infiltration Testing Protocol is to describe evaluation
and field testing procedures to:
a. Determine if Infiltration BMPs are suitable at a site, and at what locations.

b. Obtain the required data for infiltration BMP design.
B. When to Conduct Testing
Designers are encouraged to conduct the Soil Evaluation and Investigation early in the site
planning and design process. The Site Development process outlined in Chapters 4 and 5 of
this Manual describe a process for site development and BMPs. Soil Evaluation and
Investigation should be conducted early in the preliminary design of the project so that
information developed in the testing process can be incorporated into the design. Adjustments
to the design can be made as necessary. It is recommended that Soil Evaluation and
Investigation be conducted following the development of an early Preliminary Plan. The
Designer should possess a preliminary understanding of potential BMP locations prior to testing.
Prescreening test may be carried out in advance to site potential BMP locations.
C. Who Should Conduct Testing
Qualified professionals who can substantiate by qualifications/experience their ability carry out
the evaluation should conduct test pit soil evaluations. A professional, experienced in observing
and evaluating soils conditions is necessary to ascertain conditions that might affect BMP
performance, which can not be thoroughly assessed with the testing procedures. Such
professionals must conduct these evaluations in risk areas, or areas indicated in the guidance
as non-preferred locations for testing or BMP implementation.
D. Importance of Stormwater BMP Areas
Sites are often defined as unsuitable for Infiltration BMPs and soil based BMPs due to proposed
grade changes (excessive cut or fill) or lack of suitable areas. Many sites will be constrained
and unsuitable for infiltration BMPs. However, if suitable areas exist, these areas should be
identified early in the design process and should not be subject to a building program that
precludes infiltration BMPs. An exemption should not be provided for “full build-outs” where
suitable soils otherwise exist for infiltration.
E. Safety
As with all field work and testing, attention should be given to all applicable OSHA regulations
and local guidelines related to earthwork and excavation. Digging and excavation should never
be conducted without adequate notification through the Pennsylvania One Call system (PA
OneCall 1-800-242-1776 or www.paonecall.org). Excavations should never be left unsecured
and unmarked, and all applicable authorities should be notified prior to any work.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 1 of 21

INFILTRATION TESTING: A MULTI-STEP PROCESS
Infiltration Testing is a four-step process to obtain the necessary data for the design of the
stormwater management plan. The four steps include:
1. Background Evaluation
• Based on available published and site specific data
• Includes consideration of proposed development plan
• Used to identify potential BMP locations and testing locations
• Prior to field work (desktop)
• On-site screening test
2. Test Pit (Deep Hole) Observation
• Includes Multiple Testing Locations
• Provides an understanding of sub-surface conditions
• Identifies limiting conditions
3. Infiltration Testing
• Must be conducted on-site
• Different testing methods available
• Alternate methods for - additional-Screening and Verification testing
4. Design Considerations
• Determination of a suitable infiltration rate for design calculations
• Consideration of BMP drawdown
• Consideration of peak rate attenuation
Step 1. Background Evaluation
Prior to performing testing and developing a detailed site plan, existing conditions at the site
should be inventoried and mapped including, but not limited to:
• Existing mapped individual soils and USDA Hydrologic Soil Group classifications.
• Existing geology, including the location of any dikes, faults, fracture traces, solution
cavities, landslide prone strata, or other features of note.
• Existing streams (perennial and intermittent, including intermittent swales), water bodies,
wetlands, hydric soils, floodplains, alluvial soils, stream classifications, headwaters and
1st order streams.
• Existing topography, slope, and drainage patterns.
• Existing and previous land uses.
• Other natural or man-made features or conditions that may impact design, such as past
uses of site, existing nearby structures (buildings, walls), etc.
A sketch plan or preliminary layout plan for development should be evaluated, including:
• The preliminary grading plan and areas of cut and fill.

• The location and water surface elevation of all existing and location of proposed water
supply sources and wells.
• The location of all existing and proposed on-site wastewater systems.
• The location of other features of note such as utility right-of-ways, water and sewer lines,
etc.
• Existing data such as structural borings, drillings, and geophysical testing.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 2 of 21

• The proposed location of development features (buildings, roads, utilities, walls, etc.).
In Step 1, the Designer should determine the potential location of infiltration BMPs. The
approximate location of these BMPs should be located on the proposed development
plan and should serve as the basis for the location and number of tests to be performed
on-site.
Important: If the proposed development program is located on areas that may otherwise be
suitable for BMP location, or if the proposed grading plan is such that potential BMP locations
are eliminated, the Designer is strongly encouraged to revisit the proposed layout and grading
plan and adjust the development plan as necessary. Full build-out of areas suitable for
infiltration BMPs should not preclude the use of BMPs for volume reduction and groundwater
recharge.
Step 2. Test Pits (Deep Holes)
A Test Pit (Deep Hole) allows visual observation of the soil horizons and overall soil conditions
both horizontally and vertically in that portion of the site. An extensive number of Test Pit
observations can be made across a site at a relatively low cost and in a short time period. The
use of soil borings as a substitute for Test Pits strongly is discouraged, as visual observation is
narrowly limited in a soil boring and the soil horizons cannot be observed in-situ, but must be
observed from the extracted borings. Borings and other procedures, however, might be
suitable for initial screening to develop a preliminary plan for testing, or verification testing.
A Test Pit consists of a backhoe-excavated trench, 2-1/2 to 3 feet wide, to a depth of between
72 inches and 90 inches, or until bedrock or fully saturated conditions are encountered. The
trench should be benched at a depth of 2-3 feet for access and/or infiltration testing.
At each Test Pit, the following conditions shall be noted and described. Depth measurements
should be described as depth below the ground surface:
 Soil Horizons (upper and lower boundary)
 Soil Texture and Color for each horizon
 Color Patterns (mottling) and observed depth
 Depth to Water Table
 Depth to Bedrock
 Observance of Pores or Roots (size, depth)
 Estimated Type and Percent Coarse Fragments
 Hardpan or Limiting Layers
 Strike and dip of horizons (especially lateral direction of flow at limiting layers)
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 3 of 21

 Additional comments or observations
The Sample Soil Log Form at the end of this protocol may be used for documentation of each
Test Pit.
At the Designer's discretion, soil samples may be collected at various horizons for additional
analysis. Following testing, the test pits should be refilled with the original soil and the surface
replaced with the original topsoil. A Test Pit should never be accessed if soil conditions are
unsuitable for safe entry, or if site constraints preclude entry. OSHA regulations should always
be observed.
It is important that the Test Pit provide information related to conditions at the bottom of the
proposed Infiltration BMP. If the BMP depth will be greater than 90 inches below existing grade,
deeper excavation will be required. However, such depths are discouraged, especially in Karst
topography. Except for surface discharge BMPs (filter strips, etc.) the designer is cautioned
regarding the proposal of systems that are significantly lower than the existing topography. The
suitability for infiltration may decrease, and risk factors are likely to increase. Locations that are
not preferred for testing and subsurface infiltration BMPs include swales, the toe of slopes for
most sites, and soil mantels of less than three feet in Karst topography.
The designer and contractors should reducing grading and earthwork as needed to reduce site
disturbance and compaction so that a greater opportunity exists for testing and stormwater
management.
The number of Test Pits varies depending on site conditions and the proposed development
plan. General guidelines are as follows:
• For single-family residential subdivisions with on-lot BMPs, one test pit per lot is
recommended, preferably within 25 feet of the proposed BMP area. Verification
testing should take place when BMPs are sited at greater distances.
• For multi-family and high density residential developments, one test pit per BMP area
or acre is recommended.
• For large infiltration areas (basins, commercial, institutional, industrial, and other
proposed land uses), multiple test pits should be evenly distributed at the rate of four
(4) to six (6) tests per acre of BMP area.
The recommendations above are guidelines. Additional tests should be conducted if local
conditions indicate significant variability in soil types, geology, water table levels, bedrock,
topography, etc. Similarly, uniform site conditions may indicate that fewer test pits are required.
Excessive testing and disturbance of the site prior to construction is not recommended.
Step 3. Infiltration Tests/Permeability Tests
A variety of field tests exist for determining the infiltration capacity of a soil. Laboratory tests are
strongly discouraged, as a homogeneous laboratory sample does not represent field conditions.
Infiltration tests should be conducted in the field. Tests should not be conducted in the rain or
within 24 hours of significant rainfall events (>0.5 inches), or when the temperature is below
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 4 of 21

freezing. However, the preferred testing is between January and June, the wet season. This is
the period when infiltration is likely to be diminished by saturated conditions. Percolation tests
carried out between June 1 and December 31 should use a 24 hour presoaking before the
testing. This procedure is not required for Infiltrometer testing, or permeometer testing
At least one test should be conducted at the proposed bottom elevation of an infiltration BMP,
and a minimum of two tests per Test Pit is recommended. More tests may be warranted if the
results for first two tests are substantially different. The highest rate (inches/hour) for test
results should be discarded when more than two are employed for design purposes. The
geometric mean should be used to determine the average rate following multiple tests.
Based on observed field conditions, the Designer may elect to modify the proposed bottom
elevation of a BMP. Personnel conducting Infiltration Tests should be prepared to adjust test
locations and depths depending upon observed conditions.
Methodologies discussed in this protocol include:
• Double-ring Infiltrometer tests.

• Percolation tests (such as for on-site wastewater systems and described in Pa Code
Chapter 73).
There are differences between the two methods. A Double-ring Infiltrometer test estimates the
vertical movement of water through the bottom of the test area. The outer ring helps to reduce
the lateral movement of water in the soil. A percolation test allows water movement through
both the bottom and sides of the test area. For this reason, the measured rate of water level
drop in a percolation test must be adjusted to represent the discharge that is occurring on both
the bottom and sides of the percolation test hole.
For infiltration basins, it is strongly advised that an Infiltration Test be carried out with an
infiltrometer (not percolation test) to determine the saturated hydraulic conductivity rate. This
precaution is taken to account for the fact that only the surface of the basin functions to infiltrate,
as measured by the test. Alternatively, permeability test procedures that yield a saturated
hydraulic conductivity rate can be used (see formulas developed by Elrick and Reynolds (1992),
or others for computation of hydraulic conductivity and saturated hydraulic conductivity).
Other testing methodologies and standards that are available but not discussed in detail in this
protocol include (but are not limited to):
• Constant head double-ring infiltrometer

• Testing as described in the Maryland Stormwater Manual Appendix D.1 using 5-inch
diameter casing.
• ASTM 2003 Volume 4.08, Soil and Rock (I): Designation D 3385-03, Standard Test
Method for Infiltration Rate of Soils in Field Using a Double-Ring Infiltrometer.
• ASTM 2002 Volume 4.09, Soil and Rock (II): Designation D 5093-90, Standard Test
Method for Field Measurement of Infiltration Rate Using a Double-Ring Infiltrometer with
a Sealed-Inner Ring.
• Guelph Permeameter
• Constant Head Permeameter (Amoozemeter)
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 5 of 21

a. Methodology for Double-Ring Infiltrometer Field Test
A Double-ring Infiltrometer consists of two concentric metal rings. The rings are driven
into the ground and filled with water. The outer ring helps to prevent divergent flow. The
drop in water level or volume in the inner ring is used to calculate an infiltration rate. The
infiltration rate is determined as the amount of water per surface area and time unit that
penetrates the soils. The diameter of the inner ring should be approximately 50% to
70% of the diameter of the outer ring, with a minimum inner ring size of 4-inches,
preferably much larger. (Bouwer, 1986). Double-ring infiltrometer testing equipment that
is designed specifically for that purpose may be purchased. However, field testing for
stormwater BMP design may also be conducted with readily available materials.
Equipment for Double-Ring Infiltrometer Test:
 Two concentric cylinder rings 6-inches or greater in height. Inner ring diameter
equal to 50% - 70% of outer ring diameter (i.e., an 8-inch ring and a 12-inch ring).
Material typically available at a hardware store may be acceptable.
 Water supply
 Stopwatch or timer
 Ruler or metal measuring tape
 Flat wooden board for driving cylinders uniformly into soil
 Rubber mallet
 Log sheets for recording data
Procedure for Double-Ring Infiltrometer Test
 Prepare level testing area.
 Place outer ring in place; place flat board on ring and drive ring into soil to a
minimum depth of two inches.
 Place inner ring in center of outer ring; place flat board on ring and drive ring into
soil a minimum of two inches. The bottom rim of both rings should be at the same
level.
 The test area should be presoaked immediately prior to testing. Fill both rings with
water to water level indicator mark or rim at 30 minute intervals for 1 hour. The
minimum water depth should be 4-inches. The drop in the water level during the
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 6 of 21

last 30 minutes of the presoaking period should be applied to the following

standard to determine the time interval between readings:
If water level drop is 2-inches or more, use 10-minute measurement intervals.

If water level drop is less than 2-inches, use 30-minute measurement intervals.
 Obtain a reading of the drop in water level in the center ring at appropriate time
intervals. After each reading, refill both rings to water level indicator mark or rim.
Measurement to the water level in the center ring shall be made from a fixed
reference point and shall continue at the interval determined until a minimum of
eight readings are completed or until a stabilized rate of drop is obtained,
whichever occurs first. A stabilized rate of drop means a difference of 1/4 inch or
less of drop between the highest and lowest readings of four consecutive readings.
 The drop that occurs in the center ring during the final period or the average
stabilized rate, expressed as inches per hour, shall represent the infiltration rate for
that test location.
b. Methodology for Percolation Test
Equipment for Percolation Test:
 Post hole digger or auger
 Water supply
 Stopwatch or timer
 Ruler or metal measuring tape
 Log sheets for recording data
 Knife blade or sharp-pointed instrument (for soil scarification)
 Course sand or fine gravel
 Object for fixed-reference point during measurement (nail, toothpick, etc.)
Procedure for Percolation Test
This percolation test methodology is based largely on the Pennsylvania Department of

Environmental Protection (PADEP) criteria for on-site sewage investigation of soils (as
described in Chapter 73 of the Pennsylvania Code). This should include the 24 hour presoak
procedure between June 1 and December 31. The presoak is done primarily to simulate
saturated conditions in the environment (generally Spring) and to minimize the influence of
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 7 of 21

unsaturated flow. If a presoak procedure is not employed between June1 and December 31,
than the rate reduction formula described by Elrick and Reynolds (1992), or Fritton, et.,al.
(1986) is recommended to account for the influence of unsaturated conditions in the test.
Prepare level testing area.
 Prepare hole having a uniform diameter of 6 to 10 inches and a depth of 8 to 12-

inches. The bottom and sides of the hole should be scarified with a knife blade or
sharp-pointed instrument to completely remove any smeared soil surfaces and to
provide a natural soil interface into which water may percolate. Loose material
should be removed from the hole.
 (Optional) two inches of coarse sand or fine gravel may be placed in the bottom of
the hole to protect the soil from scouring and clogging of the pores.
 Test holes should be presoaked immediately prior to testing. Water should be

placed in the hole to a minimum depth of 6 inches over the bottom and readjusted
every 30 minutes for 1 hour.
 The drop in the water level during the last 30 minutes of the final presoaking period
should be applied to the following standard to determine the time interval between
readings for each percolation hole:
If water remains in the hole, the interval for readings during the percolation
test should be 30 minutes.
If no water remains in the hole, the interval for readings during the percolation
test may be reduced to 10 minutes.
 After the final presoaking period, water in the hole should again be adjusted to a
minimum depth of 6-inches and readjusted when necessary after each reading. A
nail or marker should be placed at a fixed reference point to indicate the water refill
level. The water level depth and hole diameter should be recorded.
 Measurement to the water level in the individual percolation holes should be made
from a fixed reference point and should continue at the interval determined from
the previous step for each individual percolation hole until a minimum of eight
readings are completed or until a stabilized rate of drop is obtained, whichever
occurs first. A stabilized rate of drop means a difference of 1/4 inch or less of drop
between the highest and lowest readings of four consecutive readings.
 The drop that occurs in the percolation hole during the final period, expressed as
inches per hour, shall represent the percolation rate for that test location.
 The average measured rate must be adjusted to account for the discharge of
water from both the sides and bottom of the hole and to develop a representative
infiltration rate. The average/final percolation rate should be adjusted for each
percolation test according to the following formula:
Infiltration Rate = (Percolation Rate) / (Reduction Factor)
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 8 of 21

Where the Reduction Factor is given by**: 2 d1 − ∆ d

With:
Rf = DIA +1
d1 = Initial Water Depth (in.)
∆d = Average/Final Water Level Drop (in.)
DIA = Diameter of the Percolation Hole (in.)
The Percolation Rate is simply divided by the Reduction Factor as calculated above or
shown in the table below to yield the representative Infiltration Rate. In most cases, the
Reduction Factor varies from about 2 to 4 depending on the percolation hole dimensions
and water level drop – wider and shallower tests have lower Reduction Factors because
proportionately less water exfiltrates through the sides. For design purposes additional
safety factors are employed (see Protocol 2, Infiltration Systems Design and
Construction Guidelines)
** The area Reduction Factor accounts for the exfiltration occurring through the sides of
percolation hole. It assumes that the percolation rate is affected by the depth of water in
the hole and that the percolating surface of the hole is in uniform soil. If there are
significant problems with either of these assumptions then other adjustments may be
necessary.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 9 of 21

Table 1. Sample Percolation Rate Adjustments

Perc. Hole Initial Water Ave./Final Water Reduction
Diameter, DIA (in.) Depth, d1 (in.) Level Drop, ∆d (in.) Factor, Rf
0.1 3.0
6 0.5 2.9
2.5 2.6
0.1 3.7
6 8 0.5 3.6
2.5 3.3
0.1 4.3
10 0.5 4.3
2.5 3.9
0.1 2.5
6 0.5 2.4
2.5 2.2
0.1 3.0
8 8 0.5 2.9
2.5 2.7
0.1 3.5
10 0.5 3.4
2.5 3.2
0.1 2.2
6 0.5 2.2
2.5 2.0
0.1 2.6
10 8 0.5 2.6
2.5 2.4
0.1 3.0
10 0.5 3.0
2.5 2.8
Step 4. Design Considerations beginning with Protocol 2 – Infiltration System

Design and Construction Guidelines
ADDITIONAL POSSIBLE TESTING - BULK DENSITY, OTHERS
Other testing methods are acceptable to assess a soil’s suitability for infiltration for early
screening and occasionally for verification. They can be especially helpful where consultants
wish to cull out the better soils. Percolation testing can also be performed without presoaking as
a pre-screening procedure.
Alternate tests or investigations can be used for verification. For instance, if the BMPs are not
located precisely over the test locations, alternate testing or investigations can be used to verify
that the soils are the same as the soils that yielded the earlier test results. However,
consultants should document these verification test results or investigations. Professionals with
substantiated qualifications should carry out verification procedures.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 10 of 21

Bulk Density Tests measure the level of compaction of a soil, which is an indicator of a soils’
ability to absorb rainfall. Developed and urbanized sites often have very high bulk densities
and therefore possess limited ability to absorb rainfall (and have high rates of stormwater
runoff). Vegetative and soil improvement programs can improve, (i.e. lower), the soil bulk
density and improve the site’s ability to absorb rainfall and reduce runoff.
Macropores occur primarily in the upper soil horizons and are formed by plant roots (both living
and decaying), soil fauna such as insects, the weathering processes caused by the movement
of water, the freeze-thaw cycle, soil shrinkage due to desiccation of clays, chemical processes,
and other mechanisms. These macropores provide an important mechanism for infiltration prior
to development, extending vertically and horizontally for considerable distances. It is the intent
of good engineering and design practice to maintain these macropores in the installation of
Infiltration BMPs as much as possible. Bulk Density Tests can help determine the relative
compaction of soils before and after site disturbance and/or restoration and should be used at
the discretion of the designer/reviewer.
Various procedures are available to conduct bulk density tests. The density measurements
should be carried out in conjunction with a soil texture analysis. Sandy soils infiltrate well, but
tend to have a somewhat higher bulk density than finer soils. Experienced personnel can do the
texture analysis manually on site.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 11 of 21

363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 12 of 21

Protocol 2
Infiltration Systems Design and Construction Guidelines
Role of Infiltration BMPs

The phrase “infiltration BMPs” describes a wide range of stormwater management practices aimed at infiltrating
some fraction of stormwater runoff from developed surfaces into the soil horizon and eventually into deeper
groundwater. In this manual the major infiltration strategies are grouped into four categories or types, based on
construction and performance similarities:
• Surface Infiltration Basins

• Subsurface Infiltration Beds
• Bioretention Areas/Rain Gardens
• Other BMPs that support infiltration (vegetated filter/buffer strips, level spreaders, and
vegetated swales)
Infiltration BMPs are one of the most beneficial approaches to stormwater management for a
variety of reasons including:
• Reduction of the peak rate of runoff

• Reduction of the volume of runoff
• Removal of a significant portion of the particulate-associated pollutants and some
portion of the solute pollutants.
• Recharge of groundwater and maintenance of stream baseflow.
Infiltration BMPs attempt to replicate the natural hydrologic regime. During periods of rainfall,
infiltration BMPs reduce the volume of runoff and help to mitigate potential flooding events.
During periods of reduced rainfall, this recharged water serves to provide baseflow to streams
and maintain in-stream water quality. Qualitatively, infiltration BMPs are known to remove
nonpoint source pollutants from runoff through a complex mix of physical, chemical, and
biological removal processes. Infiltration promotes maintenance of the natural temperature
regimes of stream systems (cooler in summer, warmer in winter), which can be critical to the
aquatic ecology. Because of the ability of infiltration BMPs to reduce the volume of runoff, there
is also a corresponding reduction in erosive “bankfull” conditions and downstream erosion and
channel morphology changes.
Infiltration BMPs are designed to infiltrate some portion of runoff during every runoff event.
During small storm events, a large percentage of the runoff may infiltrate, whereas during large
storm events, the volume that infiltrates may only be a small portion of the total runoff.
However, because most of the rainfall in Pennsylvania occurs in small (less than 1-inch)
rainfalls, the annual benefits of an infiltration system may be significant.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 13 of 21

Purpose of Protocol 2: Infiltration Systems Guidelines

The purpose of this protocol is to provide the designer with specific guidelines for the successful
construction and long-term performance of Infiltration BMPs. These guidelines fall into three
categories:
1. Site conditions and constraints

2. Design considerations
3. Construction requirements
All of these guidelines are important, and successful infiltration is dependent on careful
consideration of site conditions, careful design, and careful construction.
1. SITE CONDITIONS and CONSTRAINTS
a) It is desirable to maintain a 2-foot clearance above regularly occurring seasonally

high water table. This reduces the likelihood that temporary groundwater mounding will
affect the system, and allows sufficient distance of water movement through the soil to
allow adequate pollutant removal. Some minor exceptions for very shallow systems and
on grade systems, filter strips, buffers, etc.
b) Maintain a minimum depth to bedrock of 2-feet to assure adequate pollutant

removal. In special circumstances, filter media may be employed to remove pollutants if
adequate soil mantle does not exist.
c) It is desired that soils underlying infiltration devices should have infiltration rates
between 0.1 and 10 inches per hour, which in most development programs should
result in reasonably sized infiltration systems. Where soil permeability is extremely low,
infiltration may still be possible but the surface area required could be large, and other
volume reduction methods may be warranted. Undisturbed Hydrologic Soil Groups B
and C often fall within this range and cover most of the state. Soils with rates in excess
of 6.0 inches per hour may require an additional soil buffer (such as an organic layer
over the bed bottom) if the Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) is less than 5 and pollutant
loading is expected to be significant. In carbonate soils, excessively rapid drainage may
increase the risk of sinkhole formation, and some compaction or additional soil may be
appropriate.
d) Infiltration BMPs should be sited so that any risk to groundwater quality is

minimized, at least 50 feet from individual water supply wells, and 100 feet from
community or municipal water supply wells. Horizontal separation distances or buffers
may also be appropriate from Special Geologic Features, such as fractures traces and
faults, depending on water supply sources.
e) Infiltration BMPs should be sited so that they present no threat to sub-surface

structures, at least 10 feet down gradient or 100 feet up gradient from building
basement foundations, and 50 feet from septic system drain fields unless specific
circumstances allow for reduced separation distances.
In general, soils of Hydrologic Soil Group D will not be suitable for infiltration. Similarly, areas of
floodplains and areas of close proximity to wetlands and streams will generally not be suitable
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 14 of 21

for infiltration (due to high water table and/or low permeability). In developing areas that were
previously used for agricultural purposes, the designer should consider the past patterns of land
use. Areas that were suitable for cultivation will likely be suitable for some level of infiltration.
Areas that were left out of cultivation often indicate locations that are too wet or too rocky, and
will likely not be suitable for infiltration.
2. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
a) Do Not Infiltrate in Compacted Fill. Infiltration in native soil without prior fill or
disturbance is preferred but not always possible. Areas that have experienced historic
disturbance or fill are suitable for infiltration provided sufficient time has elapsed and the
Soil Testing indicates the infiltration is feasible. In disturbed areas it may be necessary
to infiltrate at a depth that is beneath soils that have previously been compacted by
construction methods or long periods of mowing, often 18-inches.
b) A Level Infiltration Area (1% or less slope) is preferred. Bed bottoms should always
be graded into the existing soil mantle, with terracing as required to construct flat
structures. Sloped bottoms tend to pool and concentrate water in small areas, reducing
the overall rate of infiltration and longevity of the BMP. Infiltration areas should be flat,
nearly so, or on contour.
c) The soil mantle should be preserved to the maximum extent possible, and
excavation should be minimized. Those soils that do not need to be disturbed for the
building program should be left undisturbed. Macropores can provide a significant
mechanism for water movement in infiltration systems, and the extent of macropores
often decreases with depth. Maximizing the soil mantle also increases the pollutant
removal capacity and reduces concerns about groundwater mounding. Therefore,
excessive excavation for the construction of infiltration systems is strongly discouraged.
d) Isolate “hot spot areas”. Site plans that include ‘hot spots’ need to be considered.
‘Hot spots’ are most often associated with some industrial uses and high traffic –
gasoline stations, vehicle maintenance areas, and high intensity commercial uses (fast
food restaurants, convenience stores, etc.). These “hot spots” are defined in Section
3.3, Stormwater Standards for Special Areas. Infiltration may occur in areas of hot spots
provided pretreatment is suitable to address concerns. Pretreatment requirements need
to be analyzed, especially for ‘hot spots’ and areas that produce high sediment loading.
Pretreatment devices that operate effectively in conjunction with infiltration include grass
swales, vegetated filter strips, settling chambers, oil/grit separators, constructed
wetlands, sediment sumps, and water quality inserts. The pollutants of greatest
concern, site by site, should guide selection of pretreatment depending upon the nature
and extent of the land development under consideration. Selection of pretreatment
techniques will vary depending upon whether the pollutants are of a particulate
(sediment, phosphorus, metals, etc.) versus soluble (nitrogen and others) nature. Types
of pretreatment (i.e., filters) should be matched with the nature of the pollutants expected
to be generated.
e) The Loading Ratio of impervious area to bed bottom area must be considered.
One of the more common reasons for infiltration system failure is the design of a system
that attempts to infiltrate a substantial volume of water in a very small area. Infiltration
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 15 of 21

systems work best when the water is “spread out”. The Loading Ratio describes the
ratio of imperious drainage area to infiltration area, or the ratio of total drainage area to
infiltration area. In general, the following Loading Ratio guidelines are recommended:
• Maximum Impervious Loading Ratio of 5:1 relating impervious drainage area to
infiltration area.
• A Maximum Total Loading Ratio of 8:1 relating total drainage area to infiltration
area.
• Maximum Impervious Loading Ratio of 3:1 relating impervious drainage area to
infiltration area for Karst areas.
f) The Hydraulic Head or Depth of Water should be limited. The total effective depth of
water should generally not be greater than two feet to avoid excessive pressure and
potential sealing of the bed bottom. Typically the water depth is limited by the Loading
Ratio and Drawdown Time and is not an issue.
g) Drawdown Time must be considered. In general, infiltration BMPs should be

designed so that they completely empty within the time period specified in Chapter 3.
h) All infiltration BMPs should be designed with a positive overflow that discharges
excess volume in a non-erosive manner, and allows for controlled discharge during
extreme rainfall events or frozen bed conditions. Infiltration BMPs should never be
closed systems dependent entirely upon infiltration in all situations.
i) Geotextiles should be incorporated into the design as necessary in certain

infiltration BMPs. Infiltration BMPs that are subject to soil movement and deposition
must be constructed with suitably well-draining non-woven geotextiles to prevent to
movement of fines and sediment into the infiltration system. The designer is encouraged
to err on the side of caution and use geotextiles as necessary at the soil/BMP interface.
j) Avoid severe slopes (>20%), and toes of slopes, where possible. Specific on-site
investigations by experienced personnel need to be made to determined acceptability of
each case.
3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
a) Do not compact soil infiltration beds during construction. Prohibit all heavy
equipment from the infiltration area and minimize all other traffic. Equipment should be
limited to vehicles that will cause the least compaction, such as tracked vehicles.
b) Protect the infiltration area from sediment until the surrounding site is completely
stabilized. Methods to prevent sediment from washing into BMPs should be clearly
shown on plans. Where geo-textile is used as a bed bottom liner, this should be
extended several feet beyond the bed and folded over the edge to protect from sediment
wash into the bed during construction, and then trimmed. Runoff from construction
areas should never be allowed to drain to infiltration BMPs. This can usually be
accomplished by diversion berms and immediate vegetative stabilization. The infiltration
area may be used as a temporary sediment trap or basin during earlier stages of
construction. However, if an infiltration area is also to be utilized as a temporary
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 16 of 21

sediment basin, excavation should be limited to within 1 foot of the final bottom invert of
the infiltration BMP to prevent clogging and compacting the soil horizon, and final grade
removed when the contributing site is fully stabilized. All infiltration BMPs should be
finalized at the end of the construction process, when upstream soil areas have a dense
vegetative cover.
c) Provide thorough construction oversight. Long-term performance of infiltration

BMPs is dependent on the care taken during construction. Plans and specifications
must be followed precisely. The designer is encouraged to meet with the contractor to
review the plans and construction sequence prior to construction, and to inspect the
construction at regular intervals and prior to final acceptance of the BMP.
d) Provide Quality Control of Materials. As with all BMPs, the final product is only as
good as the materials and workmanship that went into it. The designer is encouraged to
review and approve materials and workmanship, especially as related to aggregates,
geotextiles, soil and topsoil, and vegetative materials.
BMP Effectiveness
Infiltration BMPs produce excellent pollutant removal effectiveness because of the combination
of a variety of natural functions occurring within the soil mantle, complemented by existing
vegetation (where this vegetation is preserved). Soil functions include physical filtering,
chemical interactions (e.g., ion exchange, adsorption), as well as a variety of forms of biological
processing, conversion, and uptake. The inclusion of native vegetation for filter strips, rain
gardens, and some vegetated infiltration basins, reinforces the work of the soil by reducing
velocity and erosive forces, soil anchoring, and further uptake of nonpoint source pollutants. In
some cases the more difficult-to-remove soluble nitrates can be reduced as well. It should be
noted that infiltration BMPs tend to be excellent for removal of many pollutants, especially those
that are in particulate form; however, there are limitations to the removal of highly solubilized
pollutants, such as nitrate, which can be transmitted through the soil.
In addition to the removal of chemical pollutants, infiltration can address thermal pollution.
Maintaining natural temperatures in stream systems is recognized as an issue of increasing
importance for protection of overall stream ecology. Detention facilities tend to discharge
heated runoff flows. The return of runoff to the groundwater through use of infiltration BMPs
guarantees that these waters will be returned at natural groundwater temperatures,
considerably cooler than ambient air in summer and warmer in winter, so that seasonal extreme
fluctuations in stream water temperature are minimized. Fish, macroinvertebrates, and a variety
of other biota will benefit as the result.
Although precise data on pollutant removal efficiencies is somewhat limited, infiltration BMPs
have been shown to have excellent efficiencies for a wide range of pollutants. In fact, recent
EPA guidance has suggested that infiltration BMPs can be considered 100 percent effective at
removing pollutants from surface water for the fraction of water that infiltrates (EPA, 1999a).
Other more conservative removals are reported in a variety of other sources. Estimated
removals for all BMPs are contained in Section 9.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 17 of 21

Fate of Infiltrated Contaminants

The protection of groundwater quality is of utmost importance in any PA watershed. The
potential to contaminate groundwater by infiltrating stormwater in properly designed and
constructed BMPs with proper pretreatment is low, if come common sense rules are followed,
as discussed above. Numerous studies have shown that stormwater infiltration BMPs have a
minor risk of contaminating either groundwater or soil. Perhaps the most comprehensive
research was conducted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, summarized in
“Potential Groundwater Contamination from Intentional and Nonintentional Stormwater
Infiltration” (Pitt et al., 1994). The publication presents a summary table that identifies the
potential of pollutants to contaminate groundwater as either low, low/moderate, moderate, or
high. Of the 25 physical pollutants listed, only one has a “high” potential (chloride), and only two
have even “moderate” potential (fluoranthene and pyrene) for polluting groundwater through the
use of shallow infiltration systems with some sediment pretreatment. While chloride can be
found in significant quantities due to winter salting, relatively high concentrations are generally
safe for both humans and aquatic biota (in fact, chloride is not even included in U.S. EPA’s
primary drinking water standards and the secondary standard concentration is given as 250
mg/L at http://www.epa.gov/safewater/mcl.html#mcls). Pentachlorophenol, cadmium, zinc,
chromium, lead, and all the pesticides listed are classified as having a “low” contamination
potential. Even nitrate which is soluble and mobile (discussed further below) is only given a
“low/moderate” potential.
Legret et al. (1999) simulated the long term effects of heavy metals in infiltrating stormwater and
concluded that the “long-term pollution risks for both soil and groundwater are low,” and “metals
are generally well retained in the upper layers of the soil (0-20 cm) [0-8 inches]…” Barraud et al.
(1999) studied a thirty year-old infiltration BMP and found that both metal and hydrocarbon
concentrations in the soil under the infiltration device decreased rapidly with depth “to a low
level after a few decimeters down [3 decimeters = 1 foot]…” A study concerning the infiltration of
highway runoff (Dierkes and Geiger, 1999) found that polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH)
were effectively removed in the upper 4 inches of the soil and that runoff that had passed
through 14 inches of soil met drinking water standards for cadmium, zinc, and copper. This
extremely high pollutant removal and retention capacity of soils is the result of a multitude of
natural processes including physical filtering, ion exchange, adsorption, biological processing,
conversion, and uptake.
Several studies have also found that porous pavement and stone-filled subsurface infiltration
beds can significantly reduce the pollutant concentrations (especially hydrocarbons and heavy
metals) of stormwater runoff before it even reaches the underlying soil due to adsorption,
filtering, sedimentation, and bio-degradation by a diverse microbial community in the pavement
and infiltration beds (Legret and Colandini, 1999; Balades et al., 1995; Swisher, 2002; Newman
et al., 2002; and Pratt et al., 1999).
Common Causes of Infiltration BMP “Failures”

The concept of failure is simple – a design no longer provides the benefit or performance
anticipated. With respect to stormwater infiltration BMPs, the term requires some qualification,
since the net result of “failure” may be a reduction in the volume of runoff anticipated or the
discharge of stormwater with excessive levels of some pollutants. Where the system includes
built structures, such as porous pavements, failure may include loss of structural integrity for the
wearing surface, whereas the infiltration function may continue uncompromised. For infiltration
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 18 of 21

systems with vegetated surfaces, such as play fields or rain gardens, failure may include the
inability to support surface vegetation, caused by too much or too little water.
The primary causes of reduced performance appear to be:

a) Poor construction techniques, especially soil compaction/smearing, which results in
significantly reduced infiltration rates.
b) A lack of site soil stabilization prior to the BMP receiving runoff, which greatly increases
the potential for sediment clogging from contiguous land surfaces.
c) Inadequate pretreatment, especially of sediment-laden runoff, which can cause a
gradual reduction of infiltration rates.
d) Lack of proper maintenance (erosion repair, re-vegetation, removal of detritus, catch
basin cleaning, vacuuming of pervious pavement, etc.), which can reduce the longevity
of infiltration BMPs.
e) Inadequate design
Infiltration systems should always be designed such that failure of the infiltration component
does not completely eliminate the peak rate attenuation capability of the BMP. Because
infiltration BMPs are designed to infiltrate small, frequent storms, the loss or reduction of this
capability may not significantly impact the storage and peak rate mitigation of the BMP during
extreme events.
Consideration of Infiltration Rate in Design and Modeling Application
For the purposes of site suitability, areas with tested soil infiltration rates as low as 0.1 inches
per hour may be used for infiltration BMPs. However, in the design of these BMPs and the
sizing of the BMP, the designer should incorporate a safety factor. Safety factors between 1 (no
adjustment) and 10 have commonly been used in the design of stormwater infiltration systems,
with a factor of two being recommended for most cases.
The minimum safety for design purposes that may used for any type of tests is two (2). For
percolation tests this safety factor is only applicable for soils more coarse than a loam. It should
be applied after (in addition to) using the reduction formula outlined in Protocol 1, Site
Evaluation and Soil Infiltration Testing.
For Percolation tests in loams and finer soils (silty loam, clay loams, silty clay loams, sandy clay
loams, clays) a minimum design safety factor of three (3) is recommended after using the
reduction formula in Protocol 1, Site Evaluation and Soil Infiltration Testing. This higher factor is
to account for the unwanted capillary suction force that can occur from unsaturated conditions
during percolation testing.
Therefore, a percolation rate of 0.5 inches per hour (after reduction formula) should generally
be considered as a rate of 0.25 inches per hour when designing an infiltration BMP for a sandy
loam. The same rate for a loam would yield a design rate of 0.17 inches/hour.
For other test procedures a safety factor of 3 should also be considered for problem or less
preferred locations, basins, swales, toe of slopes, loadings greater than 5:1 (drainage area to
infiltration area) where saturated hydraulic conductivity rate (Ksat) was not determined (A raw
infiltration rate was used. The Ksat rate will normally be less than the infiltration rate.)
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 19 of 21

As discussed in Section 9 of this Manual, infiltration systems can be modeled similarly to traditional
detention basins. The marked difference with modeling infiltration systems is the inclusion of the
infiltration rate, which can be considered as another outlet. For modeling purposes, it is convenient to
develop infiltration rates that vary (based on the infiltration area provided as the system fills with
runoff) for inclusion in the Stage-Storage-Discharge table.
References
Balades et al., 1995. “Permeable Pavements: Pollution Management Tools,” Water Science and
Technology. Vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 49-56, 1995.
Barraud et al., 1999. “The Impact of Intentional Stormwater Infiltration on Soil and
Groundwater,” Water Science and Technology. Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 185-192, 1999.
Dierkes and Geiger, 1999. “Pollution Retention Capabilities of Roadside Soils,” Water Science
and Technology. Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 201-208, 1999.
Elrick, D.E. and W.D. Reynolds. 1992. Infiltration from constant-head well permeameters and
infiltrometers. p. 1-24. In: Topp, G.C., W.D. Reynolds, and R, E. Green (eds.). Advances in
measurement of the soil physical properties: Bringing theory into practice. Soil Society of
America Publication Number 30. Soil Science Society of America, Inc., Madison, WI.
Fritton, D.D., T.T. Ratvasky, and G. W. Peterson. 1986. Determination of saturated hydraulic
conductivity from soil percolation test results. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 50:273-276.
Kessler, J., and Ooterbaan, R.J. 1974. Determining hydraulic conductivity of soils. Drainage
principles and applications: III Surveys and investigations. Publ. No. 16. Wagenigen. The
Netherlands: ILRI pp. 253-296.
Legret and Colandini, 1999. “Effects of a Porous Pavement with Reservoir Structure on Runoff
Water: Water Quality and Fate of Heavy Metals”, Water Science and Technology. Vol. 39, No.
2, pp. 111-117, 1999.
Legret et al., 1999. “Simulation of Heavy Metal Pollution from Stormwater Infiltration through a
Porous Pavement with Reservoir Structure”, Water Science and Technology. Vol. 39, No. 2, pp.
119-125, 1999.
Newman et al., 2002. “Oil Bio-Degradation in Permeable Pavements by Microbial

Communities,” Water Science and Technology. Vol. 45, No. 7, pp. 51-56, 2002.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 20 of 21

Pitt et al., 1994. Potential Groundwater Contamination from Intentional and Nonintentional
Stormwater Infiltration, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Risk Reduction Engineering
Laboratory, May 1994. EPA/600/SR-94/051.
Pratt et al., 1999. “Mineral Oil Bio-Degradation within a Permeable Pavement: Long Term
Observations,” Water Science and Technology. Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 103-109, 1999.
Swisher, David. “Chemical and Hydraulic Performance of a Porous Pavement Parking Lot with
Infiltration to Ground Water,” Unpublised Master’s Thesis, Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering, The Pennsylvania State University, 2002.
363-0300-002 / December 30, 2006 Page 21 of 21

Appendices
C
Procedures for Determining Effects of Infiltration on
Subsurface Stability in Areas of Historic Fill


Appendices
Appendix C: Procedures for Determining Effects of

Infiltration on Subsurface Stability in Areas of Historic Fill
C.1 Justification
This policy is intended to address three potential problems involving stormwater control on sites
built on structural fill.
1. Some fill material such as fly ash may contain mobile metals and toxins. This issue is
addressed in the hotspot policy.
2. Concentrated infiltration can lead to extensive erosion and subsidence in fill containing
very fine material, such as ash. Diffuse infiltration may still be possible under these
conditions.
3. Minor subsidence under concentrated infiltration facilities may threaten structures that are
very close to those facilities. Minor subsidence of the infiltration facility itself is not sufficient
reason to avoid infiltration. In no case shall new structures included as part of the site
development be considered cause for avoiding the use of an infiltration system.
C.2 Required Steps

Step 1: Complete a conceptual site design, including drainage area and estimated area of
the proposed infiltration facility.
Step 2: Determine whether the site is in an area of historic fill.
• The Design Professional is responsible to rule out or detect the presence of historic
fill. This investigation may rely on historic maps, records of previous construction,
local knowledge, or test pits conducted at the site. If no historic fill is present, steps 3
through 7 are not necessary.
Step 3: If the site is in an area of historic fill, conduct an investigation to determine the type
and condition of fill.
• The site investigation should conduct test pits or test borings to confirm the depth
and nature of the fill at the site. The explorations should extend through any organic
materials at the site, into the naturally deposited inorganic materials below the site.
An assessment of permeability of each of the onsite stratums should be made by
direct field testing, laboratory testing of samples collected during the investigation or
correlation with grain size or other physical properties of representative samples of
each stratum. At least one exploration, test boring or test pit should be conducted for
every 2500 sq. feet of infiltration area planned at the site. Based on this information,
the lateral extent of the zone of influence of the infiltration system should be
determined.
• As part of the site investigation, the potential for drain lines, rubble fill, former building
foundations or other man-made features which could facilitate the migration of fine
material from the site should be evaluated from historic maps, records of previous
construction, local knowledge or test pits conducted at the site.
Step 4: If the site is in an area of historic fill, rate existing structures based on susceptibility
to subsidence.
• The foundation bearing condition of adjacent structures, utilities and other surface
Appendices
features should be assessed. The depth of basement levels and anticipated foundation
bearing soils should be determined. In particular, structures, utilities or other surface
features which are suspected of bearing on historic fill soils must be identified.
• Low susceptibility are structures showing no signs of distress bearing on or in the

naturally deposited inorganic strata below the fill and organic material or on prepared
engineered fill after the removal of the historic fill and organic soils
• Moderate susceptibility are structures showing no signs of distress bearing on

inorganic historic fill which are less than 10 feet in depth and contains little to no ash
which was place directly over the naturally deposited inorganic stratums.
• High susceptibility are structures which either currently show signs of distress, are
underlain by more than 10 feet of historic fill or historic fill containing significant amounts
of ash or underlain by organic material. Any structure founded within the zone of
influence as defined by a 1 vertical to 2 horizontal slope of an unfilled drain lines, rubble
fill, former building foundations or other man-made features which could facilitate the
migration of fine material from the site should be considered as a high susceptibility site.
Step 5: If the site is in an area of historic fill, determine feasibility of infiltration for the
proposed design.
• Infiltrate for all cases where the adjacent structures of concern are outside of the zone
of influence of the fluctuating water level caused by the infiltration system or where the
support of the structures is rated as low susceptibility within the zone of influence.
• Strongly consider infiltration in areas affecting structures which can tolerate moderate
subsidence where support of the structures is rated as moderate susceptibility within
the zone of influence.
• Do not infiltrate in areas affecting structures in areas of high susceptibility within

the zone of influence of the infiltration system unless special engineering evaluations
indicate that the structures can tolerate the anticipated subsidence.
Step 6: If infiltration threatens existing structures, attempt to adjust the site design to remove
any concerns.
• Determine whether the site can be redesigned to move infiltration facilities farther from
structures.
• Determine whether the site can be redesigned to reduce the ratio of drainage area
to infiltration area. Diffuse infiltration occurs when the infiltration area is equal in size
to the impervious drainage area (for example, a gravel bed underlying the entire area
of a parking facility). In this case, the infiltration facility will have no more effect on
subsurface stability than if the site were completely pervious.
• As part of the submittal requesting a wavier from using an infiltration system on site,
the Design Professional must evaluate the use of underpinning or other support of
structures within the zone of influence illustrating that the cost of providing support
below the depth of the fill and organic soils is prohibitive. In addition to evaluation of
alternate locations of the infiltration system, the Design Professional will review the
feasibility of using cut off barriers to limit the zone of influence adjacent to susceptible
structure.
• In no case shall new facilities included as part of the site development be considered
cause for avoiding the use of an infiltration system. All new structures and facilities
shall be designed to tolerate the anticipated subsidence or be adequately founded on
Appendices
non-susceptible engineered fill or on foundations extending though the historic fill and
any organic soils.
Step 7: If, after completing steps 1 through 6, the Design Professional determines that there
is no safe design for infiltration at the site, the Design Professional will proceed to design
of water quality facilities. In this case, the Design Professional must provide sufficient data
and calculations along with the Stormwater Management Control Plan to demonstrate that
infiltration is infeasible.


Appendices
D
Maps: Zones for Acceptable Practices


Watershed Locator Darby-Cobbs Watershed
Schuylkill River
54R
D ST
§
¦
¨
East
76
BELM
Wes
£
¤
Branch India
1
t B
PA
ONT
R KS
IDE
ran
£
¤
59TH S
ch AV
AVE
30 E
VE Ind
YA ian
T
T
CI AVE
n
OWNE
Cr
LANSD
Creek
ee
6 3 RD
k
D AVE
GIRAR
ST
LA
NC
ek
AS
C re TE
R
Indian
AV
48TH ST
E
HA
VE
RF
OR
DA
WEST VE
57TH ST
CHES
TER P
K
MARKET
ST
69TH WALNUT
S
CHESTN
UT ST
ST T
LA
BLVD
E RD
REEK PY
SPRUCE
NS
AT ST
ST
44TH ST
DO
42ND ST
52ND ST
W
NE
CEDAR AV
COBBS C E
AV
E
RD
GA
RR
E TT
RD
£
¤ 13
E
TE
R
AV
E
UNIO
L AV
AL
BY ES
R SH IT C
H
N AVE
MA H
58
49
W
TH
TH
Cobbs Creek ST
SH
ST
ST
D
EL
AD
FI
E
E
EL
BU
E AV
AV
G
IMOR IN
AN
RM
BALT
G
R E
IN
SP AV
D
ON
SS
AV
SE
TR
AN
E
G
DL
D
N
KI
RD O
er
60TH ST O
LY
Riv
AI W
CH
B
UR
kill
CH
uyl
Sch
LN
E
65TH
ST AV
D
O
O
W
63
M
CAL
SH
VE EL
R
MAR
RA
D
CON
AR
Da
TE
ST
ES
£
ON
¤
IO LA
rby
CH
HOO
13
CE
AV
67
Cre
VD
K
NZA
TH
61
D
E
ST
ek
BL
AR
ST
ST
BLVD
GH
AV
RD 84
OK
70
E
ER
HO TH
AVE
TH
ST U NK
DB
MAIN SY
ST
PAS
He rmesprota C reek
ST
LIN
WAL
NU T ST E
AV
T
IS
VD
BU
BL
E
E
AV
V
H
RG
TON A
M
RA
BE
RT
ND
ISLA
G
BA
LI
ESSIN
ND A
VE
Da
rby
VD
Cre
BL
ek
GH
ER
Miles
DB
Philadelphia International Airport

0 0.5 1 2
LIN
Stormwater Management Districts Darby-Cobbs Watershed
Schuylkill River
54R
D ST
§
¦
¨
East
76
BELM
Wes
£
¤
Branch India
1
t B
PA
ONT
R KS
IDE
ran
£
¤
59TH S
ch AV
AVE
30 E
VE Ind
YA ian
T
T
CI AVE
n
OWNE
Cr
LANSD
Creek
ee
6 3 RD
k
D AVE
GIRAR
ST
LA
NC
ek
C re
AS
TE
R
Indian
AV
48TH ST
E
HA
VE
RF
OR
DA
WEST VE
57TH ST
CHES
TER P
K
MARKET
ST
69TH WALNUT
S
CHESTN
UT ST
ST T
LA
BLVD
E RD
REEK PY
SPRUCE
NS
AT ST
ST
44TH ST
DO
42ND ST
52ND ST
W
NE
CEDAR AV
COBBS C E
AV
E
RD
GA
RR
E TT
RD
£
¤ 13
E
TE
R
AV
E
UNIO
L AV
AL
BY ES
R SH IT C
H
N AVE
MA H
58
49
W
Cobbs Creek
TH
TH
ST
SH
ST
ST
D
EL
AD
FI
E
E
EL
BU
E AV
AV
G
IMOR IN
AN
RM
BALT
G
R E
Management District Zones
IN
SP AV
D
ON
SS
AV
SE
TR
A AN
E
G
DL
D
N
KI
RD O
er
60TH ST O
LY
Riv
B-1 AI W
CH
B
UR
kill
B-2
CH
uyl
Sch
LN
E
C 65TH
ST D
AV
O
O
W
63
M
CAL
SH
VE EL
R
MAR
RA
D
CON
AR
Da
TE
ST
ES
£
ON
¤
IO LA
rby
CH
HOO
13
CE
AV
67
Cre
VD
K
NZA
TH
61
D
E
ST
ek
BL
AR
ST
ST
BLVD
GH
AV
RD 84
OK
70
E
ER
HO TH
AVE
TH
ST U NK
DB
MAIN SY
ST
PAS
He rmesprota C reek
ST
LIN
WAL
NU T ST E
AV
T
IS
VD
BU
BL
E
E
AV
V
H
RG
TON A
M
RA
BE
RT
ND
ISLA
G
BA
LI
ESSIN
ND A
VE
Da
rby
VD
Cre
BL
ek
GH
ER
Miles
DB

0 0.5 1 2
LIN
Watershed Locator Delaware Direct Watershed (South) B
§
¦
¨
SPRING GARDEN
ST
95
CALLOW
§
¦
¨
HIL ST
676
ST
RACE ST VINE S
T
SECOND
ARCH S
T
MARKET PENN SQ
ST
CHESTN
r
UT ST
R i ve
WALNUT
12TH ST
T
ST
8TH ST
6TH ST
10TH S
4RD ST
ll
LOCUST
i
ylk
20TH ST
ST
hu
Sc SPRUCE
§
ST
¦
¨ 76
SOUTH
ST PINE STR
EET
LOMBAR
D ST
21ST ST
BAINBRID
GE ST
11TH ST
WASHIN
G TON AVE
22ND ST
ST
BROAD
E
AV
NK
U
SY
TASKER
ST
S
PA
MORRIS
ST
6TH ST
SNYDER
AVE
5 TH ST
2
Miles
T S
26TH ST
FRONT
OREGO
N AVE
SE
AV
E §
¦
¨ 76
PAC
O K ER
R AVE
N
PE
WALT
WHITM
AN BR
ID GE
1
PATTISO
N AVE
-
E XP
WARE
§
¦
¨ 95
DELA
PATROL R
D
0.5
sin
ve Ba
Reser
E
AWK AV 0
K I T TY H
Sc
huy
Schuy
lkill River
ISL
Delaware River
lkill R
VE
ND
SEA
AV
RI
iver
N RD
RP FFLI
T MI
E
TE F OR
EN
PA
NJ §
¦
¨95
r
ive
D
R
R
T
re
OR
AI RP
wa
la
De

Watershed Locator Poquessing Creek Watershed
VE
TA
§
ON
CO
UN
P HIL
M
SO
ME
RT
ON
¦
¨ 276
TY RD
LIN
E
RD
RD
U
Y
LIE
HW
CH
SO LN
RI
UT O
HA NC
M LI
PT
O
N
RD
BYB
ER
RY
R
VD
E
BL
AV
RD
T
EL
ON
Bla
E
EV
LL
ET
ck L
S
I
O
SV
TL
RO
ake
IC
S
Byb
BU
AN
Run
CH
erry
RE
ME
D
BY
LIO
Cree
BE
N R D
R
RD RY
RY
k FE
R
RD
ST
S
NK
RE
DU
BR
ET
C
O
OW
M
RD
LY
N
R
AV
O
E
AV
AD
E
M AN
L DE
HA W
O
£
¤
O
DH
D
1 AV
ER
E N
ILL
RD
un
EV
nR
LM
to
HU
l
Wa
RD
RD
MY
HTS
DE
KNIG
A
AC
e Run
e
dg
Wooden Bri
re
gC
sin
es
qu
Po
GR
§
¦
¨
MO
A NT
£
95
AV
¤
RR
E 13
EL
LA
VE
ER
RIV
R E
WA
LA
E
AV
HOLME AVE DE
RD
O
KF
-
AN
LI
ND
FR
EN
Penny
AV
pack C
E
reek
Miles PA
0 0.5 1 2 NJ
Stormwater Management Districts Poquessing Creek Watershed
VE
TA Management District Zones
§
ON
CO
UN
P HIL
M
SO
ME
RT
ON
¦
¨ 276
A
TY
LIN
RD B-1
E
RD B-2
C
RD
U
Y
LIE
HW
CH
SO LN
RI
UT O
HA NC
M LI
PT
O
N
RD
BYB
ER
RY
R
VD
E
BL
AV
RD
T
EL
ON
Bla
E
EV
LL
ET
ck L
S
I
O
SV
TL
RO
ake
IC
S
Byb
BU
AN
Run
CH
erry
RE
ME
D
BY
LIO
Cree
BE
N R D
R
RD RY
RY
k FE
R
RD
ST
S
NK
RE
DU
BR
ET
C
O
OW
M
RD
LY
N
R
AV
O
E
AV
AD
E
M AN
L DE
HA W
O
£
¤
O
DH
D
1 AV
ER
E N
ILL
RD
un
EV
nR
LM
to
HU
l
Wa
RD
RD
MY
HTS
DE
KNIG
A
AC
e Run
e
dg
Wooden Bri
re
gC
sin
es
qu
Po
GR
§
¦
¨
MO
A NT
£
95
AV
¤
RR
E 13
EL
LA
VE
ER
RIV
R E
WA
LA
E
AV
HOLME AVE DE
RD
O
KF
-
AN
LI
ND
FR
EN
Penny
AV
pack C
E
reek
Miles PA
0 0.5 1 2 NJ
Watershed Locator Pennypack Creek Watershed
TO
ML
IN
SO
N
RD
Bybe rry
RD
SH
532 Cr
MO eek
EL
RE RE
D
W
LAN LIO
D N
RD RD
M
OR
ED
ON
Walto n
RD
RD
NE
63
PI
Ru
VE
n
A NA
EM
ALD
RD
D
EE
P en
LV
RR
TB
VE
ny
VE
EL
pac
NA
EV
k
ETO
BLOOM
OS
Cr
ee
FIE
RO
k
L
ST
L
ge
D
k led B r anch
BU
Roc £
¤
-
RD
AV
1
E
N
OW
ST
EW
KR
RD
MY
DE
A
AC
Run
Wo
od
en Bridge
OXFOR
ek
W
EL
Cre
D AVE
S
E
H
AV
erry
RD
RD
N
GO
GR
ON
Byb
AN
AL
HT
W TA
ILL VE
AS
Pe IT
S
RH n RD
ny
AW ac
p
N
ST
k
Creek
E
AV
HOLME AVE
OR
73
ST
CA
WEL
LI
CO
ND
TT
MA
EN
SH
N
AV
AV
232 E
E
RD
Run
SO
ndy
Sa
§
¦
¨
LLY
95
E RD
AVE
AV E
ND AT
LA ST
VD
E
W AV
BL
RO RD
FO
LT
A NK
VE
FR
E
£
¤
OS
13
RO
E
AV
E
AL
er
SD
iv
RE
eR
R
TO
ar
Miles
aw
el
0 0.5 1 2
D
Stormwater Management Districts Non-Tidal Schuylkill Watershed
RI
DG
EA
EN
VE
reek DR
hei mC RN
TE H EN E
HE
Cres LA
N
AV
E NR NA
T AV YA AW
THEDR A L R
D
ON E VE AT cA
WM AV AN
RD M STE
HA
EP
S A LN
IG
BE
LE
W G H L
AG FR
HE
N
RI
Y
SP YS
NR
M
YA
IL
L
LN VALL
VE
E Y AVE R
UM I NO D
Wis
BR D OM IT
IA M
sa
M
RIDGE AVE
ST
EV
SU
hic
A
kon
E
ST
AV
L
Cre
YA
VE
R
O
IV
ER TA
ek
R
RT ON
§
¦
¨
ST
RD M
PO EY
§
¦
¨ AW
76 LE
ST NL ORIO RD
SH
76 R A
ON E A IG
N GT D W
RI
VE
LE
k LN
C ree N N
EE TL
f fan R NU
W
nra G L
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
SA
NA
M
H
EI
IC
YU
NH
K
M
O
NK
n
AI
N
Ru
MA
N
AV
AV
ey
E
ST
ll AV
E
E
Gu
R
LE
EE
VA
T
RD
ID
M
E
HO
US
£
¤ 1
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY D AV
E ILL
AVE R NE
H'S CI
TY ALLEGH
AP ENY AVE
AS
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
E
TE
£
¤
R
13
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
O
1 D G
NT A
SE
ch
WYNNEFIEL AVE DAUPHIN

ST
S
§
¦
¨
VE
76
TH ST
33RD ST
DIAMON
54R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52 ND S
ST
PL
AVE D AVE
OWNE
AR
LANSD GIRAR
POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
Collection System Non-Tidal Schuylkill Watershed
Combined Sewer Service Areas
RI
DG
Non-Contributing Area
EA
EN
VE
C reek RN DR
heim Service Areas
SeperateesSewer TE H EN E
HE
Cr LA
N
AV
VE NR NA
TA YA Storm Sewers Only AW
THEDR A L R
D
ON E VE AT cA
WM AV AN
RD M STE
HA
EP
S A LN
IG
BE
LE
W G H L
AG FR
HE
N
RI
Y
SP YS
NR
M
YA
IL
L
LN VALL
VE
E Y AVE R
UM I NO D
Wis
BR D OM IT
IA M
sa
M
RIDGE AVE
ST
EV
SU
hic
A
kon
E
ST
AV
L
Cre
YA
VE
R
O
IV
ER TA
ek
R
RT ON
§
¦
¨
ST
RD M
PO EY
§
¦
¨ AW
76 LE
ST NL ORIO RD
SH
76 R A
ON E A IG
N GT D W
RI
VE
LE
k LN
C ree N N
EE TL
f fan R NU
W
nra G L
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
SA
NA
M
H
EI
IC
YU
NH
K
M
O
NK
n
AI
N
Ru
MA
N
AV
AV
ey
E
ST
ll AV
E
E
Gu
R
LE
EE
VA
T
RD
ID
M
E
HO
US
£
¤ 1
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY D AV
E ILL
AVE R NE
H'S CI
TY ALLEGH
AP ENY AVE
AS
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
E
TE
£
¤
R
13
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
O
1 D G
NT A
SE
ch

ST
S
§
¦
¨
VE
76
TH ST
33RD ST
DIAMON
54R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52 ND S
ST
PL
AVE D AVE
OWNE
AR
LANSD GIRAR
POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
Stormwater Management Districts Non-Tidal Schuylkill Watershed
RI
DG
A
EA
EN
VE
B - e1im Creek RN DR
h TE H EN E
Cres LA
N
AV
E
HE
NR
B -2 NA
T AV YA AW
THEDR A L R
D
ON VE AT cA
WM AV
E C AN
M STE
HA RD
EP
S A LN
IG
BE
LE
W G H L
AG FR
HE
N
RI
Y
SP YS
NR
M
YA
IL
L
LN VALL
VE
E Y AVE R
UM I NO D
Wis
BR D OM IT
IA M
sa
M
RIDGE AVE
ST
EV
SU
hic
A
kon
E
ST
AV
L
Cre
YA
VE
R
O
IV
ER TA
ek
R
RT ON
§
¦
¨
ST
RD M
PO EY
§
¦
¨ AW
76 LE
ST NL ORIO RD
SH
76 R A
ON E A IG
N GT D W
RI
VE
LE
k LN
C ree N N
EE TL
f fan R NU
W
nra G L
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
SA
NA
M
H
EI
IC
YU
NH
K
M
O
NK
n
AI
N
Ru
MA
N
AV
AV
ey
E
ST
ll AV
E
E
Gu
R
LE
EE
VA
T
RD
ID
M
E
HO
US
£
¤ 1
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY D AV
E ILL
AVE R NE
H'S CI
TY ALLEGH
AP ENY AVE
AS
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
E
TE
£
¤
R
13
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
O
1 D G
NT A
SE
ch

ST
S
§
¦
¨
VE
76
TH ST
33RD ST
DIAMON
54R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52 ND S
ST
PL
AVE D AVE
OWNE
AR
LANSD GIRAR
POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
Watershed Locator Tidal Schuylkill Watershed A
k
Cree
heim
HE
Cres
E NR
T AV YA
ON E VE
WM AV
D
SHA AR
IG
W
LN
UM O
IN
Wis
BR M
IA DO
sa
ST
hic
kon
Cre
ek
§
¦
¨ 76
ON
ST
GT
IN
V ER
LE
k LN
ree N
nC EE LN
ff a R UT
W
nra G LN
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
S
N
AH
M
AY
EI
IC
U
NH
KO
M
NK
un
AI
MA
N
yR
AV
AV
E
ST
e
ull AV
E
E
R
G E
EE
AL
T
DV
RD
I
M
£
¤
E
US
1
HO
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY RD AV
E ILL
AVE 'S NE
PH TY ALLEGH
CI ENY AVE
A SA
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
£
¤
E
TE
13
R
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
ONT
1 D G
SE
ch

AVE
ST
S
TH ST
§
¦
¨76
33RD ST
DIAMON
5 4R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52ND S
ST
PL
NE AVE D AVE
AR
OW GIRAR
LANSD POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
SPRING G
ARDEN ST
Collection System Tidal Schuylkill Watershed A
k Combined Sewer Service Areas

Cree
heim
Cres
E
HE
NR
T AV YA
ON E VE
WM D
AV Seperate Sewer Service Areas
SHA AR
IG
W Storm Sewers Only
LN
UM O
IN
Wis
BR M
IA DO
sa
ST
hic
kon
Cre
ek
§
¦
¨ 76
ON
ST
GT
IN
V ER
LE
k LN
ree N
nC EE LN
ff a R UT
W
nra G LN
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
S
N
AH
M
AY
EI
IC
U
NH
KO
M
NK
un
AI
MA
N
yR
AV
AV
E
ST
e
ull AV
E
E
R
G E
EE
AL
T
DV
RD
I
M
£
¤
E
US
1
HO
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY RD AV
E ILL
AVE 'S NE
PH TY ALLEGH
CI ENY AVE
A SA
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
£
¤
E
TE
13
R
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
ONT
1 D G
SE
ch

AVE
ST
S
TH ST
§
¦
¨76
33RD ST
DIAMON
5 4R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52ND S
ST
PL
NE AVE D AVE
AR
OW GIRAR
LANSD POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
SPRING G
ARDEN ST
Stormwater Management Districts Tidal Schuylkill Watershed A
k Management District Zones

Cree
heim
HE
Cres A
E NR
AV YA
ON
T
AV
E VE B-1
WM D
HA AR
S
W
IG B-2
C
LN
UM O
IN
Wis
BR M
IA DO
sa
ST
hic
kon
Cre
ek
§
¦
¨ 76
ON
ST
GT
IN
V ER
LE
k LN
ree N
nC EE LN
ff a R UT
W
nra G LN
MA
IS
ST
a WA
Gl
S
N
AH
M
AY
EI
IC
U
NH
KO
M
NK
un
AI
MA
N
yR
AV
AV
E
ST
e
ull AV
E
E
R
G E
EE
AL
T
DV
RD
I
M
£
¤
E
US
1
HO
HE
L
NR
O
MA
HO
Y
BE
AV
SC
NA
E
LM
YU
ON
NK
FO
RID
TA
GE
X
RD
AV
VE
ST
E
MO
NT
22ND ST
GO
ME DR
RY RD AV
E ILL
AVE 'S NE
PH TY ALLEGH
CI ENY AVE
A SA
ST
BA
River
LA
LA
FOR
NC
D RD
AV
AS
£
¤
E
TE
13
R
RD
LEHIGH
AVE
i ll
BELM
VE
lk
YA
£
¤
uy
LE
ONT
1 D G
SE
ch

AVE
ST
S
TH ST
§
¦
¨76
33RD ST
DIAMON
5 4R
D ST
NIN
D ST
TWENTY
£
¤ 30 JEF
FE
R SO
PA
R KS
KE
LL
OXFORD
AVE
NS IDE Y
T AV DR
57TH S
E
59TH S
63RD
PO
T
T
52ND S
ST
PL
NE AVE D AVE
AR
OW GIRAR
LANSD POPLAR
26TH ST
34T
DR
ST
T
HA
4OTH S
HS
VE
RF LA
48TH ST
OR NC
T
DA AS
VE TE
T
R
AV
E
SPRING G
ARDEN ST
Watershed Locator Tidal Schuylkill Watershed B
HAV LA
48TH ST
ER NC
FO AS
RD
AVE TE SPRING G
R ARDEN ST
AV ON AVE
POWELT
31ST S
E
CALLOW
HIL ST
MARKET
ST
§
¦
¨
T
676
RACE ST VINE S
CHESTN T
UT ST
44TH ST
ARCH S
H ST
WALNUT T
S T
33RD ST
MARKET PENN SQ
FORTIET
ST
42ND ST
CHESTN
SPRUCE UT ST
ST
34TH ST
12TH ST
WALNUT
ST
CEDAR A
VE LOCUST
ST
20TH ST
OR E AVE SPRUCE
ST
E
BALTIM
AV
PINE ST
r
ve
R
SOUTH
Ri
TE
E ST
AV
ll
52
ES
£
¤
ki
BY
N
yl
H
16TH ST
13
D
15TH ST
hu
IT C
21ST ST
ST
Sc
11TH ST
H
W
ST 49 GRAYS FER
LD TH RRY AVE WASHIN
IE ST G TON AVE
22ND ST
F E
RD G AV
ILY IN D
BA R
SP AN
ST
DL
O
BROAD
58
O
TH
E
AV
E
ST
AV
TASKER
K
ST
N
G
YU
MORRIS
IN
ST
SS
SS
PA
SE
65TH AV
G
ST D
N
O
KI
O SNYDER
63
W AVE
M
VD
R
EL
k
VE
ree
BL
NK A
ST
YU
bs C
PASS
GH
67
Cob
61
ER
TH
ST
ST
DB
ST
63R
70
E
LIN
AV DS
26TH ST
TH
T T
er
OREGO
IS
ST
N AVE
l Riv
BU
§
¦
¨
ylkil
AVE
76
Schu
GTON
ISLA
ESSIN
70T
ND A
HS
PATTISO
VE
N AVE
MAR
VE
EA
IO LA
S
PE
N RO
§
¦
¨ 95
NZA
BLVD
eek sin
84
Cr ve Ba
TH
o Reser
ST
M ing
§
¦
¨ 95
ISL
E
AV
er
AN
E
v
e Ri
AV
AM
DA
SE
r PA
I
R
PR
w a
RT
VE
ela
R NJ
TE
BA
EN D
Philadelphia International Airport Miles

0 0.5 1 2
Collection System Tidal Schuylkill Watershed B
HAV LA
ERF NC
ORD
48TH ST
AVE AS
TE
R
AV SPRING G
E ARDEN ST
31ST S
CALLOW
HIL ST
MARKET
ST
§
¦
¨
T
ON AVE 676
POWELT RACE ST VINE S
T
CHESTN
UT ST
44TH ST
ARCH S
H ST
WALNUT T
S T
33RD ST
MARKET PENN SQ
FORTIET
ST
42ND ST
CHESTN
SPRUCE UT ST
ST
34TH ST
12TH ST
WALNUT
ST
CEDAR A
VE LOCUST
ST
20TH ST
OR E AVE SPRUCE
ST
E
BALTIM
AV
PINE ST
r
ve
R
SOUTH
Ri
TE
ST
ll
52
ES
£
¤
ki
N
yl
H
16TH ST
13
D
15TH ST
hu
C
21ST ST
ST
Sc
11TH ST
ST 49 GRAYS FER
LD TH RRY AVE WASHIN
IE ST G TON AVE
22ND ST
F E
G AV
IN
PR A ND
S
ST
DL
O
BROAD
58
O
TH
E
AV
E
ST
AV
TASKER
K
ST
N
G
YU
MORRIS
IN
ST
SS
SS
PA
SE
65TH AV
G
ST D
N
O
KI
O SNYDER
63
W AVE
LM
VD
R
k
E VE
ree
BL
NK A
ST
YU
bs C
PASS
GH
67
Cob
61
ER
TH
ST
ST
DB
ST
63R
70
E
LIN
AV DS
26TH ST
TH
T T
er
OREGO
IS
ST
N AVE
l Riv
BU
§
¦
¨
ylkil
AVE
76
Schu
GTON
ISLA
ESSIN
70T
ND A
HS
PATTISO
VE
N AVE
MAR
VE
EA
IO LA
S
PE
N RO
§
¦
¨ 95
NZA
BLVD
eek sin
84
Cr ve Ba
TH
o Reser
ST
M ing
§
¦
¨ 95

ISL
E
AV
E
AV Non-Contributing Area
ND
M
E
RA
IS PA
AV
R
R.
RT
RP Seperate Sewer Service AreasN J

E
TE re
BA
EN a
aw
el Storm Sewers Only
D

0 0.5 1 2
Stormwater Management Districts Tidal Schuylkill Watershed B
LA
NC
AS
TE SPRING G
R ARDEN ST
AV ON AVE
POWELT
31ST S
E
48TH ST
HAVERFORD AVE
CALLOW
HIL ST
§
¦
¨
T
676
RACE ST VINE S
CHESTN T
UT ST
44TH ST
ARCH S
H ST
WALNUT T
S T
33RD ST
MARKET PENN SQ
FORTIET
ST
42ND ST
CHESTN
SPRUCE UT ST
ST
34TH ST
12TH ST
WALNUT
ST
CEDAR A
VE LOCUST
ST
20TH ST
OR E AVE SPRUCE
ST
E
BALTIM
AV
PINE ST
r
ve
R
SOUTH
Ri
TE
E ST
AV
ll
52
ES
£
¤
ki
A13 BY
N
yl
H
16TH ST
D
15TH ST
hu
IT C
21ST ST
ST
Sc
11TH ST
H
B-1 W
ST 49 GRAYS FER
B-2 LD TH RRY AVE WASHIN
IE ST G TON AVE
22ND ST
F E
RD G AV
ILY C R
IN D
BA SP AN
ST
DL
O
BROAD
58
O
TH
E
AV
E
ST
AV
TASKER
K
ST
N
G
YU
MORRIS
IN
ST
SS
SS
PA
SE
65TH AV
G
ST D
N
O
KI
O SNYDER
63
W AVE
M
VD
R
EL
k
VE
ree
BL
NK A
ST
YU
bs C
PASS
GH
67
Cob
61
ER
TH
ST
ST
DB
ST
63R
70
E
LIN
AV DS
26TH ST
TH
T T
er
OREGO
IS
ST
N AVE
l Riv
BU
§
¦
¨
ylkil
AVE
76
Schu
GTON
ISLA
ESSIN
70T
ND A
HS
PATTISO
VE
N AVE
MAR
VE
EA
IO LA
S
PE
N RO
§
¦
¨ 95
NZA
BLVD
eek sin
84
Cr ve Ba
TH
o Reser
ST
M ing
§
¦
¨ 95
ISL
E
AV
er
AN
E
v
e Ri
AV
AM
DA
SE
r PA
I
R
PR
w a
RT
VE
ela
R NJ
TE
BA
EN D

0 0.5 1 2
Watershed Locator Tookany-Tacony Frankford Watershed A
E
AV
E
OV
GR
-
OW
OGO
RD
IL L
LL
W
NT
HI
Y-
Z AV
IV
E
AV
NT
SA
EA
TH
PL
O UR
MT
RK RD
CH
ON EL
AV TE
E NH
AM
OLD YO
E
ST AV
AV
EN E
19TH ST
TO
Y
IR
N
AV
TA
E
M
OGONTZ AVE
CH
EW
GE
AV SIXTY-SIX
ST
RM
ST
T
AN
LS
SECOND
SA
E
TO
AV
UP
W
LN
N
NA
TE
N
EL
TO
VE
CH
NG
GODFRE
LN DR
Y AVE
HI
AS
T
W
LINCO
NEDRO
ST
BROAD
GR
EE
NE
ST
ST NEDRO AV
E
Tac
E
US
o
HO
ny
MASCHER ST
OLNEY
EN
AD
Cre
AV E
TT
AM
ek
RI
SA
VE
ST
VE
NA
ER
W FISHER
T
AVE
SU
AY
IS
N E
AV
W
E G
AV
SIN
M
E
D RI
RI
IN
BE
W
W
LF
IS
D
BLV
IEL
SA
ELT
SEV
H
DA
ROO
IC
WYOMIN
ST
KO
ST G AVE
VE
N
Y
M
E
RD
AV
KL
EI
WYOMIN
E
NH
R
E
G AVE
BE
Frankford Creek
E
US
5TH ST
AV
MA
HO
LE
T
VA
NINTH S
OL
VE
ID
HO
RA
M
G ST
SC
£
¤
KE
1 LY
ITA
E CO
AV MIN
ST
HE
WH
RK GS
NR
PA
FRONT
T LUZERN
Y
G E ST
TIN
AV
UN
E
FO
H
X
£
ST
¤
RID
GE 13
22ND ST
AV ERIE AV
6TH ST
E
17 TH ST
E
B ST
GER
MAN
VE VE
ALLEGH
ENY AVE YA DA
LE
TOW
G OO
ED W
§
¦
¨ EN
S
Schuylkill River
GL
N
76
AVE
LEHIGH
Miles
AVE 0 0.5 1 2
Stormwater Management Districts Tookany-Tacony Frankford Watershed A

A
E
AV
E
OV
B-1
GR
B-2
OW
OGO
RD
IL L
LL
C
W
NT
HI
Y-
Z AV
IV
E
AV
NT
-
SA
EA
TH
PL
O UR
MT
RK RD
CH
ON EL
AV TE
E NH
AM
OLD YO
E
ST AV
AV
EN E
19TH ST
TO
Y
IR
N
AV
TA
E
M
OGONTZ AVE
CH
EW
GE
AV SIXTY-SIX
ST
RM
ST
T
AN
LS
SECOND
SA
E
TO
AV
UP
W
LN
N
NA
TE
N
EL
TO
VE
CH
NG
GODFRE
LN DR
Y AVE
HI
AS
T
W
LINCO
NEDRO
ST
BROAD
GR
EE
NE
ST
ST NEDRO AV
E
Tac
E
US
o
HO
ny
MASCHER ST
OLNEY
EN
AD
Cre
AV E
TT
AM
ek
RI
SA
VE
ST
VE
NA
ER
W FISHER
T
AVE
SU
AY
IS
N E
AV
W
E G
AV
SIN
M
E
D RI
RI
IN
BE
W
W
LF
IS
D
BLV
IEL
SA
ELT
SEV
H
DA
ROO
IC
WYOMIN
ST
KO
ST G AVE
VE
N
Y
M
E
RD
AV
KL
EI
WYOMIN
E
NH
R
E
G AVE
BE
Frankford Creek
E
US
5TH ST
AV
MA
HO
LE
T
VA
NINTH S
OL
VE
ID
HO
RA
M
G ST
SC
£
¤
KE
1 LY
ITA
E CO
AV MIN
ST
HE
WH
RK GS
NR
PA
FRONT
T LUZERN
Y
G E ST
TIN
AV
UN
E
FO
H
X
£
ST
¤
RID
GE 13
22ND ST
AV ERIE AV
6TH ST
E
17 TH ST
E
B ST
GER
MAN
VE VE
ALLEGH
ENY AVE YA DA
LE
TOW
G OO
ED W
§
¦
¨ EN
S
Schuylkill River
GL
N
76
AVE
LEHIGH
Miles
AVE 0 0.5 1 2
Watershed Locator Tookany-Tacony Frankford Watershed B
RD
RD
CH
R
DA
UR
CE
CH
RD
EE
VE
RR
LA
VE
RA
NT
OXFORD AVE
RH
CE
AW
MO N
NT ST
GO
ME
RY
AV
RD E
CO
NE TT
CH LA MA
K N
EL
TE OA AV
E
E
NH
AV
AM
ST
N
AV
NT
SU
V
E
NA
O
FR
£
¤
G
TO
N
1
SI
LE
SIXTY-SIX
RI
ST
ST
E
n
AV
Ru
SECOND ST
BU
dy
ON
n
Sa
E
AL
AV
OR
RD
GODFRE
ST
Y AVE
OR
E
CA
AV
B
TA
N
TO
5TH ST
LE
ST
NEDRO AV
TY
BU
E LE
VI SO
E
CK N
Tac
AV
ST AV
o
OR
ny
OLNEY
MASCHER ST
ST
AVE
HARB
VD
Cr
T BL
AD
CA
VEL
E
eek
AV
SE
AM
ROO
£
¤
ISON
VE
E
SA
AL
13
NA
VE
RD
FISHER
AVE
SU
AV
E
MM
E
G
SIN
SU
E
RI
AV
E
LE
L
RO
AV
DA
VI
S
BLVD
R
BB
RE
CK
OXFORD AVE
KE
ELT R
IN
SEV TO
ST
TA
ROO E
S
AV
E
HI
ST
AV
A AR
ON
W
M R
OR
OT
WYOMIN RA
CO
G AVE T
KF
ST
ML
OR
AN
TH
BRI
FR
ST
OD
VE
OX
DGE
RA
ST
KE
G ST
ST
ITA
ST
ST
WH
Y
M AR G
N
CO
FRONT
HUNTING
PARK TA
ARET
§
¦
¨ 95
r
S
ve
Fr
T
ERIE AV an
E kfo
Ri
rd
B ST
C ree
LE
k
re
FE
T
VR
FRONT S
E
wa
AV
AD
ES
ON
AM
GT ST
la
SA
IN D
NS E ON
VE
KE AV HM
De
ALLEGHE
NY AVE RD C
RI
FO
A NK
FR
-
CA
ST
OR
Fr
LEHIGH
AV
an
AVE
kf
E
or
d
Cr
ee
PA
k
Miles
NJ
0 0.5 1 2
Collection System Tookany-Tacony Frankford Watershed B
RD
CH
UR
CH
RD
Seperate Sewer Service Areas
EE
VE
RR
Storm Sewers Only
LA
VE
RA
NT
OXFORD AVE
CE
MO
NT
GO
ME
RY
AV
RD E
CO
NE TT
CH LA MA
K N
EL
TE OA AV
E
E
NH
AV
AM
ST
N
AV
NT
SU
V
E
NA
O
FR
£
¤
G
TO
N
1
SI
LE
SIXTY-SIX
RI
ST
ST
E
n
AV
Ru
SECOND ST
BU
dy
ON
n
Sa
E
AL
AV
OR
RD
GODFRE
ST
Y AVE
OR
E
CA
AV
B
TA
N
TO
5TH ST
LE
ST
NEDRO AV
TY
BU
E LE
VI SO
E
CK N
Tac
AV
ST AV
o
OR
ny
OLNEY
MASCHER ST
ST
AVE
HARB
VD
Cr
T BL
AD
CA
VEL
E
eek
AV
SE
AM
ROO
£
¤
ISON
VE
E
SA
AL
13
NA
VE
RD
FISHER
AVE
SU
AV
E
MM
E
G
SIN
SU
E
RI
AV
E
LE
L
RO
AV
DA
VI
S
BLVD
R
BB
RE
CK
OXFORD AVE
KE
ELT R
IN
SEV TO
ST
TA
ROO E
S
AV
E
HI
ST
AV
A AR
ON
W
M R
OR
OT
WYOMIN RA
CO
G AVE T
KF
ST
ML
OR
AN
TH
BRI
FR
ST
OD
VE
OX
DGE
RA
ST
KE
G ST
ST
ITA
ST
ST
WH
Y
M AR G
N
CO
FRONT
HUNTING
PARK TA
ARET
§
¦
¨ 95
r
S
ve
Fr
T
ERIE AV an
E kfo
Ri
rd
B ST
C ree
LE
k
re
FE
T
VR
FRONT S
E
wa
AV
AD
ES
ON
AM
GT ST
la
SA
IN D
NS E ON
VE
KE AV HM
De
ALLEGHE
NY AVE RD C
RI
FO
A NK
FR
-
CA
ST
OR
Fr
LEHIGH
AV
an
AVE
kf
E
or
d
Cr
ee
PA
k
Miles
NJ
0 0.5 1 2
Stormwater Management Districts Tookany-Tacony Frankford Watershed B
RD
RD
CH
R
DA
UR
CE
CH
RD
EE
VE
RR
LA
VE
RA
NT
OXFORD AVE
RH
CE
AW
MO N
NT ST
GO
ME
RY
AV
RD E
CO
NE TT
CH LA MA
K N
EL
TE OA AV
E
E
NH
AV
AM
ST
N
AV
NT
SU
V
E
NA
O
FR
£
¤
G
TO
N
1
SI
LE
SIXTY-SIX
RI
ST
ST
E
n
AV
Ru
SECOND ST
BU
dy
ON
n
Sa
E
AL
AV
OR
RD
GODFRE
ST
Y AVE
OR
E
CA
AV
B
TA
N
TO
5TH ST
LE
ST
NEDRO AV
TY
BU
E LE
VI SO
E
CK N
Tac
AV
ST AV
o
OR
ny
OLNEY
MASCHER ST
ST
AVE
HARB
VD
Cr
T BL
AD
CA
VEL
E
eek
AV
SE
AM
ROO
£
¤
ISON
VE
E
SA
AL
13
NA
VE
RD
FISHER
AVE
SU
AV
E
MM
E
G
SIN
SU
E
RI
AV
E
LE
L
RO
AV
DA
VI
S
BLVD
R
BB
RE
CK
OXFORD AVE
KE
ELT R
IN
SEV TO
ST
TA
ROO E
S
AV
E
HI
ST
AV
A AR
ON
W
M R
OR
OT
WYOMIN RA
CO
G AVE T
KF
ST
ML
OR
AN
TH
BRI
FR
ST
OD
VE
OX
DGE
RA
ST
KE
G ST
ST
ITA
ST
ST
WH
Y
M AR G
N
CO
FRONT
HUNTING
PARK TA
ARET
§
¦
¨ 95
r
S
ve
Fr
T
ERIE AV an
E kfo
Ri
rd
B ST
C ree
LE
k
re
FE
T
VR
FRONT S
E
wa
AV
AD
ES
ON
AM
GT ST
la
SA
Management District Zones ENSIN E ON

D
VE
AV HM
De
ALLEGHE K
NY AVE RD C
A RI
FO
A NK
B-1 FR
-
CA
ST
B-2
OR
Fr
LEHIGH
AV
an
AVE
C
kf
E
or
d
Cr
ee
PA
k
Miles
NJ
0 0.5 1 2
Stormwater Management Districts Wissahickon Watershed
RD
LL
MI
ER
-
P
PA
N PK
TOW
MAN
GER
BE
CH
TH
EL
E
ST
LEHE
TE
AV
EN NH
RI
TO
RD
AM
RN
DG
N TH
M PK
AV
TE
AV
ILL
OU
E
E
ES
H
R
PK
ON
Y-
W
IV
AV
H
E
RT
E
NO
AV
TH
O
E
SE UR
OV
MI ON
NO
GR
LE AV
ek E
OW
ST e
Cr
ILL
E
im
AV
W
he
ST
E
Y
es
AV
MA
IR
RT Cr
TA
NT
INS
SA
LN
EA
PL
Wi
MT
ss a
LN
D
h ic
AI
RM
kon
LN
ME
LN
NS
GE
N
Cre
LE
TO
AL
RM
ek
NG
AN
HI
ST
AS
TO
W
L
ST
SA
HE
WN
E NR
AV
EN
UP
T YA
AV
ON
ED
VE
WM
IV
HA
CL
S
L N DR
V
LL
A
EY
AV
AVE
LINCO
LN
N
TE
NO RID
MI
W
UM
EL
DO G
IS
BR
CH
SA
E
IA
H
AV
ST
IC
E
KO
GR
N
EE
AV
ST N
E
E
EN ST
§
¦
¨
D
Sc VE
76 LI
hu ST
C
N
yl ON N UT L W
AY
ki N GT WAL N
ll RI E
AV
VE E
R LE
iv LN
eek er T
Cr L NU
WA
fan
raf
an
MA
Gl SC
NA
HU
YU
YL
M
n KIL
AI
Ru
NK
N
LE
ST
AV
XP
y
lle
E
Gu
RD
E
US
HO
HE

NR
OL
Y
HO
AV
SC
A
E
B-1 RID
B-2
GE
AV
E £
¤ 1
C £
¤ 1
£
¤ 13
ST
KELLY DR
Miles
AT
E
0 0.5 1 2
RD

Appendices
E
Worksheets and Checklists
Refer to http://www.PhillyRiverInfo.org/PWDDevelopmentReview
for the most recent Checklists and Worksheets


Appendices
F
Regulatory Guidance


Appendices
F.1
The Philadelphia Stormwater Management Regulations


600.0 STORMWATER (e) Development: Any human-induced
MANAGEMENT change to improved or unimproved real
estate, whether public or private,
The Water Department, as authorized by including but not limited to land
Section 14-1603.1 of the Philadelphia development, construction, installation,
Code, requires the following or expansion of a building or other
specifications for stormwater detention structure, land division, street
and retention systems as of January 1, construction, and site alteration such as
2006. embankments, dredging, grubbing,
600.1 Definitions grading, paving, parking or storage
facilities, excavation, filling, stockpiling,
For the purposes of these Regulations, or clearing. As used in these
the following words and phrases shall Regulations, development encompasses
mean and be interpreted pursuant to the both new development and
below definitions. Whenever any of redevelopment. It includes the entire
these words appear in these Regulations development site, even when the project
in the singular or plural form, the is performed in stages.
opposite shall also hold as applicable.
(f) Development Site: The specific tract
(a) Buffer: The area of land immediately of land where any Earth Disturbance
adjacent to any surface water body activities are planned, conducted, or
measured perpendicular to and maintained.
horizontally from the top-of-bank on
both sides of a stream that must remain (g) Diffused Drainage Discharge:
or be restored to native plants, trees, and Drainage discharge not confined to a
shrubs. single point location or channel, such as
sheet flow or shallow concentrated flow.
(b) Design Professional: A licensed
professional engineer registered in the (h) Directly Connected Impervious Area
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. (DCIA): An impervious or impermeable
surface, which is directly connected to
(c) Design Storm: The magnitude and the drainage system as defined in the
temporal distribution of precipitation Manual.
from a storm event defined by
probability of occurrence (e.g., five-year (i) Earth Disturbance: Any human
storm) and duration (e.g., 24-hours), activity which moves or changes the
used in the design and evaluation of surface of land, including, but not
stormwater management systems. limited to, clearing and grubbing,
grading, excavation, embankments, land
(d) Developer: Any landowner, agent of development, agricultural plowing or
such landowner, or tenant with the tilling, timber harvesting activities, road
permission of such landowner, who maintenance activities, mineral
makes or causes to be made a extraction, and the moving, depositing,
subdivision of land or land development stockpiling, or storing of soil, rock or
project prior to issuance of the earth materials.
Certificate of Occupancy.
(j) Erosion and Sediment Control Plan: (q) Redevelopment: Any development
A plan for a project site that identifies on a site that requires demolition or
stormwater detention and retention removal of existing structures or
structures that will minimize accelerated impervious surfaces and replacement
erosion and sedimentation during the with new impervious surfaces. This
construction phase. includes replacement of impervious
surfaces that have been removed on or
(k) Groundwater Recharge: The after January 1, 1970, with new
replenishment of existing natural impervious surfaces. Maintenance
underground water supplies without activities such as top-layer grinding and
degrading groundwater quality. re-paving are not considered
redevelopment. Interior remodeling
(l) Management District: Sub-area projects are also not considered
delineations that determine peak rate redevelopment.
attenuation requirements, as defined in
the Manual. Sites located in more than (r) Stormwater Management Practice
one management district shall conform (SMP): Any man-made structure that is
to the requirements of the district into designed or constructed to convey, store,
which the site discharges. or otherwise control stormwater runoff
quality, rate, or quantity. Typical SMPs
(m) Manual: The most recent version of include, but are not limited to, detention
the Philadelphia Stormwater and retention basins, swales, storm
Management Guidance Manual. sewers, pipes, and infiltration structures.
(n) New Development: Any (s) Stormwater Pretreatment:
development project that does not meet Techniques employed to remove
the definition of redevelopment as pollutants before they enter the SMP,
defined in these Regulations or any limited to techniques defined and listed
development project at a site where as pretreatment in the Manual.
structures or impervious surfaces were
removed before January 1, 1970.
600.2 Regulated Activities
(o) Post Construction Stormwater (a) Regulated activities under these
Management Plan (PCSMP): A Regulations include any development,
complete stormwater management plan including new development and
as described in these regulations and in redevelopment, that results in an area of
the Manual. earth disturbance greater than or equal to
15,000 square feet. The area of Earth
(p) Predevelopment Condition: For new Disturbance during the construction
development, the predevelopment phase determines requirements for both
condition shall be the existing condition the erosion and sediment controls and
of the site, and for redevelopment, the post-construction stormwater
predevelopment shall be defined management.
according to the procedures found in the
Manual.
(b) The applicability of these (b) Exemption Responsibilities
Regulations is summarized in the Table
of Applicable Stormwater Regulations in An exemption shall not relieve the
Philadelphia. Developer from implementing such
measures as are necessary to protect
(c) These Regulations shall apply to the public health and safety.
entire development site even if
development on that site is to take place (c) Emergency Exemption
in phases.
Emergency maintenance work
(d) Existing SMPs may be used on sites performed for the protection of public
where development occurs as long as health and safety is exempt from the
they meet all of the requirements of requirements of these Regulations. A
these Regulations. written description of the scope and
extent of any emergency work
performed shall be submitted to the
600.3 Exemptions
Water Department within two (2)
(a) General Exemptions calendar days of the commencement of
the activity. If the Water Department
The following cases are exempt from the finds that the work is not an emergency,
specified requirements of these then the work shall cease immediately
Regulations. and the requirements of these
Regulations shall be addressed as
(1) Development, including new applicable.
development and redevelopment, that
results in an area of Earth Disturbance (d) Special Circumstances
less than fifteen thousand (15,000)
square feet is exempt from all If conditions exist that prevent the
requirements of these Regulations; reasonable implementation of water
quality and /or quantity control
(2) Redevelopment that results in practices on site, upon written request
an area of Earth Disturbance greater than by the owner, the Philadelphia Water
or equal to fifteen thousand (15,000) Department may at its sole discretion
square feet, but less than one (1) acre, is accept off-site stormwater
exempt from the requirements of Section management practices, retrofitting,
600.5(b), Channel Protection stream restorations, or other practices
Requirement. that provide water quality and /or
quantity control equal or greater than
(3) Redevelopment that results in onsite practices for the volume which
an area of Earth Disturbance greater than the owner has demonstrated to be
or equal to one (1) acre and reduces the infeasible to manage and treat on site.
predevelopment DCIA on the site by at
least twenty percent (20%) is exempt
from the Channel Protection and Flood
Control Requirements of this
Regulation.
Table of Applicable Stormwater Regulations in Philadelphia
Earth Disturbance Associated with Development
15,000 sq. ft.-1
0-15,000 sq. ft. > 1 acre
acre
Section 600.5(a) New
N/A** Yes Yes
Water Quality Development
Requirement Redevelopment N/A** Yes Yes
New
Section 600.5(b) N/A** Yes Yes
Development
Channel Protection
Yes (Alternate
Requirement Redevelopment N/A** Exempt
Criteria)
New
Section 600.5(c) N/A** Yes Yes
Development
Flood Control
Yes (Alternate Yes (Alternate
Requirement Redevelopment N/A**
Criteria) Criteria)
New
Section 600.6 N/A** Yes Yes
Development
Nonstructural Project
Design Requirement Redevelopment N/A** Yes Yes
Section 600.8 New

N/A** Yes Yes
Post-Construction Development
Stormwater
Management Plan
Redevelopment N/A** Yes Yes
Requirement
Yes (Alternate Criteria) – requirements of section may be waived depending on post-development site conditions (See
Sections 600.3(a)(3), 600.5(b) and 600.5(c) for further details).
N/A - Not Applicable, development project is not subject to requirements of indicated Regulations section. Voluntary
controls are encouraged.
Exempt – Development project is not subject to requirements of indicated Regulations section.
**– If the proposed development results in stormwater discharge that exceeds stormwater system capacity, causes a
combined sewer overflow, or degrades receiving waters, the design specifications presented in these Regulations may
be applied to proposed development activities as warranted to protect public health, safety, or property.
600.4 Erosion and Sediment Control new development and redevelopment
during Earth Disturbance sites, the water quality volume shall be
infiltrated on site. A list of acceptable
(a) All Earth Disturbance must comply practices for infiltration is provided in
with the Erosion and Sediment Control the Manual.
requirements of the Pennsylvania
Department of Environmental Protection (A) The infiltration volume shall
(PADEP) as specified in 25 Pa. Code § be equal to one (1.0) inch of rainfall over
102.4(b). all DCIA within the limits of Earth
Disturbance.
(b) No Earth Disturbance greater than or
equal to fifteen thousand (15,000) square (B) The Design Professional is
feet and less than 1 acre shall commence required to follow the Hotspot
until the Water Department approves an Investigation, Subsurface Stability, and
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Suitability of Infiltration procedures in
conforming to the regulations of the the Manual to determine whether the
PADEP. proposed infiltration on the
Development Site is appropriate.
600.5 Post-Construction Stormwater
(C) If soil investigation reports
Management Criteria
demonstrate that the soil is unsuitable for
(a) Water Quality Requirement: The infiltration, the Design Professional shall
Water Quality Requirement is designed be responsible for providing written
to recharge the groundwater table and to documentation to the Water Department
provide water quality treatment for showing that the required volume cannot
stormwater runoff. physically be infiltrated within the
required time period.
(1) The following formula shall be
used to determine the water quality (3) Water Quality Treatment
volume, (WQv), in cubic feet of storage Requirement.
for the development site.
(A) Where it has been
⎛P⎞ demonstrated, in accordance with
WQv = ⎜ ⎟ * (I ) Eqn: 600.1 section 600.5(a)(2) of these Regulations,
⎝ 12 ⎠
that a portion or all of the water quality
volume cannot be infiltrated on site, the
Where: water quality volume which cannot be
infiltrated on site must be treated for
WQv = Water Quality Volume (cubic water quality.
feet)
P = 1.0 inch (B) Water quality treatment is
I = DCIA within the limits of earth attained differently in separate sewer
disturbance (square feet) areas than in combined sewer areas.
Separate sewer areas achieve water
(2) Groundwater Recharge quality treatment through approved
Requirement: In order to preserve or stormwater management practices.
restore a more natural water balance on Combined sewer areas achieve water
quality treatment by detaining and their location. Design Professionals shall
releasing stormwater at a specified determine the appropriate Management
maximum rate as stated in the Manual. District for the development site using
the maps provided in the Manual.
(b) Channel Protection Requirement:
The Channel Protection Requirement is (A) The Table of Peak Runoff
designed to minimize accelerated Rates for Management Districts lists the
channel erosion resulting from attenuation requirements for each
stormwater runoff from Development Management District.
Sites.
(B) Sites located in more than
(1) To meet the Channel Protection one Management District shall conform
Requirement, SMPs shall retain or detain to the requirements of the district where
the runoff from all DCIA within the the discharge point is located.
limits of Earth Disturbance from a one-
year, 24-hour Natural Resources (2) Redevelopment sites that can
Conservation Service (NRCS) Type II demonstrate a twenty percent (20%)
design storm in the proposed site reduction in DCIA from predevelopment
condition such that the runoff takes a conditions as described in the Manual
minimum of 24 hours and a maximum of are exempt from this requirement.
72 hours to drain from the facility.
(3) Predevelopment Conditions for
(2) Redevelopment sites with less Redevelopment are specified in the
than one (1) acre of Earth Disturbance or Manual.
redevelopment sites that demonstrate a
twenty percent (20%) reduction in DCIA
from predevelopment conditions as
described in the Manual are exempt from
this requirement.
(3) The infiltration and water quality

volumes may be incorporated into the
channel protection portion of the design
provided the design meets all
requirements concurrently.
(4) Design criteria and a list of SMPs

for channel protection are included in the
Manual.
(c) Flood Control Requirement
(1) To prevent flooding caused by

extreme events, the City of Philadelphia
is divided into Management Districts
that require different levels of
stormwater attenuation depending on
Table of Peak Runoff Rates for Management Districts
Column A Column B
NRCS Type II 24-hour Design Storm NRCS Type II 24 –hour Design Storm
District
applied to Proposed Condition applied to Predevelopment Condition
A 2 – year 1 - year
A 100-year 100-year
B-1 2 – year 1- year

B-1 10 – year 5 - year
B-1 25 – year 10 - year
B-1 50- year 25- year
B-1 100-year 100-year
B-2 2 – year 1- year

B-2 50- year 10- year
B-2 100 – year 100 - year
C* Conditional Direct Discharge District

SMPs shall be designed such that peak rates from Column B are less than or equal to Peak Rates
from Column A.
* In District C, development sites that can discharge directly to the Delaware River main
channel or Tidal Schuylkill River major tributary without use of City infrastructure may do so
without control of proposed conditions peak rate of runoff. When adequate capacity in the
downstream system does not exist and will not be provided through improvements, the proposed
conditions peak rate of runoff must be controlled to the Predevelopment Conditions peak rate as
required in District A provisions for the specified Design Storms.
The Predevelopment Condition for new development is the existing condition. For
redevelopment purposes, the Predevelopment Condition is determined according to the
procedures found in the Manual.
(3) prepare a draft project layout
600.6 Nonstructural Project Design
avoiding the sensitive areas identified in
and Sequencing to Minimize
ERSA;
Stormwater Impacts
(a) A Developer is required to find (4) evaluate nonstructural
practicable alternatives to the surface stormwater management alternatives as
discharge of stormwater, the creation of described in the Manual;
impervious surfaces, and the degradation
of Waters of the Commonwealth. (5) minimize Earth Disturbance
during the construction phase;
(b) All development shall include the
following steps in sequence to comply (6) use site design techniques
with water quality requirements of described in the Manual to minimize the
§14.1603.1 of the Philadelphia Code. impervious surfaces within the limits of
The goal of the sequence is to minimize Earth Disturbance;
the increases in stormwater runoff and
impacts to water quality resulting from (7) use techniques in the Manual to
the proposed regulated activity. minimize DCIA within the limits of
Earth Disturbance;
(1) Prepare an Existing Resource
and Site Analysis (ERSA) map and (8) design appropriate detention
worksheet, showing environmentally and retention structures according to the
sensitive areas including, but not limited Manual;
to: steep slopes, ponds, lakes, streams,
suspected wetlands, hydric soils, vernal (A) meet Water Quality
pools, land development, any existing Requirement and provide for Stormwater
recharge areas, and any other Pretreatment prior to infiltration or water
requirements of the worksheet available quality treatment in accordance with the
in the Manual; Manual
(2) establish a Buffer by (B) meet Channel Protection

preserving or restoring native plants, Requirement in accordance with Section
trees, and shrubs to the area of land 600.5(b) of these Regulations;
immediately adjacent to any surface
(C) meet Flood Control
water body.
Requirement for the appropriate
(A) The Buffer shall be a Management District in accordance with
minimum of ten (10) feet on both sides Section 600.5(c) of these Regulations;
of the stream, measured perpendicular to and
and horizontally from the top-of-bank.
(9) adjust the site design as needed
(B) In the Wissahickon to meet all requirements of the
Watershed, there shall be no new Regulations concurrently.
impervious ground cover constructed or
erected within 200 feet of the bank of a
surface water body or within 50 feet of
the centerline of a swale.
600.7 Requirements for the Design of Regulations. If diffused drainage
SMPs discharge is proposed to be concentrated
and discharged onto adjacent land, the
(a) General Requirements Developer must document that adequate
(1) In order to provide for the downstream conveyance facilities exist
protection of public health and safety to safely transport the concentrated
and to more effectively manage discharge, or otherwise prove that no
stormwater in Philadelphia, all SMPs erosion, sedimentation, flooding or other
shall meet the requirements of these impacts will result from the concentrated
Regulations. discharge.
(2) The existing points of (7) All SMPs shall incorporate

concentrated drainage that discharge maximum ponding and/or draw down
onto adjacent land shall not be altered in requirements consistent with the
any manner that could cause property Manual.
damage without written permission of
the owner of the adjacent land. (8) Calculation Methodology:
Acceptable calculation methods for the
(3) The design of all SMPs shall design of SMPs are provided in the
incorporate sound engineering principles Manual.
and practices as detailed in the Manual.
The Water Department reserves the right 600.8. PCSMP Requirements
to disapprove any design that would
result in the creation or continuation of a (a) General Requirements
stormwater problem area. For any activities regulated by these
Regulations and the Philadelphia Code
(4) All stormwater runoff in excess Section §14.1603.1:
of any volume infiltrated on site must be
routed through a dedicated stormwater (1) No zoning permit may be
pipe and conveyed up to the approved applied for until the Water Department
connection or point of discharge. has approved a conceptual site plan.
(5) When the Development Site is
located within a combined sewer area (2) No Earth Disturbance may
and adjacent to a receiving water body, commence or Zoning Permit be issued
stormwater shall be discharged directly until the Water Department has
to receiving waters after requirements of approved a PCSMP.
these Regulations and any applicable (b) Preliminary Approval
state or federal requirements are met.
In order to obtain preliminary approval
(6) Areas of existing diffused from the Water Department, the owner
drainage discharge shall be subject to must complete the ERSA worksheet and
any applicable discharge criteria in the map and Site Plan Review Meeting with
general direction of existing discharge, the City as described in the Manual.
whether proposed to be concentrated or
maintained as diffused drainage areas,
except as otherwise provided by these
(c) PCSMP Approval (c) As-built drawings for all SMPs must
(1) The PCSMP shall include a be submitted to the Water Department
prior to final inspection.
general description of the project, project
sequence, calculations, maps and plans (d) A final inspection of all SMPs shall
as described in Section 600.6(b) of these be conducted by the Water Department
Regulations. A list of required contents or its designee to confirm compliance
of the PCSMP is located in the Manual. with the approved PCSMP prior to the
issuance of any Certificate of
(2) For any activities that require
Occupancy.
one or more state or federal permits,
proof of application for said permit(s) or
600.11 Responsibilities for Operations
approvals shall be part of the plan.
and Maintenance of SMPs
(3) All PCSMP materials shall be (a) No regulated Earth Disturbance
submitted to the Water Department in a activities shall commence until the
format that is clear, concise, legible, Water Department has approved a
neat, and well organized; otherwise, the PCSMP and SMP Operations and
PCSMP shall not be accepted for review Maintenance Plan (O & M Plan),
and shall be returned to the Developer prepared in accordance with the
for revision. requirements set forth in the Manual,
which describes how the post-
600.9 Permit Requirements by Other construction SMPs will be properly
Government Entities operated and maintained.
(a) Other government entities may (b) The O & M Plan must include a
require permits for certain regulated signed agreement between the owner
Earth Disturbance activities. and the City to maintain the SMPs in
accordance with the O & M Plan.
(b) Requirements for these permits must
be met prior to commencement of Earth (c) There shall be no alteration or
Disturbance. removal of any SMP required by an
approved PCSMP and O & M Plan, and
600.10 Inspections the owner must not allow the property to
remain in a condition which does not
(a) The Water Department or its conform to an approved PCSMP and O
designee may inspect any phase of the & M Plan.
installation of the SMPs.
(d) The Water Department reserves the
(b) During any stage of the work, if the right to accept or reject the operations
Water Department or its designee and maintenance responsibility for any
determines that the SMPs are not being or all of the stormwater controls and
installed in accordance with the SMPs.
approved PCSMP, the Water
Department shall issue a “Stop Work
Order” until a revised PCSMP is
submitted and approved and the
deficiencies are corrected.
600.12 Stormwater Management of the owner to comply with these
Easements Regulations.
(a) Stormwater management easements 600.14. Prohibited Discharges

or right-of-ways are required for all (a) No person shall allow, or cause to
areas used for off-site SMPs or allow, stormwater discharges into the
stormwater conveyance, unless a waiver City’s separate storm sewer system
is granted by the Water Department. which are not composed entirely of
(b) Stormwater management easements stormwater.
shall be provided by the owner if (b) In the event that the Water
necessary for access for inspections and Department determines that any
maintenance, or for the preservation of discharge to a storm sewer is not
stormwater runoff conveyance, composed entirely of stormwater, the
infiltration, detention areas and/or other Water Department will notify the
stormwater controls and SMPs, by responsible person to immediately cease
persons other than the property owner. the discharge.
(c) The stormwater management (c) Nothing in this Section shall affect a
easement and its purpose shall be discharger’s responsibilities under state
specified when recorded in accordance law.
with section 600.13 of these
Regulations.
600.15 Prohibited Connections
600.13 Recording of O& M Plans
(a) The following connections are
(a) The owner of any land upon which prohibited, except as provided in Section
SMPs will be placed, constructed or 600.14(a)(1) of these Regulations.
implemented as described in the PCSMP (1) Any drain or conveyance,
and Operation and Maintenance Plan (O whether on the surface or subsurface,
& M Plan), shall record the following which allows any non-stormwater
documents with the Philadelphia discharge including sewage,
Department of Records, within fifteen groundwater, process wastewater, and
(15) calendar days of approval of the wash water, to enter the separate storm
PCSMP by the Water Department: sewer system.
(1) The O & M Plan, or a summary
thereof, and (2) Any connections to the storm
drain system from indoor drains and
(2) Operations and Maintenance sinks.
Agreements as included as part of the
PCSMP submitted under Section 600.8 (3) Any drain or conveyance
and Easements under Section 600.12 of connected from a commercial or
these Regulations. industrial land use to the separate storm
sewer system that has not been
documented in plans, maps, or
(b) The Water Department may suspend equivalent records, and approved by the
or revoke any approvals granted for the City.
project site upon discovery of the failure
________________________________
Bernard Brunwasser
Water Commissioner
Approved as to Form,
Romulo L. Diaz, Jr., City Solicitor
Per:_____________________________
Keith J. Jones
Deputy City Solicitor
Appendices
F.2
Local Permitting Requirements


Appendices
F. 2. Local Permitting Requirements

In order to disturb earth in the City of Philadelphia, developers may be required to obtain permits and/
or approvals from various City agencies and departments. The list below is provided for convenience,
however, this list is only current as of June 2007. and it is subject to change. Developers should consult
with the Department of Licenses and Inspections for the most up to date guidance on permit requirements
in the City of Philadelphia.
* Licenses and Inspections (http://www.phila.gov/LI)

* Zoning Permit
* Building Permit
* City Planning Commission (http://www.philaplanning.org/)
* Plat Approval
* Philadelphia Water Department (http://www.phila.gov/water)
* Act 537
* Sewer
* Water
* Stormwater
* Groundwater Discharge Permit
* Industrial Waste
* Fairmount Park (http://www.phila.gov/fairpark/)
* Streets Department (http://www.phila.gov/streets)
* Fire Commissioner (http://www.phila.gov/fire/)
* Historical Commission (http://www.phila.gov/historical/)


Appendices
F.3
Federal and State Permitting Requirements


Appendices
F. 3 State and Federal Permitting Requirements

In addition to City Permits and approvals as described in F3, land development may be subject to state
and federal regulations. Each project is likely to have slightly different requirements. This Manual contains
information that was valid as of June 2007 which is subject to change. Developers should consult with
the appropriate regulatory agency to determine applicable plan and/or permitting requirements for
development or earth disturbance activities. Some common requirements include:
• Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (PENN DOT): Highway Occupancy Permit

• Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP): Construction Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Plan
• Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP): West Nile Virus Control Plan and
Guidance Documents
• National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): General PAG-2 or Individual Permit for
Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activities
• PADEP and US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Joint Permit: Pennsylvania Water Obstruction
and Encroachment Permit and a USACE Section 404 Permit
• PADEP Bureau of Waterways Engineering, Division of Dam Safety: Dam Permit
• PADEP Bureau of Watershed Management: General Permit BDWM-GP-4 Intake and Outfall
Structures
For information on Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) requirements see the
PADEP Guide to Permits for Land Development and/or contact the:
PADEP
Southeast Regional Office
2 East Main Street,
Norristown, PA 19401.
http://www.dep.state.pa.us/
For further information on Federal Regulations:

• Clean Water Act (http://www.epa.gov/region5/water/cwa.htm)
• United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Region 3
USEPA Region 3
1650 Arch Street (3PM52)
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029
(http://www.epa.gov/reg3wapd/programs.htm)
• National Pollutant Discharges Elimination System (NPDES) (http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/)
• Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection • Army Corps of Engineers
PADEP USACE
Bureau of Water Supply and Wastewater Management Wanamaker Building, Rm 600
Permits Section 100 Penn Square East
PO Box 2063 Philadelphia, PA 19107-3390
Rachel Carson State Office Building
Harrisburg, PA 17105-2063


Appendices
F.4
Special Circumstances and Waiver Requests


Appendices
F.4. Special Circumstances and Waiver Requests
F.4.1 Special Circumstances

The Philadelphia Stormwater Management Regulations state:
600.3 (d) If conditions exist that prevent the reasonable implementation of water quality
and quantity control practices on site, upon written request by the Owner, the Office of
Watersheds of the Philadelphia Water Department, may at its sole discretion accept off-
site SMPs, retrofitting, stream restorations, or other practices that provide water quality and
quantity control equal or greater than onsite practices for the volume that the Owner has
demonstrated to be infeasible to treat on site.
The Philadelphia Water Department (PWD) recognizes that there may be circumstances on a
proposed site that make it impractical to implement on-site stormwater management practices to the
standards specified in this manual. Applicants who ask to have their projects considered for special
circumstances must demonstrate the extent to which onsite Stormwater Management Practices
(SMPs) are infeasible.
PWD will review a complete Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan (PCSMP) to
determine if special circumstances warrant treatment of a portion or all of the stormwater from a
site. The PWD may at its sole discretion accept:
• off-site SMPs,
• retrofitting,
• stream restorations, or
• other practices
that provide water quality control equal or greater than onsite practices for the volume that the
Owner has demonstrated to be infeasible to treat on site. The developer shall account for the
management of all stormwater runoff from the site unless they can demonstrate that it is infeasible
to do so. The developer shall provide stormwater management to the maximum extent practicable,
as approved by PWD, in all cases before any off-site facilities or practices as noted above will be
allowed. Date


Appendices
F.4.2 Waiver Request Process

Infiltration Waiver Requests
A waiver from the infiltration requirement must be requested at any site where infiltrilration is
infeasible. To request a waiver form the infiltration requirement send the following form letter, a
complete infiltration waiver request worksheet and stamed and signed geotechnical report for the
project area to:
Projects Control
1101 Market Street, 2nd Floor
It is strongly recommended that all waiver requests be submitted before the PCSMP is submitted
as the site design may be significantly affected. A copy of the waiver request approval should
be submitted with the PCSMP. Please note that all waivers may be revoked should information
become available which contradicts the original request. Electronic versions of all waiver request
form letters and worksheets can be downloaded from
Small Orifice Waiver Request
A waiver from the 3-inch minimum orifice design must be requested when use of a smaller orifice is
being proposed. To request a waiver form the 3-inch minimum, send the following form letter and a
complete small orifice request worksheet to:
Projects Control
1101 Market Street, 2nd Floor
It is strongly recommended that all waiver requests be submitted before the PCSMP is submitted
as the site design may be significantly affected. A copy of the waiver request approval should
be submitted with the PCSMP. Please note that all waivers may be revoked should information
become available which contradicts the original request. Electronic versions of all waiver request
form letters and worksheets can be downloaded from


Appendices
F.5
PWD Review Policies


Appendices
GCase Studies


Appendices
H
Abbreviations & Acronyms


Appendices
Abbreviations & Acronyms

CERM Civil Engineering Reference Manual
CSO Combined Sewer Overflow
DCIA Directly Connected Impervious Area
DIC Disconnected Impervious Cover
PADEP Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
E&S Erosion and Sediment
ERSA Existing Resource and Site Analysis
HSG Hydrologic Soil Group
L&I Department of Licenses & Inspections
MS4 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NRCS National Resources Conservation Service
O&M Operations and Maintenance
PASMM Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Manual
PA SBMPM Pennsylvania Stormwater BMP Manual
PCPC Philadelphia City Planning Commission
PCSMP Post-Construction Stormwater Management Plan
PWD Philadelphia Water Department
SMP Stormwater Management Practice
SWTR Surface Water Treatment Rule
USDA United States Department of Agriculture
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
ZBA Zoning Board of Adjustments


Appendices
I
Glossary


Appendices
Glossary Terms
Buffer: The area of land immediately adjacent to any surface water body measured perpendicular to
and horizontally from the top-of-bank on both sides of a stream that must remain or be restored to native
plants, trees, and shrubs.
Design Professional: A licensed professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Design Storm: The magnitude and temporal distribution of precipitation from a storm event measured
in probability of occurrence (e.g., five-year storm) and duration (e.g., 24 hours), used in the design and
evaluation of stormwater management systems.
Developer: Any landowner, agent of such landowner, or tenant with the permission of such landowner,
who makes or causes to be made a subdivision of land or land development project prior to issuance of
the Certificate of Occupancy.
Development: Any human-induced change to improved or unimproved real estate, whether public or
private, including but not limited to land development, construction, installation, or expansion of a building
or other structure, land division, street construction, and site alteration such as embankments, dredging,
grubbing, grading, paving, parking or storage facilities, excavation, filling, stockpiling, or clearing. As used
in these Regulations, development encompasses both new development and redevelopment. It includes
the entire development site, even when the project is performed in stages.
Development Site: The specific tract of land where any earth disturbance activities are planned,
conducted, or maintained.
Diffused Drainage Discharge: Drainage discharge not confined to a single point location or channel,
such as sheet flow or shallow concentrated flow.
Directly Connected Impervious Area (DCIA): An impervious or impermeable surface, which is directly
connected to the drainage system as defined in the Philadelphia Stormwater Management Guidance
Manual.
Earth Disturbance: Any human activity which moves or changes the surface of land, including, but not
limited to, clearing and grubbing, grading, excavation, embankments, land development, agricultural
plowing or tilling, timber harvesting activities, road maintenance activities, mineral extraction, and the
moving, depositing, stockpiling, or storing of soil, rock or earth materials.
Existing Conditions: Physical conditions on the site including land use, impervious surface, topography,
vegetation, soils, and hydrology that exist on the site on the date the owner starts the development
process.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan: A plan for a project site that identifies stormwater detention and
retention structures that will minimize accelerated erosion and sedimentation during the construction
phase.
Groundwater Recharge: The replenishment of existing natural underground water supplies without
degrading groundwater quality.
Hotspots: Areas where land use or activities have contaminated the soil underlying the site such that
infiltration of stormwater would likely cause groundwater contamination through leaching of the soil.
Impervious Surface: A surface that prevents the infiltration of water into the ground. Examples of
impervious surface include roofs, streets, sidewalks, and parking or driveway areas that are covered with
impervious paving materials such as asphalt or concrete.
Appendices
Management District: Sub-area delineations that determine peak rate attenuation requirements,
as defined in the Manual. Sites located in more than one management district shall conform to the
requirements of the district into which the site discharges
Manual: The 2005 or most recent edition of the Philadelphia Stormwater Management Guidance Manual.
A comprehensive technical stormwater management reference for use in the City of Philadelphia.
New Development: Any development project that does not meet the definition of redevelopment as
defined in these Regulations or any development project at a site where structures or impervious surfaces
were removed before January 1, 1970.
Owner: Any person, landowner, developer, or tenant with the permission of such landowner who holds
legal title to a property subsequent to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy.
Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan (PCSMP): A complete stormwater management plan
as described in these regulations and in the Manual.
Predevelopment Condition: for the purpose of new development, the predevelopment condition shall be
the existing condition of the site. For redevelopment, predevelopment shall be defined according to the
procedures found in the Manual.
Redevelopment: Any development on a site that requires demolition or removal of existing structures
or impervious surfaces and replacement with new impervious surfaces. This includes replacement of
impervious surfaces that have been removed on or after January 1, 1970 with new impervious surfaces.
Maintenance activities such as top-layer grinding and re-paving are not considered redevelopment.
Interior remodeling projects are also not considered redevelopment.
Stormwater Management Practice (SMP): Any man-made structure that is designed or constructed to
convey, store, or otherwise control stormwater runoff quality, rate, or quantity. Typical SMPs include, but
are not limited to, detention and retention basins, swales, storm sewers, pipes, and infiltration structures.
Stormwater Pretreatment: Techniques employed in SMPs to remove pollutants before they enter the
structure, limited to techniques defined and listed as pretreatment in the Manual.

Appendices
J
References


Appendices
References
Aaron’s Rain Barrels and More. 2005. “Irrigations Systems.” (11 Mar 2005). <http://www.ne-
design.net/rain-barrel-irrigation.html>.
Advanced Buildings Technologies and Practices, Plumbing & Water Heating. 2002. “Cisterns/
Rainwater Harvesting Systems.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.advancedbuildings.org>.
Alameda Countywide Clean Water Program (ACCWP). 2004. “Grassy Swales.” Catalog of Control
Measures. (27 Apr 2005). <http://www.oaklandpw.com/creeks/pdf/Grassy_Swales.pdf>.
American Hydrotech, Inc. n.d. The Garden Roof Planning Guide. Chicago, IL.
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). 1992. Design and Construction of Urban Stormwater
Management Systems. The Urban Water Resources Research Council of the ASCE and the Water
Environment Federation. New York, NY.
American Standard Testing Methods International (ASTM). 2005. (7 Feb 2005). <http://
www.astm.org>.
Atlanta Regional Commission. 2001. Georgia Stormwater Management Manual.
Building Industry Association (BIA) of Philadelphia. 2004. “If We Fix it, They Will Come.” Report
Prepared by Karen Black.
Burns, R.M. and B.H. Honkala. 1990. “Silvics of North America: 1. Conifers; 2. Hardwoods.”
Agricultural Handbook 654. Forest Service, US Department of Agriculture (USDA). (6 Jun 2005).
<http://www.na.fs.fed.us/spfo/pubs/silvics_manual/table_of_contents.htm>.
Buzzards Bay Project National Estuary Program (BBPNEP). 2005. “Low Impact Development.” (11
Aug 2005). <http://www.buzzardsbay.org/wareham/lid-show-wareham.pdf>.
California Stormwater Quality Association. 2003. California Stormwater BMP Handbook - New
Development and Redevelopment.
Canada Office of Urban Agriculture, City Farmer. 1999. “Rooftop Gardens”. Vancouver, BC. (7 Feb
2005). <http://www.cityfarmer.org/rooftop59.html>.
Center for Watershed Protection (CWP). 1998. Better Site Design: A Handbook for Changing
Development Rules in Your Community. Ellicott City, MD.
Center for Watershed Protection (CWP). 2001. Stormwater Manager’s Resource Center. (4 Feb
2005). <http://www.stormwatercenter.net>.
Chester County Conservation District. 2005. Chester County Stormwater BMP Tour Guide. (11 Aug
2005). <http://dsf.chesco.org/conservation/cwp/view.asp?A=3&Q=612713>.
City of Austin, TX. 1995. “Rainwater Harvesting.” Austin Energy’s Green Building Program. (14 Feb
2005). <http://www.ci.austin.tx.us/greenbuilder/fs_rainharvest.htm>.
City of Boise, ID. 2000. Boise Stormwater Management Design Manual (SWMDM): Best
Management Practices. Boise City Public Works Department.
City of Chicago, IL. 2003. Guide to Stormwater Best Management Practices in Chicago. Chicago’s
Water Agenda.
City of Cypress, CA. 2005. “Stormwater Public Education Program.” Cypress Public Works. (22 Feb
2005).<http://www.ci.cypress.ca.us/public_works/stormwater_kids_corner.htm>.
City of Portland, OR. 2004. Clean River Plan. Portland Bureau of Environmental Services.
City of Portland, OR. 2004. Stormwater Management Manual. 3rd rev. Portland Bureau of
Environmental Services. (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.portlandonline.com/bes/index.cfm?c=35122>.
City of Portland, OR. 2004. “Title 33, Planning and Zoning - Chapter 33.266 Parking and Loading.”
Portland Bureau of Planning.
City of Portland, OR. 2001. “Code Guide Office of Planning & Development Review - Rainwater
Harvesting.” Portland Bureau of Planning.

Appendices
City of Portland, OR. 1994. “Report on New Standards for Residential Streets in Portland.” Portland
Office of Transportation.
City of San Diego, CA. 2002. “Street Design Standards.” Street Design Manual. City of San Diego
Planning Department.
City of Tucson, AZ. 2003. Water Harvesting Guidance Manual. Ed. Ann Audrey Phillips. Department
of Transportation, Stormwater Section.
City of Vancouver, BC. 2005. “Rain Barrel Program.” Engineering Services: Water and Sewers.
Claytor, R.A. and T.R. Schuler. 1996. Design of Stormwater Filtering Systems. Center for
Watershed Protection (CWP). Silver Spring, MD.
Claytor, R.A. and D. Caraco. 1997. Stormwater BMP Design Supplement for Cold Climates. US
EPA Office of Wetlands Oceans, and Watersheds and Center for Watershed Protection (CWP).
Colwell, S.R. et al. 2000. “Characterization of Performance Predictors and Evaluation of Mowing
Practices in Biofiltration Swales.”
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (sic). 2003. “Urban Water Reuse
œ Frequently Asked Questions.” CSIRO Land and Water. Adelaide, South Australia. (11 Aug 2005).
<http://www.clw.csiro.au/priorities/urban/reclamation/faq.html>.
Composters.com. 2005. “Rain Barrels.” Green Culture, Inc. (19 Apr 19 2005). <http://
www.composters.com/docs/rainbarrels.html>.
DeBusk, T.A., M.A. Langston, B.R. Schwegler, and S. Davidson. 1997. “An Evaluation of Filter
Media for Treating Stormwater Runoff.” Fifth Biennial Stormwater Research Conference, Southwest
Florida Watershed Management District. 81-92. Brooksville, FL.
Department of Irrigation and Drainage, Malaysia. 2000. Urban Stormwater Management Manual for
Malaysia.
District of Columbia Water and Sewer Authority (DCWASA). 2001. “Combined Sewer Overflow
Rooftop Type Analysis and Rain Barrel Demonstration Project.”
Dunnett, N. and N. Kingsbury. 2004. Planting Green Roofs and Living Walls. Portland, OR: Timber
Press.
Emmerling-DiNovo, C. 1995. “Stormwater Detention Basins and Residential Locational Decisions.”
Water Resources Bulletin, 31(3). 515-521.
Fairmount Park Commission. 2003. “Selected Native Plants of Philadelphia: Trees & Shrubs
Brochure.” Natural Lands Restoration & Environmental Education Program (NLREEP).
Fairmount Park Commission. 2003. “Selected Native Plants of Philadelphia: Wildflowers, Ferns,
Grasses, Sedges, & Rushes Brochure.” Natural Lands Restoration & Environmental Education
Program (NLREEP).
Greenroofs.com. 2004. “Greenroofs 101.” (7 Feb 2005). <http://www.greenroofs.com/
Greenroofs101>.
Harrington, B.W. 1989. “Design and Construction of Infiltration Trenches.” Proc., Urban Runoff
Water Quality Control. 290-304. New York, NY.
Harris, C. and N. Dines. 1998. Time Saver Standards for Landscape Architecture. 2nd Ed. New York,
NY: McGraw-Hill.
Hillel, D. 1998. Environmental Soil Physics. New York, NY: Academic Press.
Hunt, W.F. et al. North Carolina State University. 2001. North Carolina Department of Transportation
Level Spreader Workshop. (27 Apr 2005). <http://www.bae.ncsu.edu/cont_ed/main/handouts.html>.
Institute of Traffic Engineers. 1997. “Traditional Neighborhood Development Street Design
Guidelines.” Washington, DC.
Invisible Structures, Inc. 2005. (24 Jan 2005). <http://www.invisiblestructures.com>.
James, W. and R.C. James. 1999. Water Systems Models Hydrology: A Guide to the Rain
Temperature and Runoff Modules of the USEPA SWMM4. Ontario, Canada: Computational
Hydraulics International.
Appendices
King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks. 1998. King County,WA Surface Water
Design Manual. Water and Land Resources Division. Seattle, WA.
Kinkade-Levario, H., H. Krishna, A. Phillips, and T. Pope. 2002. “What are Rainwater Harvesting
and Stormwater Recycling?“ Forgotten Rain, LLC.
Kitsap County, Washington. Surface and Stormwater Management (SSWM) Program. 2005. (10
Feb 2005). <http://www.kitsapgov.com/sswm>.
Klein, S.M. 1997. “Alternatives to Wet Detention Basins.” Barr Engineering Company. 30th Annual
Water Resources Conference. Minneapolis, MN.
Lake Singletary Watershed Association (LSWA). 2004. “Preservation and Protection
of Lake Singletary and its Watershed.” (2 Feb 2005). <http://www.lakesingletary.org/
319%20pictures%201.htm>.
Lichten, K. 1997. “Grassy Swales.” BMP Fact Sheets. Bay Area Stormwater Management Agencies
Association (BASMAA).
Lindeburg, M.R. 2001. Civil Engineering Reference Manual for the PE Exam. 8th Ed. Belmont, CA:
Professional Publications.
Lipton, T. 2004. “Stormwater Landscape Approaches for CSO Abatement/Control.” WEFTEC
Conference.
Low Impact Development (LID) Center. 2005. (14 Feb 2005). <http://www.lid-stormwater.net>.
Lower Columbia River Estuary Partnership. 2005. “Contained Planter Box Examples.” (24 Feb
2005). <http://www.lcrep.org/fieldguide/examples/containedplanter.htm>.
Maryland Department of the Environment. 2000. Maryland Stormwater Design Manual.
Maryland Environmental Design Program. “Build a Simple Rain Barrel.” (27 Apr 2005). <http://
www.dnr.state.md.us/ed/rainbarrel.html>.
Maryland Water Resources Research Center. 2004. “Sources of Heavy Metals in Urban Storm
Water Runoff.” (8 Feb 2005). <http://www.ence.umd.edu/~apdavis/metalsources.htm>.
Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection. 1997. Stormwater Management - Volume
Two: Stormwater Technical Handbook. Boston, MA.
Massachusetts Executive Office of Environmental Affairs. 2002. “Erosion and Sediment Control
Guidelines for Urban and Suburban Areas.”
Mayer/Reed. 2005. (29 Apr 2005). <http://www.mayerreed.com>.
Metropolitan Environmental Council. 2004. “Minnesota Urban Small Sites BMP Manual: Stormwater
Best Management Practices for Cold Climates.” Barr Engineering. St. Paul-Minneapolis, MN.
Metropolitan Design Center. 2004. “Rethinking the Surface Parking Lot.” University of Minnesota.
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. 1998. “Guidebook of Best Management Practices
for Michigan Watersheds.”
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. 2005. “Water Management.” (14 Feb 2005). <http:
//www.michigan.gov/deq/>.
Miller, C. 1998. “Vegetated Roof Covers.” Pennsylvania Stormwater Management Symposium.
Villanova University, Villanova, PA.
Miller, C. and G. Pyke. 1999. “Methodology for the Design of Vegetated Roof Covers.” International
Water Resource Engineering Conference, ASCE. Seattle, WA.
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. 2000. “Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas: Best
Management Practices for Dealing with Storm Water Runoff from Urban, Suburban and Developing
Areas of Minnesota.” St. Paul-Minneapolis, MN.
Mississippi State University, Agricultural and Biological Engineering. 1994. “Overview of Erosion,
Sediment, and Stormwater Control Practices: Underdrains and Stormwater Filtration Systems.”
Planning and Design Manual for the Control of Erosion, Sediment, and Stormwater. USDA.
Missouri Botanical Garden, Kemper Center for Home Gardening. 2005. Missouri Botanical
PlantFinder. (6 Jun 2005). <http://www.mobot.org/gardeninghelp/plantfinder/Alpha.asp>.
Appendices
New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection. 2004. New Jersey Stormwater Best
Management Practices Manual.
New Mexico State University (NMSU). 1996. “Safe Use of Household Greywater.” (14 Feb 2005).
<http://www.cahe.nmsu.edu/pubs/_m/m-106.html>.
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. 2003. New York State Stormwater
Management Design Manual.
North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service, North Carolina State University. 2003. “Plant Fact
Sheets.” (6 Jun 2005). <http://www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/index.html>.
Raleigh, NC.
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources. 1999. Stormwater Best
Management Practices. Raleigh, NC.
Northern Virginia Planning District Commission (NVPDC). 1992. “Northern Virginia BMP Handbook:
A Guide to Planning and Designing Best Management Practices in Northern Virginia.” Annandale,
VA.
Norwesco. 2002. “Black Vertical Storage Tanks.” (2 Feb 2005). <http://www.precisionpump.net/
storagetanksystems.htm>.
Northwest EcoBuilding Guild. 2001. “Green Roof Project (GRP).” (9 Feb 2005). <http://
www.hadj.net/green-roofs>.
Oberts, G. 1991. “Design Considerations for Management of Urban Runoff in Wintry Conditions.”
International Conference on Urban Hydrology under Winter Conditions. Narvik, Norway.
Ontario Ministry of the Environment. 1999. Stormwater Management Planning and Design Manual.
Toronto, Canada.
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP). 2004. Pennsylvania Stormwater
Best Management Practices Manual.
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP), Bureau of Watershed
Management. 2000. Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Program Manual. Document 363-
2134-008.
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation (PENN DOT) and Federal Highway Administration
(FHA). 1986. Field Manual of Pennsylvania Department of Transportation Storm Intensity-Duration-
Frequency Charts Pdt-Idf. Department of Civil Engineering and Institute for Research on Land and
Water Resources, The Pennsylvania State University.
Philadelphia Water Department. 2005. “Philadelphia Water Department Regulations.” Chapter 6:
Stormwater Management Regulations.
Port Phillips Ecocentre n.d. 2005. “Gardens in the Sky.” Rooftop Greening Project. (7 Feb 2005).
<http://www.portphillip.vic.gov/au/ecocentre/rooftop>.
Rawls, W.J., D.L. Brakensiek, and K.E. Saxton. 1982. “Estimating Soil Water Retention from Soil
Properties.” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 108 (1982) IR2: 166-171.
Rawls, W.J. and D.L. Brakensiek. 1985. “Prediction of Soil Water Properties for Hydrologic
Modeling.” Watershed Management in the Eighties. ASCE (1985): 293-299.
Renton, Washington City Government. 2005. “Community Services.” (10 Feb 2005). <http://
www.ci.renton.wa.us/commserv>.
Rhoads, A.F., T.A. Block and A. Anisko. , 2001. The Plants of Pennsylvania: An Illustrated Manual.
Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
River Basin Center Institute of Ecology, University of Georgia. 2004. “Green BMPs: Porous
Pavement.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.rivercenter.uga.edu/research/stormwater/bmps.html>.
Roberts, B.C. 1991. “Water Quality Enhancement Using Subsurface Detention.” National
Corrugated Steel Pipe Association.
Roofscapes, Inc. n.d. 2004. “Project examples in Philadelphia, PA.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://
www.roofscapes.com/project2.html>.
Rook, E.J. 2002. “Flora, Fauna, Earth, and Sky: The Natural History of the Northwoods.”
Appendices
Sands, K. and T. Chapman. “Rain Barrels - Truth or Consequences.” Milwaukee Metropolitan

Sewerage District. Milwaukee, WI.
Santa Clara Valley. “Everything You Wanted to Know about Stormwater but Were Afraid to Ask.”
Urban Runoff Pollution Prevention Program.
Schueler, T. 1987. Controlling Urban Runoff: A Practical Manual for Planning and Designing Urban
BMPs. Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments. Washington, DC.
Schueler, T. 1992. “Design of Storm Water Wetland Systems: Guidelines for Creating Diverse and
Effective Stormwater Wetland Systems in the Mid-Atlantic Region.” Anacostia Restoration Team.
Department of Environmental Programs, Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments.
Washington, DC.
Seattle Public Utilities, Drainage & Sewer Service. “Seattle Public Utilities: Natural Drainage
Systems.” 2003. (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.seattle.gov/util/About_SPU/Drainage_&_Sewer_
System/Natural_Drainage_Systems/index.asp>.
South River Federation. 2002. “How to Build and Install a Rain Barrel.” University of Wisconsin. (27
Apr 2005) <http://www.cwp.org/Community_Watersheds/brochure.pdf>.
Southeastern Wisconsin Regional Planning Commission (SEWRPC). 1991. “Costs of Urban Non-
Point Source Water Pollution Control Measures.” TR #31.
Stormwater Management, Inc. 2005. “Stormwater Filter.” (2 Feb 2005). <http://
www.stormwaterinc.com/products/stormfilter_fm.shtml>.
Stormwater Manager’s Resource Center. 2005. (25 Jan 2005). <http://www.stormwatercenter.net>.
Sustainable Building Sourcebook. “Harvested Rainwater Guidelines.” Sect 1.0 - 3.0. (27 Apr 2005).
<http://www.greenbuilder.com>.
Swearingen, J., K. Reshetiloff, B. Flattery, and S. Swicker. 2002. “Plant Invaders of Mid-Atlantic
Natural Areas.” National Park Service and US Fish and Wildlife Service. Washington, DC.
Titan America. 2003. (22 Feb 2005). <http://www.tarmacamerica.com/index.html>.
Todd, W.P. and G. Vittori. 1997. Texas Guide to Rainwater Harvesting. Texas Water Development
Board in Cooperation with the Center for Maximum Building Potential. Austin, TX.
Tookany/Tacony-Frankford Watershed Partnership. 2005. “Rain Barrel Implementation Assistance
Resource Center.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.phillywater.org/Tacony-Frankford/Rain%20Barrel%20
Project%20Web/Rain_Barrel_Project.htm>.
Traver, R.G. 2004. Villanova Stormwater Best Management Practice Demonstration Park. Villanova
Urban Stormwater Partnership (VUSP). Villanova, PA.
United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 1983. “Hydraulic Engineering Center - Circular
14 (HEC-14).” Hydraulic Design of Energy Dissipators for Culverts and Channels.
United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 2001. “Hydraulic Engineering Center - Circular
22 (HEC-22).” Urban Drainage Design Manual. 2nd Ed.
United States Department of Agriculture (USDA). 1986. Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds.
National Resources Conservation Service, Conservation Engineering Division. TR #55.
United States Department of Agriculture (USDA). 2004. “The PLANTS Database, Version 3.5.” ( 6
Jun 2005). <http://plants.usda.gov>. National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA.
United States Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration. “Fact Sheet
– Detention Tanks and Vaults.” Stormwater Best Management Practices in an Ultra-Urban Setting:
Selection and Monitoring.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). “Post-Construction Storm Water
Management in New Development & Redevelopment, On-Lot Treatment.” National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), Office of Water. 1997. “Operation,
Maintenance, and Management of Stormwater Management Systems.” Watershed Management
Institute (WMI). Washington, DC.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 1997. “Post-Construction Stormwater
Appendices
Management in New Development & Redevelopment.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://cfpub1.epa.gov/

npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/post_8.cfm>.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 1999. “Preliminary Data Summary of
Urban Storm Water Best Management Practices Report.” EPA-821-R-99-012. Washington, DC.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 1999. “Storm Water Technology Fact
Sheets.” Washington, DC.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). 2003. “Proposed Long Term 2 Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT2ESWTR).” <http://www.epa.gov/safewater/lt2/redirect.html>.
University of Connecticut. 2001. “University of Connecticut Plant Database of Trees, Shrubs, &
Vines.” (6 Jun 2005). <http://www.hort.uconn.edu/plants/index.html>. Storrs, CT.
University of Minnesota. 1998. “Building Soil Berms.” Sustainable Urban Landscape Information
Series (SULIS). (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.sustland.umn.edu/implement/soil_berms.html>.
University of Minnesota Extension Service. 2002. “Innovative On-Site Treatment Systems: Single-
Pass Sand Filters.” (14 Feb 2005). <http://www.extension.umn.edu/distribution/naturalresources/
DD7672.html>.
University of Minnesota Extension Service. 2002. “Earth-Berm Water Bars: Managing Water Series
#3.” (11 Aug 2005). <http://www.extension.umn.edu/distribution/naturalresources/DD6972.html>.
Urban Drainage and Flood Control District (UDFCD). 2002. Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual.
Denver, CO.
Urbonas, B.R. 1999. “Design of a Sand Filter for Stormwater Quality Enhancement.” Water
Environment Research. 71(1): 102-113.
Vermont Agency of Natural Resources. 2002. The Vermont Stormwater Management Manual.
Villanova Urban Stormwater Partnership (VUSP). 2004. (2 Feb 2005). <http://www3.villanova.edu/
VUSP>.
Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation, Division of Soil and Water Conservation.
1999. Virginia Stormwater Management Handbook. Vol. I-II. 1st Ed. Richmond, VA.
Walker, W. 1987. “Design Calculations for Wet Detention Ponds.” Prepared for the St. Paul Water
Utility and Vadnais Lake Area Water Management Association. St. Paul, MN.
Washington State Department of Ecology, Water Quality Program. 1999. Stormwater Management
in Washington State. Vol V: Runoff Treatment BMPs. Olympia, WA.
Washington State Department of Ecology. 2001. Stormwater Management Manual for Western
Washington. Olympia, WA.
Whatcom County Master Composter Recycler Program. 2005. “Make Your Own Rain Barrel.”
Washington State University. (19 Apr 2005). <http://whatcom.wsu.edu/ag/compost/rainbarrel.htm>.
Wiegand, C., T. Schueler, W. Chittenden, and D. Jellick. 1986. “Cost of Urban Runoff Quality
Controls. In Urban Runoff Quality - Impact and Quality Enhancement Technology.” Ed. B. Urbonas
and L.A. Roesner. American Society of Civil Engineers. 366-382. New York, NY.
Williams, G.P. 2004. “Canadian Building Digest - Drainage and Erosion at Construction Sites.”
National Research Council Canada. (11 Aug 2005). <http://irc.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca/cbd/cbd183e.html>.
Winogradoff, D.A. 2002. Prince George’s County Bioretention Manual. Department
of Environmental Resources Programs and Planning Division. (11 Aug 2005). <http://
www.co.pg.md.us/Government/AgencyIndex/DER/ESD/Bioretention/bioretention.asp?nivel=foldme
nu(7)>. Prince George’s County, MD.
Woodward, D.E. et al. “Runoff Curve Number Method: Examination of the Initial Abstraction Ratio.”
Proceedings for the World Water and Environmental Resources Congress. Eds. Paul Bizier, Paul
DeBarry. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. June 23-26, 2003.
Xiao, Q., E.G. McPherson and J.R. Simpson. “Hydrologic Processes at the Residential Scale.”
Hydrologic Sciences Program, UC Davis. Center for Urban Forest Research, USDA Forest Service.
“Why Have a Green Roof?” (7 Feb 2005). <http://www.zinco.de>.

Appendices
K
Voluntary Small Sites Checklist


Appendices
Voluntary Small Sites Checklist

Note: Sites smaller than 15,000 sq. ft are not subject to the Philadelphia Water Department
Stormwater Management Regulations. However voluntary adherence to these regulations is
strongly encouraged, since these regulations were adopted to promote a cleaner, healthier, and
a more aesthetically pleasing environment for all to enjoy.
Systems Approach to Stormwater Management
Step 1: Protect and Utilize Existing Site Features (refer to Section 4.1 Protect and Utilize
Existing Site Features)
Y N
Has an inventory of existing site vegetation been performed?
If yes, was this inventory a factor in the site layout and design?
Have inventories of existing site soils and slopes been performed?
If yes, were these inventories factors in the sites layout and design?
Does the site design utilize any of the following nonstructural SMPs?
Preservation of stormwater sensitive and natural features (i.e. Riparian zone,
flood plains, wetlands, steep slopes, etc.).
Preservation of native ground cover.
Installation of vegetative buffers.
Was minimization of earth disturbance part of the design process?
Was soil compaction minimized during the design process?
Did the design include a soil erosion and sedimentation plan?
In the design process was impervious areas clustered and concentrated in
specific areas?
In the areas of earth disturbance was vegetation reestablished?
Step 2: Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed (refer to Section 4.2 Reduce Impervious
Cover to be Managed)
Y N
Were the roof leaders disconnected?
If yes please specify which of the following SMPs were used.
Green Roofs.
Dry wells.
Rain Barrels.
Cistern.
Vegetative Filter.
Rain Garden.
Bioretention Islands.
Planters.
Other (Please Specify):__________________________________
Were ground level impervious surfaces disconnected?

If yes please specify which of the following SMPs were used.
Grading Techniques.
Porous Pavement.
Vegetative Filters.

Appendices
Subsurface Storage and Infiltration Techniques.

Swales.
Bioretention,
Other (Please Specify):__________________________________
Were trees used as a stormwater management practices?

Note: trees must be within 20 ft of directly connected impervious area inside
the earth disturbance boundary in order to be counted toward Stormwater
If yes and the tree are inside the specified area, Please answer the following
questions
Were new tree planted?
Was the canopy from existing tree coverage used to determine stormwater
benefit?
Step 3: Management of Remaining Stormwater (refer to Section 4.3 Management of

Remaining Stormwater)
Y N
Were structural SMPs used to capture and treat stormwater runoff?
If yes please list below.
Were pretreatment systems installed for each structural SMP?

Was operation and maintenance taken into account during the structural SMP
design process?
Note: Refer to Section 6 Detailed Stormwater Control Design Guideline of the Philadelphia
Stormwater Management Manual for specific guidance on each SMP Described above.

Appendices
L
Homeowner’s Guide to Stormwater Management


A Homeowner’s Guide to
You can make

a difference! Learn what you can do on your
property and in your community to
improve the health of your watershed.
Prepared by: Office of Watersheds

Volume 1 • January 2006
The Office of Watersheds would Disclaimer
like to thank the following The information contained in this guide is being offered by the City of
organizations and partners for Philadelphia (City) through its Water Department (PWD) for the use
their assistance and for the use of residents of the City. Please note that the stormwater management
of their materials in this guide: projects or Best Management Practices (BMPs) in this guide are
Center for Watershed voluntary projects recommended strictly for homeowners. They are
Protection not designed for professionals required to comply with the City’s
Stormwater Regulations.
Fairmount Park Commission
If you plan to install any of the following structural projects on
Montgomery County
your property in the City, please notify PWD via its e-mail address
Conservation District
(WaterShedsPWD@phila.gov): Rain Barrels, Rain Gardens, or
NAM Planning & Design, LLC Dry Wells. PWD would like to register your project with the City’s
National Oceanic & Department of Licenses & Inspections (L&I). Also, PWD encourages
Atmospheric Administration you to take photographs of your project and to send them to PWD via
(NOAA) the above e-mail address
Pennsylvania Department of If you experience problems with any water or sewer piping on your
Environmental Protection (DEP) property, you should contact a registered plumber.
Pennsylvania Horticultural While every attempt has been made to furnish the latest and most
Society up-to-date information in this guide, updates, revisions, modification
deletions, and additions may have taken place after the production and
Philadelphia Department of
distribution of this guide.
Streets
The user of this guide is not relieved of their duty to obtain any
South River Federation
revisions or updates. PWD is not liable for the use of information in
TreeVitalize this guide that results in additional costs due to changes that occurred
University of Wisconsin — after the production of this guide.
Extension This guide is provided to you on an “AS IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS”
Washington State Puget Sound basis. You acknowledge that you assume the entire risk of loss in using
Action Team this guide and the information provided herein, including without
limitation any loss incurred by any End User. You further acknowledge
Wisconsin Department of
that this guide is complex and may contain some nonconformities,
Natural Resources
defects and/or errors. PWD does not warrant that this guide will meet
Wissahickon Valley Watershed your needs or expectations, or that all nonconformities can or will
Association be corrected. PWD assumes no risk, liability or responsibility for the
accuracy of this guide.
NO WARRANTY: CITY MAKES AND YOU RECEIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED. NO
ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY CITY OR
ANY OF ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY OR IN
ANY WAY INCREASE THE SCOPE OF THIS PARAGRAPH, AND YOU ARE NOT
ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: IN NO EVENT SHALL CITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DAMAGES, CLAIM OR LOSS INCURRED BY YOU (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, COMPENSATORY, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES
OR BUSINESS, EXPENDITURES, INVESTMENTS OR COMMITMENTS IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY BUSINESS, LOSS OF ANY GOODWILL, OR DAMAGES
RESULTING FROM USE OF THIS GUIDE, IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER
CITY HAS BEEN INFORMED OF, KNEW OF, OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN
OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES). THIS LIMITATION APPLIES
TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION IN THE AGGREGATE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY, MISREPRESENTATION AND ALL OTHER TORTS. IF CITY’S
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER BE HELD
UNENFORCEABLE OR INAPPLICABLE, YOU AGREE THAT CITY’S LIABILITY
SHALL NOT EXCEED $100.00
A Homeowner’s Guide to
Table of Vehicle Maintenance..................................................3
Contents Lawn & Garden Care............................................. 4 – 5

Pet Waste........................................................................6
Vehicle Washing...........................................................7
Tree Planting.........................................................8 – 10
Caring for your Backyard Stream........................ 11
Winter De-Icing................................................. 12 – 13
Planters (Container Gardens)............................... 14
Rain Barrels......................................................... 15 – 17
Rain Gardens...................................................... 18 – 20
Creating a Wildflower Meadow....................21– 22
Dry Wells...............................................................23– 25
Infiltration Test....................................................26– 27

Introduction
T
he Office of Watersheds of the Philadelphia Water
Department has a vision for Philadelphia—“Clean
Water—Green City.” We want to unite the City with
its water environment, creating a green legacy for future
generations while incorporating a balance between ecology,
economics and equity.
In order to achieve the goal of “Clean Water-Green City,”
we must work together with our partners, local residents,
homeowner associations and municipalities on managing
stormwater in a manner that will restore our watersheds.
We can all play a part in taking an active role in converting
our streams, creeks and surrounding green spaces into
healthy systems that local residents, along with native fish
and wildlife, can use as amenities, sanctuaries and habitats.
As a homeowner, your part can be as simple as maintaining
your car properly or building a rain garden on your lawn.
This guide provides you with the steps and actions you can
take to improve stormwater management on your property
or in your community. These stormwater management
projects will not only help protect our invaluable drinking
water sources, but they will help green the city, restore our
waterways and improve quality of life for all residents.
For more information, please visit www.PhillyRiverInfo.org
or e-mail WaterShedsPWD@phila.gov.

Vehicle Maintenance
B
y maintaining your car properly you can prevent oil
leaks, heavy metals and toxic materials from traveling
from your car onto the street. Rain washes oil and other
hazardous chemicals from the street into the nearest storm
drain, ultimately draining into the Delaware and Schuylkill
Rivers, the source of drinking water for many. Just imagine the
number of cars in our region and the amount of oil that finds
its way into our local waterways! It has been estimated that
each year over 180 million gallons of used oil is disposed of
improperly (Alameda CCWP, 1992), and that a single quart of
oil can pollute 250,000 gallons of drinking water (NDRC, 1994).
Please follow proper automotive maintenance.
Maintaining your Vehicle

• Maintain your car and always recycle used motor oil.
• Check your car or truck for drips and oil leaks regularly and
fix them promptly. Keep your vehicle tuned to reduce oil use.
• Use ground cloths or drip pans under your vehicle if you
have leaks or if you are doing engine work. Clean up spills
immediately and properly dispose of clean up materials.
• Collect all used oil in containers with tight-fitting lids. Old
plastic jugs are excellent for this purpose.
• Recycle used motor oil. Many auto supply stores, car care
centers, and gas stations will accept used oil. Do not pour
liquid waste down floor drains, sinks or storm drains.
• Do not mix waste oil with gasoline, solvents, or other engine
fluids. This contaminates the oil which may be reused,
increases the volume of the waste, and may form a more
hazardous chemical.
• Never dump motor oil, antifreeze, transmission fluid or other
engine fluids into road gutters, down the storm drain or catch
basin, onto the ground, or into a ditch.
• Many communities have hazardous waste collection days
where used oil can be brought in for proper disposal. Find out
about your program. Recycling just one gallon of used oil can
generate enough electricity to run the average household for
almost 24 hours.
• Try to use drain mats to cover drains in case of a spill.
• Store cracked batteries in leak proof secondary containers.

Lawn & Garden Care
W
hen fertilizing lawns and using other common
chemicals, such as pesticides and herbicides,
remember you’re not just spraying the lawn. When
it rains, the rain washes the fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides
along the curb and into storm drains, which ultimately carry
runoff into the Schuylkill and Delaware Rivers, our drinking
water source. In addition to degrading the water quality of our
streams and rivers, pesticides can kill critters in the stream and
fertilizers can cause algal blooms, which rob our waterways of
oxygen that fish need to survive. If you have to use fertilizers,
pesticides, and herbicides, carefully read all labels and apply
these products sparingly.
Many homeowners are unaware of the actual nutrient needs
of their lawns. According to surveys conducted by the Center
for Watershed Protection, over 50% of lawn owners fertilize
their lawns, yet only 10 to 20% of lawn owners take the trouble
to perform soil tests to determine whether fertilization is even
needed (CWP, 1999). Organic lawn care practices (no chemical
pesticides and fertilizers) can also be a wise environmental choice
and will save you money. Conduct a soil test on your lawn and
follow the below practices to reduce the need to fertilize on your
lawn and garden.
Caring for your Lawn and Garden

• Use fertilizers sparingly. Lawns and many plants do not need
as much fertilizer or need it as often as you might think. Test
your soil to be sure!
• Consider using organic fertilizers; they release nutrients more
slowly.
• Never fertilize before a rain storm (the pollutants are picked
up by stormwater during rain events).
• Keep fertilizer off of paved surfaces—off of sidewalks,
driveways, etc. If granular fertilizer gets onto paved surfaces,
collect it for later use or sweep it onto the lawn.
• Use commercially available compost or make your own using
garden waste. Mixing compost with your soil means your
plants will need less chemical fertilizer and puts your waste to
good use. Another alternative is to use commercial compost,
called Earthmate, which is available for free through PWD.
Call 215-685-4065 or visit the website to learn more about
Earthmate: www.phila.gov/water/brc/brchow2get.html
• Let your grass clippings lay! Don’t bag the grass. Use a
mulching lawn mower to cut one-third of the blade length
each week and naturally fertilize your lawn in the process.

Lawn & Garden Care
• Wash your spreader equipment on a pervious (penetrable)

vegetated area, like the lawn, to allow for the natural
absorption of excess fertilizer.
• Never apply fertilizer to frozen ground or dormant lawns.
• Maintain a buffer strip of unmowed natural vegetation
bordering waterways and ponds to trap excess fertilizers and
sediment from lawns/gardens.
• Grow an organic garden (no pesticides or fertilizers). Call the
Organic Landscape Alliance at 1-866-820-0279 or visit www.
organiclandscape.org.

Pet Waste
W
hen animal waste is left on the ground, rainwater or
melting snow washes the pet waste into our storm
drains or directly into our local creeks. The disease-
causing bacteria found in pet waste eventually flows from our
local waterways into the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers, our
drinking water source. In addition to contaminating waterways
with disease-carrying bacteria, animal waste acts like a fertilizer
in the water, just as it does on land. This promotes excessive
aquatic plant growth that can choke waterways and promote
algae blooms, robbing the water of vital oxygen.
Scooping Up the Poop

• Bag it! When going for dog walks, take a shopping bag or
sandwich bag. When doggy makes a deposit, turn the baggie
inside out over your hand and use it as a glove to pick up the
waste.
• Flush the pet waste down the toilet because then it is treated
at a sewage treatment plant.
• If flushing down the toilet is not a viable option, put the pet
waste in the trash, but never put waste into storm drains.
• Encourage your neighbors to provide pet waste stations for
collection and disposal of waste. Check to see if the parks in
your neighborhood have them.
• Dig a small trench in your yard where your pets tend to
defecate and toss the waste in the trench, cover with a layer of
leaves, grass clippings, and dirt.
• Dispose waste in disposal units called Doggy Loos where they
are installed into the ground. Decomposition occurs within
the unit.
• At the park, set up a pooch patch which has a pole
surrounded by a light scattering of sand around it. Dog
owners can introduce their dog to the pole upon entry to the
park. Dogs will then return to the patch to defecate and then
you can place the pet waste in special bins for disposal.

Vehicle Washing
C
ar washing is a common routine for residents and a
popular way for organizations, such as scout troops,
schools, and sports teams to raise funds. However,
most of the time, cars are washed in driveways and parking
lots which allow wash water (dirty water) to finds its way to the
nearest storm drain, ultimately draining into our drinking water
sources, the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers. The wash water
often contains pollutants, such as oils and grease, phosphates
(from the soap), and heavy metals—all of which are unhealthy
for people and fish.
Washing Your Car Properly

• The best action is to take your vehicle to a commercial car
wash, especially if you plan to clean the engine or the bottom
of the car. Most car washes reuse water several times before
sending it for treatment at a sewage treatment plant.
If you still want to wash your car at home...
• Wash your car on gravel, grass or another permeable surface,
so the ground can filter the water naturally.
• Use soap sparingly. Try to use non-phosphate detergents.
Phosphates are nutrients that can cause problems for nearby
waterways.
• Use a hose that is high pressure, low volume. Use a hose with
a nozzle that automatically turns off when left unattended or
one that has a pistol grip or trigger nozzle to save water. Wash
one section of the car at a time and rinse it quickly.
• When you’re done, empty your bucket of soapy water down
the sink, not the street.
• Block off the storm drain during charity car wash events or
use an insert with a vacuum pump to catch wash water and
empty it into the sink, not the street.

Tree Planting
T
rees are not only a beautiful addition to the landscape,
but they also provide invaluable benefits to cities. They
reduce heat by cooling and shading homes during the
hot summer months, decreasing the amount of energy required
to cool a home and its related electric bills. Mature trees can
actually cut summer cooling costs by 40% and tree-lined blocks
can even decrease local temperatures. Trees naturally clean the
air of pollutants and create a neighborhood noise buffer. Trees
also improve stormwater management, reducing the amount
of polluted stormwater that normally would go directly into
storm drains. Tree roots also allow rainwater to filter back
into the soil, recharging the often thirsty water table. A 2005
study by the University of Pennsylvania found that trees can
increase property values. Planting a tree within 50 feet of a
house can increase its sale price by 10 to 15%. Some studies
even indicate that the mere presence of trees can create stronger
neighborhood ties and reduce crime.
Planting a Tree
Before getting started, you may be interested in participating
in the TreeVitalize rebate program where you may be eligible
If you have any tree planting to receive up to a $25 rebate on the purchase of a tree. Whether
questions and need to ask an
you are planting a tree in your yard or hiring a contractor to
expert, go to www.pennsylv
aniahorticulturalsociety.org/
plant a street tree, you may qualify. For more information, visit
garden/ask_gardener www.treevitalize.net and www.pennsylvaniahorticulturalsociety.
org/phlgreen/tree-pledge.html.
Also, the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society’s Tree Tenders
Program offers a basic training course designed to teach general
tree-care skills to organized community groups and individuals
in Philadelphia. If you are interested in the course or a free copy
of the Tree Tenders Handbook or Mini-Guide to Tree Planting,
visit www.pennsylvaniahorticulturalsociety.org/phlgreen/
treetenders.
1. Now, if you are ready to get started with your tree planting,
select a site appropriate for your tree.
2. Dig the hole at least 11⁄2 to 2 times the width of the root ball
(container) to be installed, and no deeper than the height of
the root ball so that the root flare (the top of the root mass)
is flush with the existing ground. The planting pit should be
dug so the walls of the pit are angled like a bowl or sloping
outward in heavy soils.
3. Break up the walls of the pit after digging, so that fine roots
can penetrate the soil. The soil that you dig out of the hole
is what you will use to backfill around the root ball. Soil
amendments are not recommended when planting a tree;
therefore, no compost, moss, or shredded pine bark should be
added to the backfill.

Tree Planting
4. Remove all debris from the pit and gently tightly pack the
You can also volunteer to
loose soil in the bottom of the pit by hand.
plant trees elsewhere in
the city—along creeks and 5. Cut and remove the rope and burlap from around the trunk
streams in Fairmount Park and check for root flare. Remove all nails. Drop the burlap
and at local schools. The down to the bottom of the hole.
more trees in Philadelphia, 6. Do not handle the plant by the branches, leaves or stem. Place
the healthier we will be! the plant straight in the center of the planting pit, carrying
Contact Fairmount Park, the plant by the root ball. Never carry a plant by the trunk or
Greater Philadelphia Cares branches.
and UC Green to learn how 7. After the tree is in the pit, carefully cut and remove the top
you can volunteer to plant third of the wire basket and as much burlap as possible using
trees. the least amount of disturbance.
8. Backfill planting pit with existing soil and pack it in there
tightly to fill all voids and air pockets. Do not over compact
soil. Make sure plant remains straight during backfilling/
packing procedure.
9. The top of the root mass (root flare) of the tree should be
flush with the final grade. Do not cover stem with soil. If
your tree has soil over the trunk flare (where the trunk cures
outward into the root system), it is essential to plant the trunk
flare above soil. Remove the soil from the root ball if the flare
is buried by it.
10. Water plant thoroughly and slowly, immediately after
planting to saturate backfill. For the first year after planting,
water the tree with 15 gallons per week. Use your index
finger to check the soil moisture under the mulch. If the
soil is cool to the touch, do not water. If it is warm and dry,
then water. A layer of mulch (i.e. shredded bark, compost)
should be placed around the tree, at a depth between 3 to 4
inches and with a radius of approximately 2 to 4 inches from
the tree stem. Do not rest the mulch directly against the
tree stem. The mulch makes it easier to water the tree and
reduces weed competition.
11. Remove all tags, labels, strings and wire form the plant
material.
Many homeowners ask how a newly planted tree can affect the
sewer, water lines, sidewalk and/or building’s foundation? If you
choose the correct tree, site, and planting conditions, your tree
shouldn’t interfere with your sewer, waterline, etc. Most tree
roots grow in the soil’s top 12 inches and spread well beyond the
tree’s canopy in search of water and nutrients. They don’t “attack”
underground mains, unless these are already damaged, providing
entrances for developing roots. An adequate and generous tree
pit, or long, narrow continuous “tree lawn” will provide the best
conditions for establishing and maintaining a “well behaved”
tree with the environment needed to survive in the city.

Tree Planting
Street Trees Recommended Street Tree List for Philadelphia

If you do not have a yard,
but you would like to have a The Fairmount Park Commission recommends the below list of
tree in front of your property approved trees which will thrive in an urban setting, have a good
—on your sidewalk—you have track record, and won’t interfere with overhead wires in Philadelphia.
several options in Philadelphia. Small Trees—Under 30 feet Large Trees Over 47 feet
You can get a tree for free Acer buergeranum—Trident Maple Acer rubrum (selected cultivars)—
and installed at no cost by Acer campestre—Hedge Maple Red Maple
Fairmount Park, however, this Acer ginnala—Amur Maple Celtis occidentalis—Hackberry
may involve being placed on a Corylus colurna—Turkish Filbert
Acer tataricum—Tartarian Maple
waiting list Fraxinus pennsylvanica ‘Patmore’—
Crataegus crus-galli ‘Inermis’—
You or a group from your Thornless Hawthorn, tree form Patmore Green Ash
neighborhood can sign up Crataegus laevigata ‘Superba’ Gleditsia triacanthos (selected
for a Tree Tenders program —Crimson Cloud Hawthorn tree cultivars)—Honey Locust, a) Halka,
through the Pennsylvania form b) Moraine, c) Shademaster
Horticultural Society, where Crataegus phaenopyrum— Ginkgo biloba (male selections
you can get trained to care Washington Hawthorn, tree form only)—Ginkgo
for your tree, learn how to Crataegus viridis—Winter King Liquidambar styraciflua—
organize a tree planting Hawthorne Sweetgum
project and receive free tree Prunus triloba—Flowering Plum Quercus rubra—Red Oak
care tools in exchange for your Malus (selected varieties)— Quercus macrocarpa—Bur Oak
participation. Crabapple Quercus palustris—Pin Oak
Lastly, you can hire a Syringa reticulata—Japanese Tree Sophora japonica—Japanese Pagoda
contractor approved by Lilac Tree
Fairmount Park to plant a Medium Trees 30– 46 feet Tilia cordata—Little Leaf Linden
tree in front of your house. Aesculus x carnea ‘Briotii’—Ruby Zelkova serrata (selected cultivars)—
However, the contractor you Red Horsechestnut Japanese Zelkova—a) Green Vase,
hire must apply for a Street Tree Cercidiphyllum japonica—Katsura b) Village Green
Permit from Fairmount Park tree Columnar Trees for Narrow
before any work can be done. Cladrastis lutea—Yellowwood Streets
The private planting could cost Crataegus lavallei—Lavalle Acer rubrum ‘Armstrong’—
you up to $500 (not including Hawthorn Armstrong Columnar Red Maple
the price of the tree). Koelreuteria paniculata—Golden Carpinus betulus fastigiata—
Rain Tree Pyramidal European Hornbeam
Talk to your neighbors and find
out if there is a neighborhood Malus (selected varieties)— Ginkgo biloba ‘Princeton Sentry’—
Crabapple Princeton Sentry Ginkgo Grafted
organization or Tree Tenders Male Variety
group organizing a street tree Ostrya virginiana—Hop Hornbeam
Prunus sargentii ‘Columnaris’—
planting project. Some local Phellodendron amurense—Amur Columnar Sargent Cherry
groups that do tree plantings, Cork Tree
Quercus robur ‘Rose Hill’—Rose
include The South of South Prunus x yedoensis—Yoshino Hill English Oak
Neighborhood Organization, Cherry
UC Green and Citizens Alliance. Ulmus parvifolia—Chinese Elm
Quercus acutissima—Sawtooth Oak
10 Philadelphia Water Department

Backyard Stream
E
stablish a streamside (riparian) buffer—a vegetated
area along the edge of the stream that protects it from
pollution and erosion. This buffer zone absorbs pollutants
and nutrients that would otherwise end up running directly into
the stream. Plant material slows runoff and filters out pollutants
and sediments. Well-planted streamside buffers are also a great
low-cost way to control erosion. While plants slow runoff, filter
pollutants, and help control erosion, trees cast shade on the
stream, cooling the water, reducing algae growth and improving
fish habitat. A buffer with trees and shrubs also becomes a home
to birds, butterflies and other creatures. Trees and plants that
grow in the buffer play a critical role in keeping streams healthy.
Caring for Your Stream

• Begin with a “no mow” or “no graze” zone along your stream
banks. Make your buffer as wide as possible.
• Plant trees and shrubs in your buffer zone. They provide
many long-lasting benefits and can be quite inexpensive to
establish and maintain.
• Using shrubs will give your buffer a quick start; many reach
full size in just a few years.
• Set your mower blades at least three inches high. Taller grass
slows runoff, resists drought and needs less fertilizer
• Use hay bales or a special silt fence to prevent soil from
washing off your site and into the stream while establishing
your stream buffer.
• Cover piles of soil with tarps to protect them from rain.
• Use good farm practices by not cultivating the soil and
planting winter cover crops to conserve soil.
• Contact your local DEP office or county conservation district
if you see soil runoff in the stream from a nearby construction
site.
• Limit your overall use of pesticides and herbicides, and use
extreme caution when using them near streams.
• Keep grazing and other farm animals out of and away from
the stream. Contact your county conservation district or the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to find out about farm fencing
programs.
• Compost yard waste. Don’t bag lawn trimmings or throw
them into the stream; leave them in place for effective
recycling of nutrients.
• Store firewood, trash and other materials well away from
streams.
Homeowner’s Guide to Stormwater Management 11

Winter De-icing
A
s snow piles up in the winter, we oftentimes turn to
salt to melt snow and ice. Salt, however, causes adverse
environmental impacts, especially on our streams and
rivers, our drinking water source in Philadelphia. Excess salt
can saturate and destroy a soil’s natural structure and result in
more erosion to our waterways. High concentrations of salt
can damage and kill vegetation. Salt poses the greatest danger
to fresh water ecosystems and fish. Studies in New York have
shown that as salt concentrations increase in a stream, bio-
diversity decreases. Excess salt can seep into groundwater and
stormwater runoff. Effective ice control can help prevent excess
salt runoff to our waterways.
De-icing in the Winter

There are many alternatives to salt including potassium
chloride, calcium chloride and magnesium chloride, corn
processing byproducts, and calcium magnesium acetate (CMA).
Most can be found in your local hardware stores under various
trade names, so check the labels for chemical content. While
these alternatives can be spread in a dry form or sprayed as
a liquid, their best use occurs when they are used with salt.
They tend to increase the efficiency of salt thereby reducing
the amount that needs to be applied. When over-applied, all
chloride compounds can be harmful to the environment. Non-
chloride corn byproducts recycled from mills and breweries
have been shown to be effective de-icers as well. While they are
often advertised as organic or natural, they can have extremely
high phosphorus content, a major water pollutant. Numerous
studies have shown calcium magnesium acetate (CMA) to be
the most environmentally benign de-icer. Many northern states
use CMA on roads in sensitive areas (wetlands, endangered
species’ habitat, drinking water supply, etc.). A couple of
disadvantages with CMA however, is that it does not work
well below 25° Fahrenheit and it is the most expensive de-icer.
Because all de-icers can be harmful to the environment when
applied in excess, the best strategy is to reduce the use of these
chemicals as much as possible.
• The first line of defense should simply be to shovel sidewalks

and pathways to keep them clear and to prevent ice from
forming. Also, consider that salt and de-icers are not effective
when more than 3 inches of snow have accumulated.
• Consider the temperature. Salt and calcium magnesium
acetate (CMA) have a much slower effect on melting snow
and ice at temperatures below 25° Fahrenheit.

Winter De-icing
• Track winter weather and only use salt and de-icers when a
storm is about to come through. If a winter storm does not
occur, sweep up any unused material, store, and reuse for the
next big storm.
• Apply de-icing products discriminately, focusing on high-
use areas and slopes where traction is critical. Apply the least
amount necessary to get the job done. This will save money in
product costs and will also help minimize property damage to
paved surfaces, vehicles, and vegetation.
• Reduce salt and other chemicals by adding sand for traction.
• Become familiar with various de-icing products and wetting
agents such as magnesium chloride and calcium chloride,
which can improve the effectiveness of salt and reduce the
amount needed.
• If you observe ongoing issues of ineffective ice management
or examples of poor application, such as excess piles of road
salt left to disperse, share your concerns with the property
manager of your residence or business, or with the City of
Philadelphia Streets Department. The Streets Department
Hotline is 215-686-5560 and their website is www.phila.gov/
streets.
• Plant native vegetation that is salt tolerant in stormwater
drainage swales and ponds that may receive salt-laden runoff.
Not only will these native species have a greater chance for
survival, but they will continue to act as an effective buffer for
our local waterways.
• Store salt and other products on an impervious
(impenetrable) surface, such as a basement floor, to prevent
ground contamination. Also store products in a dry, covered
area to prevent stormwater runoff.

Planters (Container Gardens)
P
lanters reduce impervious cover (impenetrable surfaces,
such as concrete sidewalks, parking lots, etc.) by retaining
stormwater runoff rather than allowing it to directly
drain into nearby sewers and creeks. Planters offer “green space”
in tightly confined urban areas by providing a soil/plant mixture
suitable for stormwater capture and treatment. They can be used
on sidewalks, parking areas, back yards, rooftops and other
impervious areas.
Contained Planters
Contained planters are used for planting trees, shrubs, and
ground cover. The planter is either prefabricated or permanently
constructed and has a variety of shapes and sizes. Planters may
range from large concrete planters to potted plants arranged on
an impervious surface like the roof garden shown in the bottom
photos to left. Planters can be placed on impervious surfaces
like sidewalks, back yards, rooftops, or along the perimeter
of a building in order to catch stormwater runoff from the
roof. Contained planters may drain onto impervious surfaces
through holes in their base or by an overflow structure so the
plants do not drown during larger rain events.
Plants should be hardy and self-sustaining native species with
little need for fertilizers or pesticides. Planters can be made of
stone, concrete, brick, wood, or any other suitable material.
However, treated wood should be avoided if it leaches any toxic
chemicals.
Planters can be permanently fixed in place or easily moved
around to enable you to change the look of the planter garden
that you have created. Numerous manufactured pots and
planters are available at your local hardware or landscaping
store. You can create a “do-it-yourself ” planter or use
recycled items to create planters. Homemade planters may be
constructed by stacking and fastening wood beams or laying
and mortaring stones. There are many websites with detailed
instructions to help with this type of project, such as www.
taunton.com, www.hgtv.com, www.diynetwork.com.*
Creating a Contained Planter
• Purchase planters at the local hardware or landscaping store,
if you are not building your own planter box.
• Drill holes in the bottom of the planter if they are not already
there.
• Fill the planter with soil and leave a 12 inch area from the soil
*These are just a few of the websites PWD to the top of the planter.
came across during our research. These • Choose native drought and saturation tolerant plants and
particular companies are not endorsed by trees to plant in the planter.
PWD, nor can PWD verify any information
on these companies. • Occasionally turn or till the soil to improve infiltration.

Rain Barrels
A
rain barrel collects and stores stormwater runoff
from rooftops. By detaining (temporarily holding)
the stormwater runoff during a rain event, you can
help add capacity to the city’s sewer system and reduce sewer
overflows to our creeks and rivers, our drinking water source.
Also, the collected rain water can be reused for irrigation to
water lawns, gardens, window boxes or street trees.
Rain barrels can be purchased on-line or they can be built. If
you would like to purchase a rain barrel on-line, view the list of
retailers we came across in our research.*
Whether you buy or build a rain barrel, the most important
thing to remember is that they are only effective at stormwater
management when the stored water is emptied in between
storms, making room in the barrel for the next storm.
Building a Rain Barrel
• Rain barrels help lower water costs when the stored water is
recycled for lawn irrigation, for example.
Please read the Disclaimer
on the inside cover, if you • Rain barrels help reduce water pollution by reducing
are interested in installing stormwater runoff, which oftentimes picks up pollutants in
this project. its path, such as oil, grease and animal waste, and transports
these pollutants to the nearest creek, river or stormdrain.
• Storing rainwater for garden and lawn use helps recharge
groundwater naturally.
Materials Needed for Building a Rain Barrel
• One 55 gallon drum • One vinyl gutter elbow
• One 5 foot section vinyl • Drill (or a hole saw)
garden hose • Router, jig saw or coping
• One 4 foot diameter saw
atrium grate (basket used • Measuring tape
in garden ponds and pool
skimmers) Optional:
• One 1/2 inch PVC male • Waterproof sealant
adapter (silicone caulk, PVC glue)
• One 3/4 inch x 1/2 inch PVC • Teflon tape
male adapter • Fiberglass window screen
• One 5 foot section of drain material or mosquito
hose, drain line, or sump netting
pump line (11/4 inch) • Cinder blocks or wooden
• One 11/4 inch female crate
barbed fitting and
• One 11/4 inch male
threaded coupling

Rain Barrels
Instructions for Building a Rain Barrel

Step 1. Cut Holes in Rain Barrel:
• Cut lower drain hole: Measure about 1 inch above the bottom
of the barrel (55 gallon drum) where the barrel side begins to
rise toward the top. Using a ¾ inch bit (or hole saw), drill a
hole through the barrel.
• Cut upper drain hole: Mark the upper drain hole according to
where you want the overflow to be in the upper region of the
barrel and in relationship to the lower drain. Use a 15/8 inch
hole saw to cut out the overflow hole.
• Cut top hole for atrium grate (filter): Using the atrium grate as
a template for size, mark a circle at the center of the top of the
drum (locating the rainwater inlet in the center of the barrel
lets you pivot the barrel without moving the downspout).
Drill a ½ inch hole inside of the marked circle. Use a router,
*Rain Barrel Distributors jigsaw or coping saw to cut until the hole is large enough to
Clean Air Gardening accommodate the atrium grate, which filters out large debris.
Composters.com Don’t make the hole too big—you want the rim of the atrium
Day's Garden grate to fit securely on the top of the barrel without falling in.
ENVIRO ENERGY International Inc. • Cut notch to hold hose: Using a ½ inch bit or hole saw, cut out
Gardener's Supply Company a notch at the top of the barrel rim (aligned so that it is above
GARDENWARe the lower drain hole). The notch should be large enough so
Green Culture
that the end of the hose with the adapter will firmly snap into
place.
Green Venture
Jerry Baker Step 2. Set Up Barrel and Modify Downspout:
• Set up barrel: Since water will only flow from the garden hose
Lee Valley Tools
when the hose is below the barrel, place the barrel on high
Midwest Internet Sales
ground or up on cinder blocks or a sturdy wooden crate
New England Rain Barrel and Composter underneath your downspout, making sure the barrel is level.
Company
• Modify your downspout: Cut your existing downspout using
RainCatcher 4000
a saw so that the downspout’s end can be placed over the top
Plow&Hearth
of your rain barrel. Use a vinyl downspout elbow that fits the
Rain King size of your downspout (usually 3 inch or 4 inch) to aim the
Rainsaver USA stormwater into the rain barrel or just simply place the barrel
Real Goods right under the downspout.
Riversides Step 3. Assemble Parts:
The Rain King • Attach garden hose to lower drain hole: Screw in the ½ inch
Spruce Creek Rainsaver PVC male adapter to the lower drain hole. The hard PVC
The Rain Pail threads cut matching grooves into the soft plastic of the
Urban Garden Center barrel. Unscrew the ½ inch PVC male adapter from the hole.
This is not a comprehensive list of rain barrel Wrap threads tightly with teflon tape (optional). Coat the
distributors or suppliers. This is a list of rain barrel threads of the coupler with waterproof sealant (optional).
distributors that PWD came across during our Screw the coated adapter back into the hole and let it sit
rain barrel research. The particular companies are and dry for 24 hours (optional). Attach 5 foot garden hose
not endorsed by PWD, nor can PWD verify any
information on these companies.
to the PVC male adapter. Attach the ¾ inch x ½ inch PVC

Rain Barrels
Don’t forget to empty male adapter to the other end of the hose (this can be readily
your rain barrel after adapted to fit a standard garden hose).
the storm! • Attach drain hose (overflow hose) to upper drain hole: Put
the 1¼ inch male threaded coupling inside the barrel with
the threads through the hole. From the outside, screw the
1¼ inch female barbed fitting onto the threaded coupling.
Use silicone on the threads (optional). Attach 5 foot section
of drain hose to upper fitting and connect it to where the
original downspout was connected (sewer riser) in order to
transport the overflow into the sewer.
The overflow must be conveyed safely away from your
property and your neighbor’s property. If your downspout
was not originally connected to the sewer, place a splash pad
on the ground under the overflow hose to direct the flow
away from the foundation of your home.
• Place atrium grate and screen in top hole: Using
Downspout PVC glue, secure a piece of fine mesh window
screen inside or outside of the atrium grate to
filter out debris and control mosquitoes. Place the
atrium grate into the hole (basket down).
• Position the downspout: Position the end of your
downspout so it drains onto the atrium grate on
Atrium Gate the rain barrel.
Drain Hose
(overflow)
Spigot
Raised Base
Garden Hose

Rain Gardens
A
rain garden uses native plants and landscaping to soak
up rain water (stormwater) that flows from downspouts
or simply flows over land during a rain event. The
center of the rain garden holds several inches of water, allowing
the stormwater to slowly seep into the ground instead of flow
directly from your roof, yard or driveway into the nearest storm
drain, creek or river.
Creating a Rain Garden
• A rain garden allows 30% more water to seep into the ground
than a conventional lawn (South River Federation & Center
for Watershed Protection, 2002). This increase helps replenish
the groundwater supply (important during a drought!), and
also helps hold back stormwater from contributing to the storm-
Please read the Disclaimer water and sewage overflows into nearby creeks and rivers.
on the inside cover, if you • A rain garden reduces the amount of water pollution
are interested in installing that would otherwise eventually reach the streams and
this project. rivers through stormwater runoff. Scientific studies have
demonstrated that the first inch of rainfall is responsible for
the bulk of the pollutants in stormwater runoff. A rain garden
is designed to temporarily hold this one-inch of rainfall and
slowly filter out many of the common pollutants in the water,
such as oil, grease, and animal waste, that would otherwise
flow into the waterways via the nearest stormdrain or
Materials
stormwater runoff.
• Plants for the garden
(see plant list) • The native plants used in rain gardens require less water and
• Hose, rope or string less fertilizer than conventional lawns. They also require less
maintenance and provide habitat for birds and other wildlife.
• Level
• Shovel or spade Instructions
• Measuring tape Before starting this project, please conduct an Infiltration Test
(pages 26–27 ) to determine if your soil conditions are adequate
• Humus or other soil
for a rain garden.
amendments (optional)
• Downspout extension (also Step 1. Size and Locate your Rain Garden:
optional). • First, measure the footprint of your house by getting the
area (length x width) of your house and then determine how
much of your rooftop area drains to the downspout you are
disconnecting to your garden (for gutters with a downspout at
Sizing Example 30 ft.

If the area of the house is 30 ft. x 30 ft. and
Gutter
1/4 of this area drains to one downspout:
15 ft. x 15 ft. = 225 ft.2 House Roof
20% of 225 ft.2 = 45 ft.2
30 ft.
30% of 225 ft.2 = 67.5 ft.2
Roof area 7 ft.
The rain garden area should be between drainage to Rain
45 and 67.5 square feet, depending on soil downspout 10 ft. Garden 7 ft.
type (use 20% for sandier soils).
Downspout

Rain Gardens
each end, assume that half the water goes to each downspout).
Refer to the sizing example for guidance. Be sure you measure
the house footprint only, but include the area of any driveway
or patio areas that will drain to the rain garden (do not take
the roof slope into account). The surface area of your rain
garden should be between 20% and 30% of the roof area that
will drain into the rain garden.
• Locate the garden at least 10 feet away from your house and
your neighbor’s house (to prevent water leakage), and create
the garden in the lowest point of this section of your lawn,
maintaining a minimum 1% slope from the house down
to the rain garden. If your yard drain is also located in this
section of the lawn, you can build the rain garden around the
drain. The bottom of the rain garden would be a few inches
lower than the drain and the overflow would actually be in
the middle of the rain garden.
• If you build the rain garden around your yard drain, when
it fills up with water, the water that overflows from the
garden will be conveyed safely to the yard drain. If you are
not building around the yard drain, it is imperative that the
overflow is safely conveyed to a drain nearby to prevent it
from flowing into your neighbor’s property.
Make sure the drain is in a suitable location in relation to
the rain garden in order to effectively manage the garden’s
overflow.
Garden Cross Section

Berm
Minimum 10 ft. 6 in.
distance to house Organic Material 2–3 in.
Level grade
• When finding the right spot for your rain garden, keep in
mind that you will want to create a shallow ditch or swale
that carries the stormwater runoff from the disconnected
downspout to the rain garden. The swale will help slow the
runoff before it reaches the rain garden.
• Finally, lay out the boundary of the garden with a rope.
Step 2. Dig the Rain Garden:
• To enable the rain garden to hold several inches of water
during a storm, you’ll have to dig a hole 3 to 4 inches deep
across the entire surface of the rain garden. If the soil lacks
organic material, you can improve it by digging the hole 5 to
6 inches deep, and adding 2 to 3 inches of humus or other
organic material. Make sure the bottom is level, but gently
slopes from the bottom to the ground level around the edges.
If the drop at the edge is too steep, you might get some
erosion around the edges.
Rain Gardens
• Next, test how the garden will hold water during a storm by
letting water flow into the rain garden from a hose placed
at the downspout. Based on this test, make any necessary
adjustments (e.g., create a berm on the lower side of the
garden using the diggings—the soil that was excavated).
Step 3. Add Plants to the Rain Garden:
• Choose native plants that won’t require much watering, but
make sure they can withstand wet soils for up to 24 hours.
(Refer to the list of native plants below.)
• Also, take into account how much sun your garden receives.
It’s often helpful to draw out a planting plan before you start,
and mark planting areas within the garden with string. After
planting, weeding may be required until the plants become
established. You may also need to periodically prune some
of the plants to let others grow. In the winter, leave dead or
dormant plants standing and cut back in the spring.
• Your garden may need a bit more maintenance than a lawn in
the beginning, but in the long run it will be easier to care for
and provide many added benefits!
Native Plants Recommended by Fairmount Park for Rain Gardens

Perennials Grasses and Grass-like plants Shrubs
Bee-balm—Monarda didyma Big bluestem—Andropogon Gray dogwood—Cornus racemosa
Black-eyed Susan—Rudbeckia hirta gerardii Highbush blueberry—Vaccinium
Blazing star—Liatris spicata Bottle brush grass—Elymus hystrix corymbosm
Blue flag iris—Iris versicolor Canada wild rye—Elymus Mountain laurel—Kalmia latifolia*
Boneset—Eupatorium perfoliatum canadensis Ninebark—Physocarpus opulifolius
Butterfly weed—Asclepias tuberosa Path rush—Juncus tenuis Pasture rose—Rosa carolina
Cardinal flower—Lobelia cardinalis Purple-top—Tridens flavus Red osier dogwood—Cornus
Early goldenrod—Solidago bicolor Soft rush—Juncus effusus sericea
Golden alexander—Zizia aurea Switch-grass—Panicum virgatum Spicebush—Lindera benzoin
Joe-pye weed—Eupatorium Virginia wild rye—Elymus Sweet pepperbush—Clethra
purpureum virginicus alnifolia
New England aster—Aster novae-
angliae Ferns *Pennsylvania’s state flower
New York ironweed—Veronia Christmas fern—Polystichum When purchasing plants, pay close
novaborescensis acrostichoides attention to the scientific names
Obedient plant—Physostegia Hay-scented fern—Dennstaedtia to ensure the correct species are
virginiana punctilobula selected.
Ox-eye—Heliopsis helianthoides Rattlesnake fern—Botrychium
Solomon’s seal—Polygonatum virginianum
biflorum Sensitive fern—Onoclea sensibilis
White snakeroot—Eupatorium
rugosum

Wildflower Meadow
W
ildflower meadows present excellent opportunities
for stormwater management, promoting ground-
water infiltration, water quality treatment, and even
flood control. Also, when using native plants in a meadow you
are not only providing an aesthetically pleasing landscape, but
preserving native species and biodiversity, and creating habitat
for wildlife. Meadows allow you to spend less time mowing,
less time applying fertilizers and lawn chemicals, and less
time watering in the summer months. This low maintenance
structure helps protect our nearby local streams from pollutants
and other chemicals, in addition to flooding conditions, thereby
helping to protect the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers, the
source of our drinking water in Philadelphia.
Creating a Wildflower Meadow
Step 1. Site Selection: First, you need to choose a suitable
location, preferably an open sunny site that gets at least six
hours of sun every day. It should have good air movement. This
helps keep diseases down, and the movement caused by wind
will make plants sturdier, and stems stronger. The site should
have few weeds. An already cultivated site such as a field or
garden plot is ideal. A lawn can work too. The hardest is an
overgrown garden bed, or old field full of aggressive weeds and
grasses. A site next to such an area to transform is also difficult,
due to weed seeds blowing in. A site next to a formal landscape
may also be a hard sell. In such formal areas, an informal
transition area may be necessary.
Step 2. Plant Selection: Plant selection is important for long
bloom, as noted already, but more importantly for species that
will last under your conditions. Soil type is not as important
as whether the site is dry or moist. A dry site is best. The key
is to have a diversity of species, as found in nature, with a
mix of graminoides (grasses and grass-like plants) and forbs
(flowering meadow wildflowers). If you don’t create your own
mixture, buy a good quality seed mix from a reputable supplier.
When it comes to these seeds, you truly get what you pay for.
Inexpensive mixes often contain mainly annuals which are gone
after the first year, contain non-native species, seeds that have
poor germination, potential weedy species, or just a lot of seed
debris. Another consideration under species selection, whether
you buy a mix or make your own mixture, is whether you
want a short term (1 to 5 years) or longer term meadow. In the
former you may have more annuals for color up front, but keep
in mind that they may be out competed with weeds after a few
years. A long term meadow may have mainly perennials which
may take several years to begin a good display, but will last and
out compete many weeds.

Wildflower Step 3. Site Preparation: This is the step often overlooked, yet
the key to success or failure. Since these wildflowers are usually
Meadow less competitive than weeds, the site should contain no weeds or
weed seeds. Unless the site has been cultivated already, with few
to no weeds, there are several methods you may use.
You may smother vegetation with black plastic for a whole
growing season. You may also smother existing growth with
thick layers of leaves, grass clippings, or newspapers. Another
method is to plant a summer buckwheat crop, cut and tilled in
before going to seed, followed by fall planting of winter wheat,
cut and tilled in late winter. You may need to repeat this a
second season. Or you may repeat deep soil tillage every three
weeks for a full growing season. If it’s a lawn with no weeds,
remove the sod using a sod-cutter that can be rented from
equipment rental firms. Many use a systemic herbicide, but
avoid those that are residual (last in the soil).
Step 4. Sowing or Planting: You may sow in spring or early
summer, which favors grasses over the forbs. Keep the spring-
sown meadow watered as you would a newly seeded lawn, often
for a month or two. Sowing in early fall favors the forbs, as some
grass seeds rot then. Since many seeds will either not germinate
until the following spring, or germinate and not grow until then,
you should also use annual rye as a winter cover crop with fall
sowings. Avoid sowing in mid to late summer when there may
The number of plants of any be droughts or seeds drying out before germinating. For sowing,
one type will depend on aim for about 80 seeds per square foot. In several years this will
how you will be viewing the result in one or two plants in this space. Of this number per
meadow. If seeing it from
square foot, for spring sowing use about 60 forb and 20 grass
a distance, you’ll want to
use larger numbers of each
seeds. This is about 9 lbs. and 3 lbs. per acre. For fall sowing, use
plant type, and place them in a higher proportion of grass seeds.
sweeping masses. If creating For small areas (for instance under 1000 square feet), consider
a small area, or one viewed using already-germinated small plants you can buy in trays
at close range, you may have as “plugs.” These are more costly than seeds, but will establish
few of any one type plant, more quickly. You can find these at specialty suppliers, either
and have them all mixed. local, mail-order, or online.
Step 5. Post-planting management: In the first two years, seeds
of annual and biennial weeds still in the soil or blown in will
grow faster than your perennial wildflowers. Don’t allow such
weeds the first year to get above one foot tall before cutting back
to four to six inches high. The wildflowers will, for the most
part, remain short and below this height. The second year, cut
back to about one foot high since plants will be larger. A weed
or string trimmer works well for this. Don’t pull weeds, as this may
also disturb wildflower seedlings. Don’t use herbicides as these
may drift, killing large patches of both weeds and wildflowers!
In the third and future years, mow it close to the ground. This
should be done in late fall or early spring, removing the debris
from mowing. This exposes the soil to the rapid warmth from
the sun in spring, encouraging your wildflowers over cool-
season weeds. Learn your wildflowers, and over the years you
can selectively weed out any weeds or woody plant seedlings.
Dry Well
D
ry wells are small, excavated pits, filled with stone or
gravel that temporarily stores stormwater runoff until
it infiltrates (soaks) into the surrounding soil. The
stormwater can come straight off of the roof of your house
via a downspout that either indirectly or directly connects to
the dry well. It can travel indirectly to the dry well through a
grassy swale or it can travel directly into the well through a
pipe. This design guide describes how you can disconnect your
downspout to a swale and dry well that is sized based on the
Please read the Disclaimer included sizing table (noted below). Dry wells help protect our
on the inside cover, if you rivers and streams in combined and separate sewered areas.
are interested in installing They help add capacity to Philadelphia’s sewer system during
this project. heavy rainfalls by helping prevent the stormwater runoff from
reaching the system and instead allowing the runoff to soak
into the surrounding soil. In separate sewered areas, the impact
Materials of stormwater runoff on neighborhood streams, is reduced.
• Measuring tape By infiltrating the stormwater runoff on land, the combined
• Shovel (sewage and stormwater) sewer overflows into the Delaware and
• Saw Schuylkill Rivers are reduced, thereby decreasing pollution in
our streams, lessening flooding impacts and improving water
• Wheelbarrow quality in our rivers, our drinking water source. Dry wells also
• Vinyl downspout elbow recharge groundwater through infiltration, which leads to more
to fit your downspout flow in streams during dry weather (when it is not raining) and
(typically 3 in. or 4 in.) less streambank erosion during wet weather (when it is raining).
• Landscape non-woven
geotextile fabric
Building a Dry Well
- Make sure the fabric is porous Site Preparation
enough to allow water to pass • Conduct an Infiltration Test (see pages 24–25) to determine if
through it. your soil conditions are suitable for a dry well.
• Crushed stone • Make sure buried electrical, telephone, and TV cables and gas
- Use stone that is approximately piping are not going to be a problem in the area that you will
1–11/2 in. diameter. be digging your dry well. If you don’t know where they are
- Wash the stone to make sure located, call PA One Call at 1-800-242-1776 at least three days
that it is clean. You can use a before you dig.
sieve to remove fine material
• Install leaf guards to prevent leaves and other plant material
if the stone seems to have a lot
of small particles.
from entering the downspout and clogging the dry well.
- It is important that the stone • Determine the size of the well. Read through the Dry Well
is washed (no dust or particles) Sizing section of this fact sheet.
and that the stone is uniformly • Determine the volume of crushed stone you will need.
the same size. Volume of Stone = Dry Well Area x 11/2 feet
- The stone does not have to For example: 33 square feet x 11/2 feet = 49.5 cubic feet of
be very large; it just has to be stone.
roughly of a similar size to
get the maximum amount of
void space in the stone while
maintaining the structure of
the well.

Dry Well Dry Well Sizing
• Refer to the sizing table. Decide what size storm you would
like to store and infiltrate in your dry well. Find the closest
number in Column A. About one-third of storms in the
Philadelphia area are 0.25 inches or less, 60% are 0.5 inches or
less, and 85% are 1.0 inch or less.
• Estimate the roof area draining to the dry well (length [ft.]
x width [ft.] = area in square feet). Find the closest value in
Column B for the storm depth you have chosen. At this point,
you have narrowed your choice down to just one line of the
table.
• Find the area required for your dry well in Column D. When
you multiply your dry well length and width, the resulting
number (area) needs to be at least as great as the number in
Column D. Columns E and F show examples of lengths and
widths that will work.
• Determine whether your yard and budget will allow you to
build a dry well of this size with a safe overflow. If not, choose
a smaller storm and repeat the steps. Storing a larger storm
provides a greater benefit, but also requires more space and
costs more. Storing even the smallest storm in the table will
provide benefits.
• The dry well should have a safe overflow, such as an
overflow to your yard drain. In larger storms, your dry well
will fill up, and you need to make sure that the overflow
doesn’t damage your property or your neighbors’ properties.
Keep in mind that the yard drain has to be slightly downhill
from the dry well.
• The dry well should be at least 10 feet from your house and
any other buildings that are level with yours. It should be at
least 25 feet from buildings that are downhill from the dry
well.
Dry Well Dimensions

Example B C D E F
A
Storm Depth =
Storm Depth Roof Depth Area Example Example
0.5 inches (Lines 4-6, Column A)
(in.) Area (ft.) (sq. ft.) Length Width
Roof Area = Draining (ft.) (ft.)
250 square feet (Line 5, Column B) to Dry
Dry Well Area = Well
19 square feet (Line 5, Column D) (sq. ft.)
Possible Dimensions: 1 0.25 100 1.5 3.8 2 3
7 feet long by 3 feet wide = 2 0.25 250 1.5 9.4 4 3
21 square feet
3 0.25 500 1.5 19 7 3
(Line 5, Columns E and F)
4 0.5 100 1.5 7.5 3 3
4 feet long by 5 feet wide =
20 square feet 5 0.5 250 1.5 19 7 3
6 feet long by 3.5 feet wide = 6 0.5 500 1.5 38 13 3
21 square feet 7 1.0 100 1.5 15.1 6 3
8 1.0 250 1.5 38 13 3
9 1.0 500 1.5 75 26 3

Dry Well Step 1. Modify your downspout. Cut your existing downspout
close to the ground using a saw so that a vinyl downspout elbow
can fit over the disconnected downspout (usually 3 or 4 inches).
The elbow should aim the stormwater runoff into the swale
Step 2. Dig a swale—a small channel or ditch starting from
the point below the disconnected downspout to the dry well
location. The swale should be just a few inches deep and wide.
The swale should slope downward from the downspout to the
dry well. The runoff draining from the disconnected downspout
through the swale should drain readily toward the dry well.
Step 3. After preparing the site and determining the size of your
well, shape the well, using the Dry Well Sizing Table.
Step 4. Line the well with landscape fabric (non-woven geo-
textile fabric or filter cloth). Make sure it is porous enough to
allow water to pass through it. Also, excess fabric should be
folded over the edges of the well. The fabric prevents surrounding
soil from getting into the system and clogging it up.
Step 5. Fill the well with the crushed stone. You can either a)
fill the well with stones all of the way to the top until flush with
the surrounding soil, b) fill the well with stones just a few inches
from the top of the well, add a layer of geotextile fabric and
backfill over the well with soil to plant in it (make sure the layer
of fabric is between the stone and soil), or c) fill the well with
stones just a few inches from the top of the well, add a layer of
geotextile fabric, add a plastic grid on top and river rocks, as
shown in the photograph. Just make sure that you don’t mound
the stone or soil, or water will not be able to flow into your dry
well.
Step 6. Seed and mulch the swale so the water traveling from
your downspout to the dry well doesn’t cause erosion.
Post-Construction Maintenance
• Homeowners should make sure they clean their gutters on
a regular basis. This will help to prevent the system from
clogging.
• Dry wells should be inspected at least four times annually as
well as after large storm events.
Downspout
Vinyl Downspout Elbow
Swale
Downward Slope Crushed Landscape
Stone Fabric

Infiltration Test
It is important that
A
n infiltration test will help you determine if the soil on
water infiltrate well your property is suitable for certain types of stormwater
even during saturated management measures, such as a dry well or rain
conditions. Conduct garden. An infiltration test measures how quickly water can
soak in and flow through the soil. It is important to know how
your infiltration test
your soil infiltrates water before building a dry well, rain garden
after a rain storm. or any other stormwater management structure.
Materials 6 inch diameter ring

• 6 inch diameter
ring
• Hand sledge and
3 inches
wood block above soil surface
• Plastic wrap 3 inches
into the soil
• 500 mL plastic
bottle or
graduated cylinder
Figure 1 • Water
Using the hand sledge and block of • Stopwatch or timer
wood, drive the 6 inch diameter ring,
beveled edge down, to a depth of • Pen and paper
three inches.
Step 1. Drive Ring into Soil:

• Clear the sampling area of surface residue, etc. If the site is
covered with vegetation, trim it as close to the soil surface as
possible.
• Using the hand sledge and block of wood,
500 ML Bottle
drive the 6 inch diameter ring, beveled edge
down, to a depth of three inches (see Figure 1).
Distilled Water • If the soil contains rock fragments, and the
Plastic Wrap ring cannot be inserted to the depth, gently
push the ring into the soil until it hits a rock
fragment.
Step 2. Firm Soil:
• With the 6 inch diameter ring in place, use
your finger to gently firm the soil surface
only around the inside edges of the ring to
prevent extra seepage. Minimize disturbance
to the rest of the soil surface inside the ring.
Step 3. Line Ring with Plastic Wrap:
6 inch diameter ring
• Line the soil surface inside the ring with a
sheet of plastic wrap to completely cover
Figure 2 the soil and ring as shown in Figure 2. This
Pour the 444 mL of water (1 inch of water) into the ring procedure prevents disturbance to the soil
lined with plastic wrap.
surface when adding water.

Infiltration Test
Step 4. Add Water:

• Fill the plastic bottle or graduated
cylinder to the 444 mL (1 inch)
Plastic Wrap
mark with water. Pour the 444 mL
of water (1 inch of water) into the
ring lined with plastic wrap as
shown in Figure 2.
Step 5. Remove Wrap and Record
Time:
• Remove the plastic wrap by gently
pulling it out, leaving the water
in the ring (Figure 3). Note the
6 inch diameter ring time. Record the amount of time
(in minutes) it takes for the 1 inch
Figure 3 of water to infiltrate the soil. Stop
Remove the plastic wrap by gently pulling it out, leaving the timing when the surface is just
water in the ring.
glistening. If the soil surface is
uneven inside the ring, count the time until half of the
surface is exposed and just glistening. Record the time.
Step 6. Repeat Infiltration Test:
• In the same ring, perform Steps 3, 4, & 5 with a second
inch of water. Record the number of minutes elapsed
for the second infiltration measurement. Repeat the
test (Steps 3, 4, & 5) a few more times. All of the tests
should be conducted consecutively. If the test continues
to yield the same results, you will have a good idea of
the saturated infiltration rate. If the soil infiltrates the
water under 1 hour, your soil is ready for a dry well, rain
garden or any of the other structural projects in this
manual.

Photo Credits
Vehicle Maintenance Tree Planting Rain Gardens
Washington State Puget Sound Action page 8 – TreeVitalize page 19-20 – Roger Bannerman,
Team Wisconsin Department of Natural
Backyard Stream
Resources
Lawn & Garden Care NAM Planning & Design
Washington State Puget Sound Action Creating a Wildflower Meadow
Winter De-Icing
Team Robin Sasek, CDM
Chuck Leonard
Pet Waste Dry Wells
Planter Boxes
Washington State Puget Sound Action Wissahickon Valley Watershed
Multiple planters – Miriam Manon
Team Association
Single planter – Clint Bautz
Vehicle Washing Rain Barrels
Washington State Puget Sound Action page 15 – Three Rivers Wet Weather
Team Demonstration Program
page 16 – Michael Pickel
References
Vehicle Maintenance Vehicle Washing Rain Barrels
1. Center for Watershed Protection 1. Center for Watershed Protection 1. South River Federation & Center for
(2002). Fact Sheet #6: Vehicle (2002). Fact Sheet #5: Vehicle Washing. Watershed Protection (August 2002).
Maintenance. Skills for Protecting Your Skills for Protecting Your Stream: How to Build and Install a Rain Barrel.
Stream: Retrofitting Your Own Back Retrofitting Your Own Back Yard. Instructional Flyer. Chesapeake Bay
Yard. 2. Washington State Puget Sound Trust grant.
2. Washington State Puget Sound Action Team. Water Quality Tip Card. Rain Gardens
Action Team. Water Quality Tip Card. Vehicle Washing. www.psat.wa.gov/ 1. South River Federation & Center
Vehicle Maintenance. www.psat. Programs/Pie_Ed/Water_Ed_Materials. for Watershed Protection (August
wa.gov/Programs/Pie_Ed/Water_Ed_ htm 2002). How to Install a Rain Garden.
Materials.htm Tree Planting Instructional Flyer. Chesapeake Bay
Lawn & Garden Care 1. Wachter, Dr. Susan M. The Trust grant.
1. Washington State Puget Sound Determinants of Neighborhood 2. University of Wisconsin—Extension:
Action Team. Water Quality Tip Card. Transformations in Philadelphia Wisconsin Department of Natural
Lawn & Garden Care. www.psat. Identification and Analysis: The New Resources. Rain Gardens: A Household
wa.gov/Programs/Pie_Ed/Water_Ed_ Kensington Pilot Study. The Wharton Way to Improve Water Quality in Your
Materials.htm School, University of Pennsylvania Community (2002).
2. Center for Watershed Protection (Spring 2005). www.wharton.upenn. Creating a Wildflower Meadow
(2002). Fact Sheet #1: Lawn Care edu. 1. Center for Watershed Protection
Practices/Reducing Overfertilization. 2. Welsh, Doughlas F. (1997). Planting (2002). Fact Sheet #3: Creating
Skills for Protecting Your Stream: a Tree. Texas A&M University. aggie- a Wildflower Meadow. Skills for
Retrofitting Your Own Back Yard. horticulture.tamu.edu/extension/ Protecting Your Stream: Retrofitting
homelandscape/tree/planting.html
Pet Waste Your Own Back Yard.
1. Center for Watershed Protection Backyard Stream 2. Perry, Dr. Leonard Successful
(2002). Fact Sheet #5: Vehicle Washing. 1. Lower Merion Conservancy. Wildflower Meadows. University
Skills for Protecting Your Stream: Safeguarding Our Streams (2002) of Vermont Extension and U.S.
Retrofitting Your Own Back Yard. Newsletter. Department of Agriculture (6 Oct.
2. Washington State Puget Sound 2. Morris Arboretum of the University 2005). pss.uvm.edu/ppp/pubs/
Action Team. Water Quality Tip Card. of Pennsylvania. Twenty-five Ways to oh84mead.htm.
Pet Waste. www.psat.wa.gov/Programs/ Protect Your Stream and Streamside Infiltration Test
Pie_Ed/Water_Ed_Materials.htm Property. Brochure. 1. United States Department of
Winter De-Icing Agriculture (August 1999). Soil Quality
1. Maryland Department of the Test Kit Guide.
Environment (2005). Facts About Winter
Weather, Chemical De-icers and the
Chesapeake Bay.

Stormwater Management Guidance Manual Ver 2.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Stormwater Management Guidance Manual Ver 2.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Stormwater Management Guidance Manual Ver 2.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What changes were introduced in Version 2.0 of the manual?

What changes were introduced in Version 2.0 of the manual?

What are the requirements for an Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Plan?

What are the requirements for an Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Plan?

Stormwater Management

Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

Philadelphia Stormwater Management Guidance Manual

Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

1.1.1 Stormwater Ordinance and Regulations

1.3 How to Use this Manual

2.1 Earth Disturbance

2.2 Determining Applicability

2.3 The Development Review Process

3.1 Site Inventory - Existing Resources and Site Analysis

3.2 Philadelphia Water Department Conceptual Review

3.3 Site Plan Preparation

4 Integrated Site Design

4.1 Protect and Utilize Existing Site Features

4.2 Reduce Impervious Cover to be Managed

4.2.1 Green Project Review

Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

4.2.2 Minimize Area of Impervious Cover

4.3 Manage Remaining Stormwater

4.3.1 Estimate Level of Control Needed

4.4 Consider Operations and Maintenance in Design

4.4.1 Designing to Minimize Maintenance

5 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plans

5.1 Erosion and Sediment Pollution Control Plan

5.2 Components of the Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan

5.2.1 The Standard Submittal Format

5.3 Acceptable Methods for Calculations

5.3.1 Design Storms

5.4 Post Construction Stormwater Management Plan Submittal Process

5.4.1 Project Screening

6 Utilizing Existing Site Features

6.1 Street Design

6.2 Parking Lot Design

Philadelphia Stormwater Manual v2.0

6.3 Planter Boxes

6.4 Special Detention Areas (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)

6.5 Disconnecting Impervious Cover

7 Stormwater Management Practices Design

7.2 Rain Barrels and Cisterns

7.3 Filter Strips

7.5 Bioinfiltration / Bioretention

7.6 Detention Basins

7.7 Berms and Retentive Grading

7.9 Constructed Wetlands (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)

7.10 Ponds & Wet Basins (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)

7.11 Subsurface Vaults

7.12 Subsurface Infiltration

7.13 Porous Pavement

7.14 Pre-fabricated and Proprietary Designs (see PA Stormwater BMP Manual)

7.15 Inlet and Outlet Controls

8.1 Planting Recommendations / Guidelines

8.2 Facility Specific Landscaping Guidance

8.3 Native and Recommended Non-invasive Plants

8.4 Prohibited Non-native and Invasive Plants